Sunteți pe pagina 1din 111

A SPECIALIZED MAGAZINE FOR MEDICAL ENTRANCE & 10+2 EXAMS.

Substrate Products
f^\[\

Active site

Enzyme
^^^^^^ \^^^W^r
Enzyme
Enzyme-Substrate Complex

ENZYMATIC ACTION

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 12

Temperature °C pH

RATE OF ENZYMATIC REACTION

• SoWed !ffiVTEST,M° 9
T
In This Issue

Regulars
Editorial 1194

December 2009 Science and Technology 1195

Year— 12 Issue — 142 Latest General Knowledge 1197


Inspiring Young Talent —
Topper : U P. CPMT 2009 (11th Rank)-Shalu Mishra 1201
Science Tips 1203

Physics
Optic I (A) : Refraction at Plane Surfaces 1206
Solved Paper
Editor Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance Test, 2009 1216
MAHENDRA JAIN Typical Model Paper 1222
Typical Model Paper 1228

Chemistry
Solid State 1234
Solved Paper
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance Test, 2009 1242
Typical Model Paper 1246
Typical Model Paper 1251

Zoology
Biological Catalysts 1257
Editor/Publisher is not responsible for
views, data, figures etc. expressed in the Disorders Caused by Protozoans 1262
articles by the authors. Nutrition 1265
-Editor Typical Model Paper 1272
Typical Model Paper 1275
No part of this can be
publication
reproduced or transmitted in any form
Botany
without the prior written permission from
Secondary Growth in Thickness 1278
the publishers.
Mineral Requirements of Plant 1282
Family— Brassicaceae 1285
Typical Model Paper 1287
Typical Model Paper 1290
Edited, printed and published by Mahendra Typical Model Paper 1293
Jain for M/s. Pratiyogita Darpan, 2/11 A,
Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-2 and Biology
printed by him at Pratiyogita Darpan
Printing Unit, 5 & 6, Bye pass Road, Agra. Solved Paper
Phone 4053333, 2531101, 2530966
:
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance, Test, 2009 1297
Fax : (0562) 4053330 403 1 570
,

E-mail : publisher@pdgroup.in Other Features


Website : www.pdgroup.in
Assertion and Reason Type Questions 1301
True or False 1304
Branch Office :
Do You Know ? 1308
4845, Ansari Road, Correct Solution and Prize Winners of CSV Quiz No. 136 1313
Daryaganj, New Delhi— 1 10 002
CSV Quiz Contest No. 139 1314
Phone : 23251844/66
General Awareness 1317

C.S. V. / December/ 2009 / 1 191

c
To Our Readers
Dear Readers,
The December issue of your favourite magazine 'Competition Science Vision'
is in your hands. We are glad that due to the painstaking efforts of our experienced
and worthy authors this issue is totally examination-oriented and very useful for various
pre-medical tests. We advise our readers to go through it intelligently and understand
the text. They will be richly benefited.

We remain closely in contact of our toppers and other high ranking readers through
our interviews with them. It is very heartening that in their opinion, CSV provides them
unique guidance in various pre-medical tests. It is our modest claim that the contents
and the quality of reading material in all the four subjects viz., Physics, Chemistry,
Botany and Zoology are unique and unparalleled. The magazine undoubtedly will
improve your performance and give an extra edge over other competitors in any medical
or even engineering test.
Success comes to those who earnestly work for It requires hardwork, devotion it.

and self-confidence. The unfailing guidance of CSV is always with you. It is for you to
avail it.

Read CS V regularly and intelligently. It gives you the power to master your
career and shape your destiny.

With best wishes for your brilliant success.


Sincerely yours,

Mahendra Jain
(Editor)

FORTHCOMING COMPETITIVE EXAMS.


2009 S.S.C. Tax Assistant Examination, 2009 (Dec. 13)\

Haryana School Teachers' Eligibility Test Dec 2009


Shreyas Gramin Bank Clerk-cum-Cashiers Exam. (Nov. 8)
for Lecturers (Dec. 19)
Madhya Pradesh Civil Judge (Mains) Examination (Nov. 8)

National Talent Search Exam., 2009 (For VIII Class Rashtriya Military Schools Common Entrance Test

Studying Students) (Nov. 8) (Class VI) (Dec. 20)

Madhya Pradesh National Means-cum-Merit Scholarship CSIR-UGC National Eligibility Test, 2009
Examination. 2009-10 (Nov. 8) (Science Subjects) (Dec. 20)
S.B.I. Clerical Cadre Exam., 2009 (Nov. 8 & 15) Vijaya Bank Probationary Clerks Exam. (Dec. 20)
S.S.C. Auditors and Accountants Exam. (Indian Audit
KVS Post Graduate Teachers Exam. (Dec. 26)
and Account Deptt.) (Nov. 15)
Oriental Bank of Commerce Clerical Cadre
Madhya Pradesh State Service (Mains) Exam., 2008 (Nov. 16)
Recruitment Examination (Dec. 27)
Corporation Bank Probationary Officers Exam. (Nov. 22)
(Online Closing Date : 10 Nov., 2009)
Rajasthan State Eligibility Test (SET), 2009 (Nov. 22)

Rajasthan Gramin Bank Officers Scale-I Examination (Nov. 22)


UGC National Eligibility Test for Junior Research

Uttarakhand Review Officers/Assistant Review Officer Fellowship and Eligibility for Lectureship (Dec. 27)

Preliminary Exam. (Nov. 22) Jaipur Thar Gramin Bank Office Assistants Exam. (Dec. 27)

Chhattisgarh Shikshakarmi Selection Test. 2009 for KVS Trained Graduate Teachers Exam. (Dec. 27)

Category 1, 2 & 3 (Nov. 27) KVS Primary Teachers Exam. (Dec. 28)

Rajasthan Gramin Bank Clerk-cum-Cashier Exam. (Nov. 29)

Corporation Bank Clerical Cadre Exam. (Nov. 29) 2010


Indian Air Force Airman Selection Test [Group 'X'
AFMC, Pune B.Sc. (Nursing)/General Nursing and
(Technical) Trades] (Nov.)

Haryana School Teachers' Eligibility Test Dec. 2009 for Midwifery (GNM) Course 2010 (Jan./Feb.)

Elementary Teachers (Dec. 12) Jawahar Navodaya Vidyalaya Entrance Test. 201 0 for

Haryana School Teachers' Eligibility Test Dec. 2009 for Class-VI (Feb. 7)

Masters/Mistresses (Dec. 13) UPSC Combined Defence Service Exam. (I), 2010 (Feb. 14)

Oriental Bank of Commerce P.O. Exam. (Dec. 13) National Defence Academy Examination (II), 2010 (April 18)

CS. V. / December / 2009 / 1 1 92


Accept the Challenge of Terrorism

Some years back terrorism was negative terrorism. In the positive form can't say at what moment who
used for plunderers. This word was of terrorism there is some self interest becomes its victim. Sometime back
considered by society as unsocial. But on a wide scale, i.e., in it basic motive Benazeer Bhutto of Pakistan fell a
in the present it is being considered is welfare of the society. The type of victim to it.

like a philosophy and taken as a


life terrorism which aims at liberation from
Earlier Rajiv Gandhi also fell a
movement. Any person whose desires the foreign rule will come under this
victim to terrorism. Thousands of lives
are not fulfilled finds it convenient to category. Only foreign government is
have been devoured by the monster
take to the path of terrorism. affected by such terrorism while the
of terrorism during the last few years
_ . M ,
. general public and social life are
across the world.
Terrorists can lay hands even on
the highest placed persons like
Terrorism has made life <
1 Terrorism has in the world
ministers of Central Government or i become more dangerous than the
hel1 for a,L We are llvin 9 a
their relations. S % atomic bomb. The most disturbing
,_ . s life of uncertainty, not §
Terrorism has become virtually factor about terrorism is that it has
y a > , , . „ Z
world problem. Let aside journeys or
i
S ,
a'. when we
knowing
„ . .
shall s
. •>
very badly and adversely affected our
fa " a vlctim to a terrorists * moral life. We fear to talk plainly about
life outside, the situation is that we \
cannot feel safe from terrorism even § explosive device. We find 2 terrorism and its effects because
inside home. The sword of terrorism, < ourselves helpless in the $ danger of terrorism is always lurking
as a matter of fact, hangs over our 5 face of terrorism. But < around us.
head everywhere. All the countries of concerted action on the 5 We have begun to accept in a
the world seem concerned about this 4 part of government ) natural way the terrorists and their
world wide problem. But the unfor- g buttressed by people's i evil actions. This is the reason why
tunate part of it is that terrorism is
) cooperation can break 2 we are not able to organise ourselves
getting shelter everywhere. In America
to face terrorism many new means
and instruments have been deployed.
Terrorist attacks on the U.S. in 2001
%
s
^
< tne neck of terrorism Let
bQ
x
doubf abouf
*^x>^vyyxv/ywyvwvwvwVJ
m
. >
<
4
as a group against
as if

standing
terrorism. It seems

we have mortgaged our under-


and ourselves. This situation
' _' altogether intolerable. This the
forced it to review its strategy to curb ,
' ' is is life
... a most There was a
unaffected.
terrorism.
., ., „.
Itsucceeded in
has
.

largely
, . . .

........
section of the Indian freedom fighters
. Z. of danger and terror which is either
was made on
,

it, as no terrorist attack ,


. „ ... ... escaping from life or embracing death.
known as revolutionary and effect its
it thereafter
on freedom fight. Some people tried We are sure that our young men and
Historically terrorism is the to call them terrorists but the majority women will come forward to face
expression of discontentment, rebel- did not ljke to catl tnem terrorists and terrorism and the dangers posed by it.

lion and indiscipline. In practice it has


gave them the name of revolutiona-
an instrument of rebellion in the field Our young men and women once
nes prot, a biy they were given this
of political selfishness and vested in have given a befitting reply
the past
name by keeping their goal in view,
interests. Murder, kidnapping, rape, and put an end to In Japan and it.

Negative terrorism is that which Vietnam the foreign rulers created an


plunder are its different forms. To get
things go our way and compel people IS followed for some narrow interests atmosphere of terrorism. In India, the
to agree with us terrorism is becoming and general public interest is kept British government was based on
a popular means. At its root there is aside. terrorism. Young men and women
politically inspired religious fanati- ln short) terrorism is a big curse with their organized efforts challenged
cism which is made up of vote poll-
of thg society and negative terrorism terrorists and put an end to it. We are
tics. After analysing the causes ™
at the ... n .. .. , ... ,

± . ± .
' ~. . . a black
'
t
spot. Definitely while we look
,
sure that our young men and women
root of terrorism, religious fanaticism, . „ . . . .

.... ,. . .. at terrorism we beam


y to doubt that we with full determination will organise
regionalism, inequalities, linguistic
are livin ° the life of Primitives. At themselves to accept the challenge of
differences come before us. The
collective influence of discipline and times we seem t0 behave worse than terrorism and will succeed in making
social tendencies and balanced the primitives. All the efforts made in public life free from its dangers. If

thinking have become blunt or have the direction of the development of they miss this opportunity to accept
become ineffective and the antisocial the civilization have gone in vain. the challenge they should understand
elements have got encouragement. Terrorism has become a danger that their future will also be fully in the
With the view of aim terrorism can be for our ,ife every moment Terrorism .
grip of uncertainty.
divided into two parts-positive and js a i ways i urking all our life and we

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1 194

Co
Giant Ring Found debris or other particles. Scientists and madness as both share a parti-

believe that this ring's genesis is cular gene.


Around Saturn
Phoebe.
Scientists of Semmelwels Univer-
Stunned astronomers have dis- Although the ring-dust is very sity, Hungary have discovered that
covered a mega-ring around Saturn. cold — minus 316 degrees Fahrenheit creative people have a gene, called
The Spitzer Space Telescope has —it shines with thermal radiation. The 'Neuregulin-1 ', in common which is

discovered this biggest ring, never- bulk of the ring material starts about also linked to psychosis and depres-
before-seen. The thin array of ice and 3-7 million miles from the planet and sion—in fact, it plays a role in brain
dust particles lies at the far reaches of extends outward about another 7-4 development, but a variant of it is
the Saturnian system. The ring is very million miles. Before this discovery, linked to mental illness like schizo-

diffuse and does not reflect much the Saturn was known to have seven phrenia illness and bipolar disorder.
visible light, but the infrared Spitzer main named 'A' through 'E' and
rings This research shows that a genetic
Telescope was able to detect it. This several faint unnamed rings. Saturn's variant associated with psychosis
is the largest ring identified so far in moon Phoebe orbits within this ring may have some beneficial functions.

the solar system. The circle starts and is believed to be the source of
Molecular factors, that are closely
about six million km from Saturn and the material.
associated with severe mental dis-
extends outward by another 12 The scientists believe that this orders but are present in many
million km within the orbit of Saturn's huge ring can explain the mystery of healthy people, may have an advan-
another moon, Phoebe. This is one Impetus, Saturn's bizarre two-tonne, tage enabling us to think more
super-sized ring. black-and-white moon. Migrating dust creatively.
from the ring could spiral into Impetus,
coating one side of it with a dark Space-based Solar
material that, over the life of the Solar Power— A Huge Project
System, could be several metres thick.
Earth's supplies of coal, petro-
Astronomers have long sus-
pected that there is a connection bet- leum and other fossil fuels will
ween Saturn's outer moon, Phoebe eventually be exhausted, while the

and the dark material on Impetus. This sun's energy will not. Several methods

new ring provides convincing of using solar energy have been


Saturn Spectacle : A never-before-seen
developed. Part of solar energy is lost
ring around Saturn, spotted by NASA's evidence of that relationship. The
other side of Impetus is turning pro- on its way through
the atmosphere by
Spitzer Space Telescope. Inset is an
gressively whiter, just the other half reflectionand absorption. Scientists
enlarged image ot Saturn, as seen by is

the W. M. Keck Observatory at Hawaii, becoming darker. have been working on a big project.
in infrared light. This is space-based solar power
There is a so-called thermal
system that will convert energy in
segregation theory to explain this. It
• It would take about 1 billion Earths space, outside the atmosphere to
to fill the ring.
suggests that the dark side of
avoid such losses.
Impetus, by absorbing more sunlight,
• Ring's orbit is tilted at 27" from the
Satellite requires 50-100 sq km of
is able to warm sufficiently to cause
main ring plane.
collector area
local water ice to evaporate. The
• Starts 6 million km away from
vapour then circulates to condense on
Saturn; extends outward by 12
the nearest cold spot, on the icy bright
million km.
side of the moon. As a result, the dark
• Vertical height of the ring is about
side loses its surface ice, and thus
20 times the diameter of the planet.
becomes darker, while the bright side

Until now, the champion planetary accumulates ice, and gets brighter. Source : Moon Society. NASA, National Space
Society. Solaren, Space Energy
rings in the Solar System were the so-
called, 'Gossamer Rings', surround-
Only a Fine Line between Giant solar sails in orbit will beam
ing the Jupiter, the Solar System's Genius and Madness energy in the form of microwaves
largest planet and Saturn's E-ring. down to Earth without being depen-
Phoebe's (Saturn's moon) ring is far There is no great genius without dent on weather and seasons. One or
fainter than both and appears to com- some touch of madness. A new more satellites will orbit at 36,000 km
prise dust from rocks bashed off the research has found that there is above Earth's surface (geostationary
little moon (Phoebe) by interplanetary indeed only a fine line between genius orbit). Orbit speed will be the same as

CJS.V./ December /2009/ 11 95

Cc
Earth's, which rotates one time in 24 'This offers a new way to treat
10,000 Light Year Away
hours. Solar sails will catch sun's cancer', said the team leader, Pro-
A Fallen Star
energy uninterrupted, transform it into fessor Felix Pirani of University
What is a Neutron Star ? A
microwaves that can penetrate clouds.
neutron star is the collapsed stage of a
College, London. He added, "If we
Microwaves will be received on Earth very massive star. It is small, far away get the magnetic particles to migrate
by giant collectors with diode surface. from earth, and the densest object in to cancer cells, we can kill only them,
This will greatly solve Earth's energy leaving the healthy cells unharmed—
problem. the ultimate targeted therapy."

Gene Behind Woman Exceptional Performance


Infertility Identified of Oceansat-2

A team of researchers of Virginia


All the three payloads on board
Commonwealth University (U.S.A.)
India's Oceansat-2 satellite have been
has identified a gene which causes the universe— a teaspoon of neutron
infertility. The team has found the role star matter would weigh as much a providing images of excellent quality
mountain. Neutron stars are so bright of India and oceans around the world.
of the gene, 'Smad-3', in regulating
that they can radiate as much X-ray
molecular signals involved with energy in one minute as the amount of The payloads are the ocean colour
overian follicle development, which light radiated by the Sun in approxi- monitor, scatterometer and radio
may one day help shed light on the mately one week. occultation sounder for atmospheric
causes of fertility issues in humans. studies (ROSA).
The team is led by Indian scien-
In the study published in the
tist, Professor Sudip Bhattacharya of
research journal 'Biology of Repro-
TIFR, Mumbai. The team studied
duction', the scientists have examined
the role ofSmad-3 in the early stages more than 900 bursts from 43 neutron
growth to understand the
of follicular stars with the help of a NASA satellite.
molecular mechanisms that could The team's research revealed the
influence fertility. Specially, they unsuspected property of X-ray bursts
looked at the signalling pathways in given off by the stars. Since these X-
the follicles' response to follicle rays cannot reach the Earth, because
stimulating hormone, or FSH— one of of a blanket created by the atmos-
the hormones involved in fertility which
phere so, NASA's satellite was used
is responsible for helping a woman's
to receive data.
body develop a matured egg.
The scientists modelled how the
Scientists Measured the temperature of the bursts changed as
they faded and found
The first images from Oceansat-2
Size of Neutron Star of it varied in
present a mosaic of India.
10,000 Light Year Away relation to the radius of the star. This
achievement is a breakthrough. The colour monitor has a camera
A neutron star is the final stage of that provides informations on chloro-
a very massive star. When the
Magnetic Nanoparticles phyll concentration in the seas and
massive star burns up its fuel, it
Kill Cancer Cells helps in locating habitats of fish where
collapses to become a neutron star. the fishermen can go and fish. The
There are between 100 million and British scientists are developing
scatterometer is a microwave sensor
1,000 million neutron stars in our ways to use nanoparticles as tiny
that measures the velocity of winds
Galaxy. On average, a neutron star is magnets that can heat up and kill
and their directions over the seas and
very small— approximately 10 km in cancer cells without harming healthy
cells around them.
is useful in monitoring the movement
diameter— and 10,000 light year
away from the Earth; thus making it The researchers have found that
of polar sea-ice. ROSA measures
parameters relating to lower atmos-
extremely difficult to study and mea- iron oxide nanoparticles can be
sure its size. Hence, it is not possible attached to cancer-seeking antibodies phere and ionosphesre.
to gauge the exact size of neutron or injected into cancer-seeking stem An ISRO press release said the
stars. An international team of resear- cells, which take them straight to the data provided by the payloads helped
chers of University of Maryland tumors they need to kill. Heating the
in monitoring the turbidity and sus-
(U.S.A.), University of Australia and cells to just to 5 or 6 degree celsius
pended sediments in the seas and
Tata Institute of Fundamental above body temperature, in a new
facilitated meteorological studies.
Research (TIFR), Mumbai did this by device, called magnetic alternating
Satellite is collecting data nicely over
studying the pattern of X-ray bursts current hyperthermia (MACH)
given off by the star, which leads to machine, can kill the cancer cells. the entire globe. Oceansat was
the discovery that the pattern X-rays MACH device is like microwave, heat- launched on September 23, 2009.
generated might reveal their true size. ing only targeted cells.

CS.Y.j December / 2009 / 11 96

Cc
the detailed mapping of ribosome— Professor Blackburn is now in
(awards/prizes)
the cell's own protein factory. University of California, San Francisco,
Americans Ramakrishnan and
Dr. V.
Nobel Prize in Physics, 2009 Professor Thomas A. Steitz and Israeli

This year's Nobel Prize in Physics


Ada E. Yonath shared the 10 million
kronor ($ 1 -4 million) prize for showing
isawarded for two scientific achieve-
ments that have helped to shape the how the ribosome, which produces
protein, functions at the atomic level.
foundations of today's networked
societies. Dr. Ramakrishnan is a senior

scientist at the Medical Research


Council (MRC) Laboratory of Mole-
Elizabeth Carol
cular Biology in Cambridge, England. H. Blackburn W. Greider
Professor Greider Johns Hopkins
is in

University, Baltimore and Professor


Szostak is at the
Harvard Medical
School. Profes-
sor Greider is
Charles Kao Willard Boyle
Professor Black-
Professor Charles Kao, Shan- burn's student.
ghai-born British- American,
Venkatraman Thomas A. Steitz The trio worked
prize for a dis- Ramakrishnan together on rese-
covery that led to Three scientists have produced atom arch DNA Jack W. Szostak
into
a breakthrough by-atom maps of th e mysterious, life- and chromosomes and their later work
in fibre optics, giving ribosome. on telomerase, the enzyme that
determining how This breakthrough makes the telomere DNA earned them
to transmit light is vital for the the Nobel Prize.
over long distan- development of
ces via optical new antibiotics. As They solved a major problem in
glass fibres. ribosomes are biology how the chromosomes can
:

George Smith
crucial to life and be copied in a complete way during
Professor Willard Boyle, a they are the major cell and how they are
divisions
Canadian-American and Professor new
target for protected against degradation. The
George Smith of the United States antibiotics. Ada E Yonath
. Nobel Laureates have shown that the
were honoured for inventing the first
A ribosome about 25 nano-
is solution is to be found at the ends of
successful imaging technology using
metres a millimetre) in
(a millionth of chromosomes— the telomeres— and
a digital sensor.
size. A cell contains tens of thousands in an enzyme that forms them— telo-

The award's 10 million kronor of ribosomes. Ribosomes are the merase.


($ T4 million) purse will be split locations where proteins are pro-
among the three, with Professor Kao duced. All three scientists have used a Nobel Prize in Economics, 2009
taking halfand Professors Boyle and method called X-ray crystallography
Americans Elinor Ostrom and
Smith getting a quarter each. to map the position for each of the Oliver Williamson won the Nobel
Their achievements have allowed
hundreds of thousands of atoms that
Economics Prize, 2009 for their
vastamounts of information to be sent
make-up the ribosome. analyses of economic governance—
around the globe almost instanta- Nobel Prize in Medicine, 2009 the rules by which people exercise
neously as trillions of signals make authority in companies and economic
Americans Elizabeth H. Black- systems. They showed that economic
way through tiny glass fibres now
their
long enough to encircle the planet.
burn, Carol W. Greider and Jack W. analysis could shed light on most
Szostak won the 2009 Nobel Prize in forms of social organisations.
Nobel Prize in Chemistry, 2009 Medicine for discovering a key mecha- Ms. Ostrom is working in Indiana
Three scientists, including India- nism in the genetic operations of University. She devoted her career to
born Venkatraman Ramakrishnan won cells, an insight that has inspired new study the interaction of people and
the Nobel Prize in Chemistry, 2009 for lines of research into cancer. natural resources. She demonstrated

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1197

Cc
how common resources could be captured the world's attention and research and administrative expe-
successfullymanaged by groups given its people hope for a better rience to their credit have contributed
using She is the first woman to win
it. future. He has brought the Israeli and to this volume.)
the Economics Nobel. Palestinian leaders together for a Passages— Edited by M. Kannan
meeting, approved new diplomatic and Jennifer Clare (The book is a
engagement with Iran, Myanmar and collection of papers that focusses on
North Korea and signalled a new the relationship between Tamil and
willingness to attack growing environ- Sanskrit).
mental problems."
Global Democracy for Sustain-
However, the criticism surged ing Global Capitalism — J. Micuel
quickly over how the award could be
Andrew and Rita Dulei Rahman (The
given so soon. authors bring out the economic
Elinor Ostrom Oliver Williamson inequalities and plead for global
Right Livelihood Award (Alter-
democracy).
In accordance with Professor native Nobel), 2009
Williamson's theory, large private The Cult of Nothingness—
Four activists, on October 13,
corporations exist primarily because Rogerpol Droit (This is an interesting
2009, were named co-winners of the
study of Buddhism
they are efficient. They are estab- in the context of
2009 Right Livelihood Award, the so-
lished because they make owners, contemporary western thinkers).
called 'Alternative Nobel', for their
workers, suppliers and customers
work in compaigning against nuclear
better off than they would be under ( DAYS
weapons, protecting the rain forests of
alternative institutional arrangements.
Congo, raising awareness about
November 1 —World Ecology Day
Nobel Prize in Literature, 2009 climate change and compaigning for
women's health.
November 8— Legal Service Day
Herta Mueller, a member of
November 14— Children's Day,
Romania's ethnic German minority Alyn Ware of New Zealand, Rene
World Diabetic Day
who was persecuted for her critical Ngongo of the Democratic Republic
depictions of behind the Iron
life of Congo (DRC) and David Suzuki of
November 19— World Citizen's

Curtain, won the 2009 Nobel Prize in Canada share the award with Day, National Integration Day
Literature. She is Australian-born physician Catherine November 21— World Fisheries
honoured for the Hamlin. Mr. Ware, Mr. Ngongo and Day
work that with the Mr. Hamlin were each to receive November 24-N.C.C. Day
concentration of
€50,000 euros ($73,000) in cash
poetry and the
November 26 — Law Day
while Mr. Suzuki was to receive an
frankness of prose,
honorary prize.
depicts the land- APPOINTMENTS
scape of the dis- Man Booker Prize
possessed. Herta Mueller Sandeep Patil — Former Indian
She is the Romania-born German British novelist Hilary Mantel's Sandeep
Cricketer, Patil, succeeded
writer, who charted the hardships and historical doorstopper, ' Wolf Hall', set
Dav Whatmore as Director, Cricket
humiliations of Nicolae Ceausescu's in the court of Henry has won VIII,
Operations, National Cricket Academy
brutal regime. There is a real power to this year's £50,000 Man Booker Prize (NCA), Bangalore. Whatmore's tenure
the way she writes. She has an beating five other contenders, includ-
incredible message. Part of her
ended on October 31
ing two previous Booker winners. For
writings, is her own background as a Mike Nithavrianakis (New U.K.
the first time in many years, there
victim of persecution in Romania, but Deputy High Comm.) — Mr. Mike
then she also has her own back-
was no Asian writer in contention.
Nithavrianakis is the new British
ground as a stranger in her own Deputy High Commissioner in South
country. ( BOOKS ) India. India is the U.K.'s biggest visa

Nob< e Prize 2009 operation world-wide and the busy


Water and the Laws in India- visa operation in Chennai serves
United States President Barack Edited by Ramaswamy R. Iyer (Water customers from Sri Lanka and across
Obama sensationally won the Nobel is a natural resource, the scarcity or
South India.
Peace Prize, 2009, mismanagement of which could be a
just nine months major constraint for food security and
Sam Pitroda— IT. expert Sam
into his term. The Pitroda took over as the Advisor to the
economic development. What are the
jury hailed, "Mr. Prime Minister for Infrastructure,
legal dimensions of water resource
Obama's extraordi- Innovation and Information.
management ? What are the pros-
nary efforts in inter- pects for water law reform now and in
national diplomacy the foreseeable future ? This book PERSONS IN THE NEWS
President and to hasten seeks to address these and related
Barack Obama nuclear disarma- questions from a theoretical as well Venkatraman Ramakrishnan
ment. Only very rarely has a person as a practical perspective. As many (Nobel Laureate) — He became the
to the same extent, as Obama, as 25 eminent scholars, with a lot of ninth person of Indian origin to win the

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1198

Cc
coveted Nobel Prize. Venkatraman Sujata Koirala (New Deputy just by Brazilians : it marks the end of
Ramakrishnan ('Venki') won the Nobel P.M., Nepal)— Sujata Koirala, Nepal's a longstanding script that, for what-
Prize 2009 in Chemistry with Pro- Foreign Minister and daughter of ever reason, shut South America out
fessor Steitz of Yale University Nepali Congress President Girija of the list of Games' host. That the
(U.S.A.) and Professor Yonath of Prasad Koirala, took over as the IOC session in Copenhagen over-

Weizmann Institute (Israel) "for Deputy Prime Minister of Nepal in the whelmingly picked Rio-de-Janeiro
studies of the structure and function CPN (UML) — led coalition govern- ahead of Chicago and Tokyo, not to
of the ribosome". ment. After taking oath, Ms. Sujata speak of Madrid, which lost 32-66 in a
Koirala said, "The Nepali Congress is direct contest in the final round of
Venkatraman Ramakrishnan happy, as the Party which was in the voting is significant.

Born 1952 fourth position in The IOC gets the bulk of its
Chidambaram, Tamil the Cabinet, has revenue, running into billions of
Nadu, India now come to the dollars, from television rights every
Residence : United Kingdom second position. four years.
Citizenship : United States Her appointment
Fields: Biochemistry and Bio- meant more to the DEATH
physics Party than to her J
Institutions : MRC Laboratory of Mole- as an individual." Sujata Koirala
cular Biology, Cambridge,
Rao Birender Singh (Former
At present, Sujata is a very CM., Haryana) — Haryana's former
England
strong and active politician of Nepali
Alma mater Maharaja Sayajirao Uni- Chief Minister, Rao Birender Singh
Congress. She observed the evolution
versity ofBaroda, Ohio (88) passed away in Gurgaon as a
of political and democratic develop-
University
result of cardial arrest. He is survived
Known for Structure and function of
ment in Nepal. She passed an exiled
by three sons and a daughter. He had
:

life in India and then adopted the


the ribosome; macro-
molecular crystallography political career in 1990. She holds been the Chief Minister of Haryana
more than enough political capabilities since March 24 till November 2, 1967.
Notable Louis-Jeantet Prize for
awards Medicine (2007) and has been emerging as the most He was the founder of Haryana
Nobel Prize in Chemistry powerful personality in the Nepali Vishal Party.
(2009) Congress and the nation. Born at Nangal in Rewari district

of Haryana, he completed his higher


Venkatraman Ramakrishnan was
PLACE IN THE NEWS education in St. Stephens College,
born in Chidambaram in Cuddalore
district of Tamil Nadu. He moved to Delhi. Rao Birender Singh, who
Rio-de- Janeiro (2016 Olympic
Baroda (Vadodara), Gujarat at the remained a minister in the Punjab
Host) — \r\ a bow towards global inclu-
age of three. He took his school and Government since 1956 till 1961,
siveness, the International Olympic
college education in Vadodara. In served many key posts, including the
Committee voted for Rio-de-Janeiro
1971, he moved to U.S.A. and took Speaker Haryana Legislature
of the
(Brazilian capital) to host the 2016
Ph.D. degree in Physics from Ohio Assembly and Union Agriculture
Summer Olympic Games. The deci-
University in 1976. He then spent two
sion deserves to be celebrated not Minister.
years studying Biology as a graduate
student
making a
in California University,
transition from Physics to
Assembly Poll Outcome
Biology. He worked as a scientist in Haryana seats 90 Arunachal seats: 60

Brookhaven National Laboratory, New 67 2005 Pradesh 02004


2009 2009
York. In 1995, he joined Utah Univer-
40 42
sity as the Professor of Biochemistry. 31
In 1999, he moved to his current
position in Cambridge.
Ramakrishnan is a Fellow of the
Cong INLD HJC BJP Others
Royal Society (F.R.S.), London, (BL)

Fellow of U.S. National Academy of


Sciences and Fellow of Trinity Maharashtra
College, Cambridge. He received Seats: 288 n 2004
several medals and honours from all 2009
82
over the world. M 71

Ramakrishnan married Vera


Rosenberry, an author and illustrator
of children's books.He has a step-
daughter, Tania Kapka, who is a
doctor Oregon, and a son, Raman
in

Ramakrishnan, who is a cellist in New Cong NCP BJP SHS MNS Others

York.
V A

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1199/2

Cc
three venues and Bangladesh eight ODIs : First ODI at
Dec. 15 :

matches at two venues. Rajkot; Dec. 18 Second ODI at Vizag


:

Assembly Elections Maha-in


The Groups : Group A— (d/n); Dec. 21 ODI at Cuttack
: Third
Australia, Pakistan, New Zealand, Sri (d/n); Dec. 24 Fourth ODI in Kolkata
:

rashtra, Arunachal Pradesh and Lanka, Zimbabwe, Canada, Kenya. (d/n); Dec. 27 Fifth ODI in New :

Haryana Delhi (d/n).


Group B — India, South Africa,
Results of the Assembly elections England, West Indies, Bangladesh, Hero Honda Cup (India-
in Maharashtra, Arunachal Pradesh Ireland, Netherlands. Australia)— Hero Honda Cup seven
and Haryana were declared on match one-day international series
ICC allotted two matches and the
October 22, 2009. Standing at mid- between India and Australia started in
point in a House of 288 in Maha- final to the Mumbai Cricket Associa-
Vadodara on October 25, 2009.
rashtra, the Congress Party securing tion. Distribution of the matches is as
82 seats, is set to form a government follows :
ICC Champions Trophy Tourna-
with decade-old ally Nationalist Mumbai Cricket Association (final
ment— The final of this tournament
Congress Party (NCP). The NCP + 2 games), Punjab Cricket Associa- was played in Centurion on October 6,
bagged 62 seats. tion, Mohali (semi-final + 2 games), 2009. Australia retained the ICC
In Arunachal Pradesh, the Con- Gujarat Cricket Association, Ahmeda- Champions Trophy with an emphatic
gress won 42 seats out of 60 seats. bad (quarter final + 2 games), Delhi six-wicket victory over New Zealand in

In a House of 90 seats in Haryana, and Districts Cricket Association thefinal at Super Sport Park. Shane
the Congress Party won 40 seats and (1 India game + 3 games), Tamil Nadu
Watson was the Australian hero.
it is struck five short of the bare Cricket Association, Chennai (1 India
majority mark. game + 3 games), Karnataka State Snooker
Cricket Association, Bangalore National Snooker Champion-
(1 India game + 3 games), Vidarbha
sports) ship—Asserting his supremacy,
( Cricket Association, Nagpur (1 India Pankaj Advani won the third crown in
game + 3 games) and Cricket Asso- a row when he beat Sourabh Kothari
Cricket ciation of Bengal, Kolkata (1 India in a thrilling title clash of the National
game + 3 games). Snooker Championship in Agra on
World Cup Groupings— The
Lankan team arriving on Nov. October 4, 2009.
International Cricket Council (ICC)
announced the groupings on October 8— The Sri Lankan Cricket Team will
Aquatics
7, 2009 for the 2011 ODI World Cup arrive in Mumbai on November 8,
National Aquatics Champion-
to be staged in this sub-continent. 2009 for the series against India
ship— Karnataka extended its
This 14-team-event will be jointly which includes three Tests, five ODIs unbeaten streak 1991 to one more
hosted by India, Sri Lanka and and two Twenty-20 games. year as it completed its campaign on a
Bangladesh. The Itinerary Nov. 11-13 : : glorious note at the LNCPE pool,
India will host 29 of the tourna- Three-day match Vs. Board Presi- Kariyavattom in Kerala on the con-
ment's 49 matches, including a semi- dent's XI at Ahmedabad. cluding day of the 63rd National
final and the final and Sri Lanka will Aquatics Championship on October
Tests : Nov. 16-20 : First Test at
stage the other semi-final. Bangladesh 10, 2009. Rehan Poncha (Karnataka),
Ahmedabad; Nov. 24-28 : Second who won his 5th gold medal in an
is due to stage the opening ceremony
Test at Kanpur; Dec. 2-6 : Third Test
unbeaten run, and Richa Mishra
on February 1 8, 201 1 and the opening
game the next day as well as two in Mumbai. (Police), who finished with four gold
quarterfinals. Twenty-20 :Dec. 9 First T20 : at medals and one silver, were adjusted
India will stage matches at eight Mohali (d/n); Dec. 12 Second T20
: at the best swimmers of the meet.

venues, Sri Lanka has 12 matches at Nagpur (d/n). •••

s>SSC
Tax Assistant (Income Tax
<sgfc
Upkar's Other Useful Books
SSC Tax Assistant Exam. Solved Papers
New Pattern Test or Objective English (NPTOE)
Learn to Write Correct English (Eng.-Hindi)
60/-
130/-
199/-
Correct English How to Write It (Eng.-Eng.) 195/-
Objective General Knowledge
81 Central Excise) Exam. General Knowledge Digest
26/-
75/-

(According to the New Syllabus) General Knowledge Overview with Current Affairs 40/-

Including Previous Years' Solved Papers


Quicker Objective Arithmetic

cRgPre WTRl sTR, cpfR


ttften offers

cpqi f ?
^ 190/-
58/-
40/-
By : Dr. Lai & Jain
TTftT^fal ^TfcfiteT 76/-
Eng. Edition Code No. 332 Rs.255/- 3Tfet.ftecj $^i<i 3Tft&r*tfej> 180/-

Hindi Edition Code No. 1159 Rs.235/- [j^rclcjw ci-kjftvj 3)cj>'|(irM


205/-J

UPKAR PR AK ASHAN ^ A 8 ra 4053333, Delhi 23251866, Patna 2226540, Indore 4053333, Charkhi Dadri (01250) 220120

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1200

Copyrighted material
Inspiring Young Talent

"Hardwork, guidance of teachers, practice of question-solving, support


of family and faith in God are the essential elements of my success."
— Shalu Mishra
Topper-U.P. CPMT 2009 (Rank-11)

['Competition Science Vision' arranged an exclusive interview with Miss Shalu Mishra who has the
credit of being successful in U.P. CPMT with a high rank. In addition, she has also cleared other pre-
medical tests with high ranks viz., CBSE PMT (235 AIR), Manipal (203 AIR) and Uttarakhand PMT (86
Rank). For her brilliant success she deserves all praise and our heartiest congratulations. This important
interview is presented here in its original form.]

CSV — Congratulations on your CSV — What planning did you CSV — Did you make complete
brilliant success. make for preparation ? Please tell study of all topics or of some selective

Shalu— Thank you. something in detail. topics ?

CSV — Before knowing your result Shalu — read all the topics but
I

what did you think about those who paid more attention to topics which
achieve top positions ? are usually asked in medical com-
petitive exams.
Shalu — I used to think that top
rankers are very extraordinary, brilliant
Bio-Data
and hard working persons.
Name—Shalu Mishra
CSV— Achieving top has
position
Father's Name— Mr. Ram Kripal
come as surprise to you or were you

1 *
Mishra
confident of achieving it ?
Mother's Name— Mrs. Shobha
Shalu — Yes, it has come as a Mishra
surprise. But I was confident of
Educational Qualifications—
achieving a good rank in U.P. CPMT
2009.
— CSV is very much helpful H.SJStd. X-90-2% (City Montessori

in understanding the basic con- Inter College. Lucknow), 2005.


CSV — What do you think is the
XII-92% (City Montessori
cepts and is very useful in taking Inter/Std.
secret of your success ? Inter College, Lucknow), 2007.
a quick review of all subjects.
Shalu — Hardwork, practice of Special Achievements—
Interview of toppers impart moti-
questions, correct guidance of my 0 11th rank in UP CPMT
vation and guidance.
teachers, support of my family and
—Shalu Mishra 0 AIPMT CBSE (Mains) 235 (AIR)
faith in God.
0 Manipal 203 (AIR)
CSV— In how many attempts did
Shalu — revised Biology many
you get this success ?
I
0 Uttarakhand PMT-86
times. For Physics and Chemistry I

Shalu — It was my third attempt.


paid attention to the problems, asked CSV— How did you give final
CSV— What were the shortcom- in previous year medical entrance touches to your preparation ?
ings your preparation for earlier
in exams. Shalu — During the final round of
attempts ? How did you make up for my
them this time ?

CSV How much time did you preparation I revised all the impor-

devote daily and regularly for Physics, tant Biology topics, i.e., from which
Shalu — did not pay much
I atten- more question had been asked in
Chemistry, Zoology and Botany ?
tion to Biology especially Botany. But earlier exams. For Physics and
this year I gave much preference to Shalu— My study hours were not
Chemistry went through 10 years
I

Biology during my preparation and fixed but atleast 3-4 hours a day. I
question paper.
revised many times. used to read 2 subjects a day, while
it
CSV — Did you prepare notes ?
CSV — From where did you get studying usually preferred either
I

Shalu— Yes, I prepared notes of


the inspiration of choosing a medical Zoology or Botany with one of Physics
the topics which I used to forget and
career ? and Chemistry.
which appeared difficult to me.
Shalu — It was my dream to serve CSV— Out of the above four CSV— What was your attitude for
the poor people not getting proper subjects, to which subject did you give solving numerical questions ? What
treatment. So, opted for a medical
I
more weightage and why ? weightage did you give them ?
career.
Shalu — gave more importance
I Shalu — For solving numerical
CSV — From when did you start to Biology especially to Botany questions gave weightage to prob-
I

the preparation for it ? because in all medical entrance lems which had come in earlier or
Shalu — started my preparation
I
examination Biology is given more previous year medical entrance
for medical entrance exams after preference than Physics and exams. improved my calculation
I

Intermediate. Chemistry. speed.

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1201

Cc
CSV — How much time is suffi- qualities it contains interviews of top
Read Upkar's
cient for preparing for this examina- rankers which imparts one with moti-
vation and guidance during prepara-
tion ?
tion.
EARN TO WRITE
Shalu— Two years
cient for preparing, if
time is suffi-

you get correct CSV — Please suggest in what


CORRECT ENGLISH
guidance. way CSV can be made more useful (English-Hindi Medium)
for medical aspirants.
Personal Qualities
Shalu— By adding more contents
Hobby— Listening music of NCERT text books and information
Ideal Person— My father and
related to history of ancient India and
mother
new discoveries in field of science.
Strong Point— Hardwork
Weak Point— Nervousness CSV— Please mention your posi-
tion in the merit list as well as the
CSV— From what level of educa- marks obtained in different subjects.
tion should an aspirant begin prepar- What was your aggregate percentage
ing for it ? of marks ? Rs. 19900
Shalu— A student should start
Shalu — 11th position in U.P.
preparing for it right from XI standard. CPMT L/ORRECT ENGLISH:
CSV— What was your order of Physics— 47/50 HOW TO WRITE IT
preference for various branches for
which this test is held ?
Chemistry— 47/50 (English Medium)
Zoology— 44/50
Shalu -MBBS, BDS, BAMS,
BHMS. Botany- 49/50
CSV — Please mention various Total-187/200 = 93-5%.
books in each subject and magazines CSV— What books/magazines/
on which you based your preparation. newspapers did you read for G.K.
Shalu — Botany from M. P. preparations ?
Kaushik, Zoology from Ramesh Shalu — Competition Science
Gupta. For Physics and Chemistry Vision.
Nootan and O.P. Tandon competitive
books. CSV was base of my prepara-
CSV— Whom would you like to
Rs. 19500
give the credit for your success ?
tion in all the four subjects as it is

examination-oriented at all steps. Shalu — would like to give credit


I
EARN TO WRITE
CSV— Did you take coaching in
of my success to my family, teachers CORRECT ENGLISH
your preparation ? and most important to my God.
(English-Bangla)
Shalu — Yes, New Light Coach- CSV — Please tell us something
ing, Kanpur. about your family.

CSV— What help do the science Shalu — have mummy, papa,


I

magazines render in the preparations elder sister and younger brother. My WRITE
for this examination ? father is D.C. in trade tax department,
mother is a housewife. My elder sister ORRECT
Shalu — used science magazine
I

ENGLISH
Anshu is preparing for Civil Service
CSV for solving MCQs. Further it (EHCLItH-IANOlA)
Exams and younger brother Toshi is
helped me in clearing my basic con-
doing B. Tech. from Allahabad.
cepts.

CSV— What will be your criterion


CSV— What
has been the biggest mistake
in your frank opinion
in your
LTWCE
for selecting a magazine for these
preparation for this test ?
examination ?
Rs. 210 00
Shalu— Select magazine which Shalu — My calculation speed
has contents of syllabus.
was very slow. During 1st year of my (By : Dr. B.B. Jain)
preparation I made no attempt of
As the Latest and
CSV— What is your opinion about improving
All
our Competition Science Vision ? How
it.
Comprehensive Books
much helpful and useful do you find
CSV— What message would you for
it? like to give for our readers of CSV ? All Competitive
Shalu — It helped me a great deal Shalu — For achieving success in Examinations.
in understanding basic concepts. PMT read each and every topic of Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy by
sending M. 0. of Rs. 100/- on the following address
Further it helps in taking a quick CSV. V.P.P.

review of all topics. Besides above UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1202

Cc
Science Tips
14. A nucleus n X m emits one u and two p particles. The
(^^hysics^) resulting nucleus will be

1 5. The evidence of quantisation of charge is from


1 . The solid angle subtended at the centre of a sphere of
» Millikan's oil drop experiments
radius rby an area AS on the surface of the sphere is

given by 16. If m is the mass and cthe speed of light, then mc2
has the dimensions of
AS
• Q = j2 steradian » Energy
2. Can you practically obtain wattless current ? 17. When an electric dipole does not experience any
»• No, due to presence of resistance in the torque in a uniform electric field ?
circuit
When it aligns parallel to the electric field
3. Unit used to express the distance of stars is
18. What distance does light travel in air during the time it
"» Parsec
travels a distance d in a medium of refractive
4. Why a transformer cannot be used in direct current index jx?
circuit ? » It will travel a distance equal to \id
«* Because D.C. cannot produce a changing 19. The direction of electric dipole moment vector of an
magnetic field in the core electric dipole is

5. The Poynting vector S =


Vo

EB
is related to
From negative charge to positive charge

20. Is diffraction the property of all types of waves ?


* Flow of energy in an electromagnetic wave and •<• Yes, all type of waves exhibit diffraction
represents its intensity
6. Why are calibration marks not equidistant on the
scale of a hot-wire ammeter ?
•» Because heat produced in the wire is pro-
portional to the square of current
21 . Which aromatic amine is used as a developer in the
7. If y=ax b , the graph between log x and logy will a photography ?
straight line. Its gradient and intercept on y-axis «* Orthophenylene diamine
respectively are
22. What is 2, 2'- bipyridyl reagent ?
» b, log a [log y= log a + log x, compare it with

8. The difference of temperature of two bodies


y= mx+
is 35°C.
c]

23. Which organic compound is


-Q-O
used with radiator water
What will be this difference in °F ?
in cold countries ?
»63°F «* Ethylene glycol

9. Relative velocity is 'velocity' and not the ratio of 24. What is mustard gas ?
* Two velocities »CI CH 2 -CH 2 -S-CH2-CH 2 CI
Bis (1-chloroethyl) sulphide or
10. If earth were what
to stop rotating will happen to the
2, 2-dichlorodiethyl sulphide
value of 'g' the acceleration due to gravity at Delhi ?
25. What does 'HSAB* stand for ?
» 'g'will increase »» Hard-Soft Acids-Bases
1 1 . The average velocity of a particle is equal to its instan- 26. Who was the first to give correct explanation of the
taneous velocity. Its time-displacement graph will be a phenomenon of optical activity ?
» Straight line (since velocity is uniform) • Louis Pasteur (1843)
12. Can a sail boat be propelled by air blown at the sail 27. What is the cat's-eye ?
from a big fan attached to the boat ? » A greenish-yellow gem-stone basically
"» No, it cannot be propelled chrysoberyl, Be Al 2 0 4

13. The numerical ratio of speed and velocity of an object 28. The compounds which contain polar as well as non-
can be polar regions are known as
» Greater than or equal to 1 Amphipathic

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1203

Copyrighted material
29. Which chemical reactions are mainly responsible for 46. Physical and chemical agents that interact with DNA
chemical weathering of rocks ? to cause mutations are called
»» C0 2 + H 2 0 -» H 2 C0 3 •» Mutagens
CaC0 3 + H 2 C0 3 -* Ca (HC0 3 ) 2
47. What is the another term for adaptive evolution ?
30. What are acyloins ? »• Microevolution
«» ct-hydroxy ketones
48. An Operan is

O OH Cluster of structural genes with


II I

[CH 3 -C-CH-CH3] related functions


31 . What is the catalytic reaction of H 2 and CO to produce 49. What causes acne vulgaris affecting face of most
high-molecular weight hydrocarbons, known as ? teenagers ?
>» Fischer-Tropsch reaction « Sebaceous glands
32. What is Ziegler-Natta catalyst ?
» A complex of the triethyl aluminium and TiCI 4 50. The protein coat that encloses the viral genes is

called
33. What isthecommonnameoftrans-butenedioicacid ?
»» Capsid
«4 Fumaric acid
34. The catalyst which is used in hardening of oils is
51. What is called the point of the surface of an animal
Raney Nickel egg farthest from the nucleus ?
•» Vegetal pole
35. What is the value of gas constant, 'FT in SI unit ?
» 8-31441 J mol" 1 K" 1

36. What is Fenton's reagent ?


«• A mixture of ferrous sulphate WELCOME
and hydrogen peroxide
[H 2 0 2 + FeS0 4 ] International Book Fair
37. What is the relation between freezing point of a liquid From 7th to 15th Nov., 2009
and the melting point of its solid state ? At Gandhi Maidan
» Freezing point = melting point PATNA
38. What is Wohl-Zeigler bromination ? Ranchi Book Fair
* The bromination of ally lie and benzylic positions From 20th to 29th Nov., 2009
by N-bromosuccinamide (NBS) At Jaipal Singh Stadium
39. What is the process reverse to condensation known RANCHI
as ?
Vaporisation
Guwahati Book Fair
»»
From 27th Nov. to 8th Dec, 2009
40. Phenyl esters on treatment with anhydrous AICI 3 are At Sonaram School Playground
converted to o or p-hydroxy ketones. This reaction is Bharalmukh
known as GUWAHATI
» Fries Rearrangement Kochi Book Fair
From 27th Nov. to 6th Dec, 2009
At Ernakulathappan Ground
Darwar Hall Road

41. What called that disease in which plaque deposits


Patna Book Fair
is
From 4th to 15th Dec, 2009
form the coronary arteries that supply blood to the
in
At Gandhi Maidan
heart ?
» Coronary heart disease
PATNA
42. The energy used the Miller-Urey experiment was
Kozhikode Book Fair
in
From 8th to 15th Dec, 2009
"» Electric spark At Near Arayidathu Bridge
43. What is called that virus which can reproduce without KOZHIKODE (KERALA)
killing its host ?
»» Temperate virus
44. In allopatric speciation, the initial barrier to gene flow
India's Largest Selling Competition Books
is

Geographic (•J

45. Which form of coelom is formed by the splitting of

embryonic mesoderm ?
» Schizocoel

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1 204

Copyrighted material
52. Transfer of the genetic code from mRNA to a 71 . Most artificial fertilizers always contain trace element.
sequence of amino acids in a polypeptide is the What does Chilean nitrate, for example, contain ?
Translation •# Boron
53. What are called the receptor cells for both hearing and 72. What is the common name of Aldrovanda ?
balance ? n
» Water-flea-trap
'» Mechanoreceptors 73. What is the time between infection of host and
54. Genetic information in a DNA molecule is coded in assembly of new phages called ?
the «* Eclipse period
* Sequence of nucleotides 74. What are isoenzymes ?
55. What is called the branch of medicine dealing with the » Enzymes having slightly different molecular
study of signs and symptoms ? structure but similar catalytic action
» Semeiology 75. Which phase of cell cycle consists of S and G 2
56. The most abundant lipid in a cell membrane is stages ?
«* Phospholipid
«» Interphase

57. Where are the mature sperms stored ?


76. What structure connects the two adjacent cells in

plant ?
«» In epididymes
»» Plasmodesmata
58. Control over the concentrations of salt and water in
77. What does phloem transport usually from the leaves
the body is
in a healthy plant ?
» Osmoregulation » Organic nutrients
in

59. What is called the cutting or division of a stricture ? 78. What does dendrochronology determine ?
» Coaretotomy "» Age of tree by radiocarbon dating
60. Not enough blood proteins due to low-protein diet 79. What does primary lysosome mean ?
may develop '» Lysosomes containing inactive enzymes

Hypotension or chronic low blood pressure 80. What are nonseptate fungal hyphae ?
Fungi having no cross walls in their hyphae
•••
Botany

61. Which part or structure


after fertilization ?
becomes a seed immediately
upkars <™^>
62. What does taxonomy deal with ?
* Ovule
csir-case
» Naming of organisms SECTION OFFICERS
63. What are called stacks of the circular thylakoids ?
«* Grana
&
64. What is obligate intercellular parasite ?
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANTS
• They cannot multiply outside a living cell Preliminary Exam.
65. What causes separation of the complementary chains
of a DNA molecule ? Bv : Dr. Lai & Jain Code 1 670 Price : Rs. 1 95/-

* Denaturation
66. What does AZT stand for ? This book contains
Azidothymidine

w General Knowledge
67. What is called the surrounding membrane of a with Current Affairs
vacuole ?
General Science
»* Tonoplast
68. What does phloem transport usually from the leaves
w Hindi Language
to roots ? English Language
» Organic nutrients «ar Public Administration
69. Why are mitochondria yellow in colour ? «* Computer Science
»» Due to presence of riboflavin
HINDI EDITION Code No. 1476 Rs. 210/-
70. What is endogamy ?
» Pollination of a flower by another flower
but of the same plant I
UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2 *
^^^^
C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1205

Cc
Topic on Physics

The bending of the ray of light passing from one Here, ^ is the speed of light in medium 1 and v2
medium to the other medium is called refraction. in medium 2. Similarly, \\ and k 2 are the corres-
Laws of refraction— There are two laws of refraction. ponding wavelengths.

(i) The incident ray, the normal to the surface at the


point of incidence and the refracted ray, all lie in the same
plane called the plane of incidence or plane of refraction.
\'1
(ii) The ratio of sine of the angle of incidence (/) to 1 <; Rarer
the sine of angle of refraction (r) isa constant and is called
2 Denser
refractive index.

' k\
i.e., gj" r = n (a constant) for two media

Snell's law can be written as


/'
[*,>£; v2 < v1 ;m2>|Xi;X2 <Xi]
H2 sin
1H2 =
sin r
Hi

_ Velocity of light in the 1st medium


Physically u'2 -
Velocity of light in the 2nd medium
1 \i Denser
Mi x sin
/'
= x sin r
2 L\ Rarer
i.e. u sin 9 = constant
A A A A
1
/ \
2

Also, in vector form : i x n = u (r x n)

Important Points
[f,<fe; v2 > v-i\ M2 <m;^2>^i]
(i) If medium 1 is a vacuum (or, in practice air) we (v) In general speed of light in any medium is less
refer ^u 2 as the absolute refractive index of than its speed in vacuum. It is convenient to
medium 2 and denote it by \i
2 or simply (If no define refractive index ji of a medium as
medium is there).
other Speed vacuum _ c
of light in
~ Speed medium ~ v
of light in
(ii) We can write Snell's law as
(vi) As a ray of light moves from medium 1 to medium
2, its wavelength changes but its frequency
remains constant.
[\i 2 > Hi ;
*i > v2 ;
a,! > M
Ml
\^ Rarer
(vii) 1M2 =
— and = — [iMa = 1
Denser 1*1 Ma 2t'lJ

(viii) iW> =
— . 2^3 =
— and 3 n,
=-
n
|
1^2 x 2(^3 X 3(^1 = 1

H sin / = constant (a) (ix) If the boundaries of the media are parallel to the
emergent ray (cd) although laterally displaced, is
For two media sin = H2 s n
'
'2
of

sin /•,

1!'2 .(b)
sin i2

(iii) From the equation (a) we can see that ^ > ^.

If |i2>Hi,'.e., if a ray of light passes from rare


to denser medium it bends towards normal and
vice-versa.
(iv) Equation (b) can be written as

sin i-j jxg


1"2 = = ...(c)
sin/2 ^2%%!
C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1206

Copyrighted material
parallel to the incident ray ab. If uA = \iE we can Apparent shift

also directly apply the Snell's law. (u sin /= cons-


tant) in medium A and E, i.e.,

ua sin A = u E sin E
; /

=S tj ,'-1,2
So, '1= '5 (
If \l A = UE Apparent depth and apparent shift through a
(5)
Refraction of Light at a Parallel Faced Slab parallel faced slab (with object in rarer medium)— The
(1) Deviation— When a ray of light passes obliquely object O (in air) when seen through a parallel faced slab of
through a parallel faced slab, then the deviation (D) of the thickness (t and R. (u) is seen to be at
) and apparent
I. I,

ray in the slab is D = I


/'- r\
shift (Ol) along normal
The deviation is zero for the emergent ray.
N N

i / Air

I
Glass
E
(k)

y'x\
C D Air
A'

C
(2) Lateral shift— A
ray of light passing obliquely Note : Same
relations are also true when the object in a
through a parallel faced slab of thickness 't' and absolute medium is seen through a parallel faced slab.
rarer

R.I. n, suffers a lateral shift (or displacement) in its path Apparent depth of an object in rarer medium
(6)
= CE = x. when seen from within a denser medium (near normal
t
rays)— When an object 'O' in rarer medium is seen from
x = sin (i-r)
cos r within a denser medium (say
Apparent depth and apparent shift through a water) then the image of 'O'
(3)
slab- When an object 'O' in the denser medium of thick- appears to be raised upto I.

ness (?) and absolute refrac- /B The real depth =


1
If/
tive index (u) is viewed Apparent depth =
almost normally to the sur- AO
face, from the outside rarer Now, =
A A|
(air) medium, then its image
is seen the real
at I. AO is I
'

J \ M Medium
depth of the object. Al is the
apparent depth and Ol is
angle (C)— For the ray from the
(7) Critical travelling
called the apparent shift.
O Air denser to the rarer medium (u 2 > m), for refraction at A,
Real depth
Now, H = Apparent depth If
/'
= C,

AO_± f = 90°
f =90°
Al "Al
= J_
.-. Apparent depth, Al

Apparent shift, 01
sin C =
t'2 1M2
/
A M 2 >t*i
=
H)=<0-;) or IMS =
sin
1

C 0
(4) Multiple slabs— Eye
If f,, t2 , t
3 ... are the Air Note: If the rarer medium is air hi = 1 and the denser
thicknesses of each of the
Medium (3) •H3
medium has an absolute R. I. u2 = n- Then,
slabs and u2 , H3 ...
1
are the absolute refractive Medium (2) sinC =
-u 2
indices of material of each X I

slab, then object 'O' (8) Total internal reflection — For a ray of light to
viewed Medium (1)
from rarer (air) '^1 suffer total internal reflection, the necessary conditions
medium sun at Then
is I. are :

as seen from air O (i) The ray must travel from a denser to a
Apparent depth AO = Real depth rarer medium.
fl h —
— h Al = Apparent depth The angle of incidence in denser medium
A = + + + (ii)

Ol = Apparent shift
should be greater than the critical angle.
1*1 f*2 H3

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1207/3

Copyrighted material
Examples of Total Internal Reflection (TIR) Prism
(i) Field of vision offish (or swimmer)— A fish (diver) Prism is a transparent medium bounded by refracting
inside the water can see the whole world through a cone
surfaces, such that the incident surface (on which light ray
with
is and emergent surface (from which light rays
incident)
(a) Apex angle
emerges) are plane and non parallel. Commonly used
= 2C = 98°
:-: :/C^fl>0" : : : : : : : :
prism (Equilateral prism; right angle prism, right angled
(b) Radiusof base h \n
r =
h
cotC
h tan C mm isosceles prism).

Refraction of light at a prism— For refraction of a


h monochromatic ray of light through a prism.
i+e = A + D ...(i)
2
It/7 r, + r2 = A ...(ii)
(c) Area of base A = 2
(H -1) For a given prism, the angle
4 of deviation D depends upon
For water H = 3
the angle of incidence (/)
3h and for a particular value of
So, r = /,

V? becomes a mini-
the deviation
9 Jt/7
2 mum (D = D m called the )

and A = angle of minimum deviation and then the ray passes


(ii) Brilliance of diamond— The refractive index of symmetrically through the prism.
diamond is about 2-4 so that critical angle for it is very
.-. When D = Dm ,

small about 24°. Hence, due to repeated internal reflections


Then, / = e
diamond sparkles.
Porro prism— A right angled isosceles prism,
(iii)
and r-i
= r2

which is used in periscops or binoculars. It is used to


deviate light rays through 90° and 180° and also to erect sin
the image. Then,
Sin (A/2)

where n is the absolute refractive index of glass.

Important Points
/ 90° \
(i) For a thin prism A s 10°, D= (n - 1) A
~<45° 45°y
(ii) Grazing incidence for a prism
For grazing incidence ^ = 90°
r
Then, rt = C
= critical angle for glass
of the prism

Then, A = (C + r2 )

(iii) For refraction at face PR,


sin e
sin r2 ~ ^
(iv) Mirage— An optical illusion in deserts :

sin e = n sin r2

= n sin (A - C)
(iv) For maximum devia-
tion by a prism the
angle of incidence

(a) must be 90°


or
(v) Looming— An optical illusion in cold countries :

(b) correspond to
grazing emergence. Q
Grazing emergence and TIR (total internal refrac-
tion) through a prism— When light ray falls on one
surface of a prism, it is not necessary that will exit out it

from the prism. It may or may not exit out as shown on next

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1208

Copyrighted material
where 6y is the deviation of mean ray, o v and 6 r ar e the

deviation of violet and red rays respectively.

=
Hv-Hr
Again (co)
(|iy-1)
Deviation without dispersion— Deviation without
dispersion means an achromatic combination of two
prisms in which net or resultant dispersion is zero and
deviation is produced. For the two prisms
Ray©
(u v - Hr) A + (u' v - u'r) A' = 0
Ray 1 : General emergence Ray 1 : General emergence
A < C A < 2C
(hv-hr)
and \i < cosec A and |i < cosec (A/2) or A = _
,
a
Ray 2 : Grazing emergence Ray 2 : Grazing emergence (u'v - (J'r)
A = C A = 2C and + = 0
toS uj'6'
and cosec A and li = cosec (A/2)
Ray 3 : TIR Ray 3 : TIR where to and to' are the dispersive powers of two prisms
A > C A > 2C and 6 and 6' are their mean deviations.
and ji > cosec A and > cosec (A/2)
Dispersion without deviation— A combination of two
|i

A = angle of prism and


prism in which the deviation produced for the mean ray by
C = criticalangle for the
material of the prism
the first prism is equal and opposite to that produced by
the second prism is called a direct vision prism. This com-
Important points- For the condition of grazing emer- bination produces dispersion without deviation.
gence, minimum angle of incidence For deviation to be zero
-
/
min = sin [Vp 2 - 1 sin A - cos a] 6 + 5' = 0

Dispersion through a prism— The splitting of white


or (H-1) A + (n'-1)A' = 0
light into its

This phenomenon
constituent colours
arises due
is called dispersion of
to the fact that refractive
light.
or A' --^ A
index varies with wavelength. It has been observed that |i

decreases with the increase of wavelength, > Spectra and spectrometer— The pattern produced
i.e., Li
b Ue
|

by a beam emerging from a prism after refraction is called


Hred- Tnis display of colours is known as spectrum of light.
Spectrum. This effect is produced due to dispersion which
The angle between the two emergent rays is known as is the splitting of incident non-monochromatic ray into its
angular dispersion of these colours. The angular disper-
constituent colours. Visible spectrum which lies within the
sion
range of red and violet colours is part of much larger elec-
6 = <v - 6R tromagnetic spectrum.

Dispersive power— The ratio of angular dispersion


Types of Spectra

between two colours to the deviation of mean ray pro- Line— Due to the source in atomic state.
duced by the prism is
Band— Due to the source in molecular state.
called the dispersive Continuous— Due to white hot solid.
power of material of In emission spectrum, bright colours or lines,

the prism for those emitted from a source are observed.

colours. absorption spectrum, there are dark gaps indicat-


In
ing frequencies absorbed.
Dispersive power (ci>)
Spectrometer— Consists of a collimator, a prism and
s v~ 5 R
a telescope. It is used to observe the spectrum and also
to measure deviations.

SOME TYPICAL SOLVED EXAMPLES


Example 1. (a) Show that the lateral displacement
of a ray of light passing obliquely through a parallel
glass slab of thickness rand absolute refractive index
. r . cos /
i
|x is given by 1 sin /.
'[ -V-sin*/J
Solution :

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1209

Copyrighted material
Example 2. (a) A slab of glass 20 cm thick and
refractive index 1-5 is kept in front of a plane mirror
and a pin is kept in front of it in air at a distance of
40 cm from the mirror. Find the position of the image
as formed by the mirror.

Solution :

Example 1. (b) Crown glass has u„ = 1-538;


\i r = 1-52; quartz glass has \i
v = 1-557; \i
r
= 1-542.

Given a quartz prism of refracting angle 4°. Find :

(i) the angle of the crown glass prism to form a

direct vision combination for white light and


(ii) the angular width of the spectrum produced by
Example 2. (b) The dispersive powers of flint glass
this combination.
and crown glass are 0-053 and 0 034 respectively and
Solution :

theirmean refractive indices are 1-68 and 1-53 for


white light. Calculate :

(i) flint glass prism required to


the angle of the
form an achromatic combination with a crown glass
prism of refracting angle 4° and
(ii) the net mean deviation produced by the com-
bination.

Solution :

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1210

Copyrighted material
Example 3. The base of a tank is horizontal plate Example 5. A 60° glass prism has a refractive
of glass 8 cm thick (n = 1-6). Above this is a layer of index of 1-5. Calculate :

liquid of thickness 4-5 cm (u = 1-5) and upon this floats (i) the angle of incidence for minimum deviation,

a layer of water 12 cm thick (|i = 4/3). Looking from (ii) the minimum deviation and
above, what the apparent position of the spot on the
is (iii) the angle of emergence of the light at maxi-
bottom of the tank, and where should the eye be held mum deviation.
to see this spot ? Solution :

Solution :

Example 4. The refracting angle of a prism is A

and refractive index of the prism is cot (A/2). Show


that the angle of minimum deviation is (180° - 2A).

Solution :

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 121

Copyrighted material
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Velocity of light in glass whose making an angle a with the normal (n = 4/3). A light beam incident
refractive index with respect to air and is refracted in the medium at normally on the face AB is totally
8 m/s and
is 1 -5 is 2 x 1 in certain an angle [J. The angle of deviation reflected to reach the face BC if—
liquid the velocity of light found to of the emergent ray from the (A) sin 9> 8/9
be 2-50 x 10 8 m/s. The refractive direction of the incident ray is—
(B) 2/3 < sin 6< 8/9
index of the liquid with respect to (A) (u-|5) (B) 2(«-p)
air is— (C) sin 0 s 2/3
(C) (a-p)/2 (D) (a + P)
(A) 0-64 (B) 0-80 (D) cos e a 8/9
(C) 1-20 (D) 1-44 6. A rectangular slab of refractive
index [x is placed over another 10. When light is incident on a
2. A ray of light passes through four medium at angle and refracted
slab of refractive index 3, both f

transparent media with refractive


slabs being identical dimen-
in into a second medium at an angle
indices u2 ,
(.»
3 and m as
sions. If a coin is placed below r, the graph of sin / versus sin r is
shown in the figure. The surfaces
the lower slab, for what value of n as shown in the graph. From
of media are parallel. If the
all
will the coin appear to be placed this, one can conclude that—
emergent ray CD is parallel to the
at the interface between the slabs
incident ray AB, we must have—
when viewed from the top ?
(A) 1-8 (B) 2
D.
(C) 1-5 (D) 2-5

:i' 3 .
7. Water fn»>=3^ is filled in a

beaker upto a height of 10 cm. A sin /'

B
plane mirror fixed at a height of 5
(A) Velocity of light in the second
cm from the surface of water.
A • • • •

Distance of image from the mirror


medium
velocity
is

of
1-73 times the
light in the I

(A) ^ = n2 (B) na = Mg after reflection from it of an object


medium
(C) u 3 = H4 (D) n 4 = m 0 at the bottom of the beaker is—
(B) Velocity of light in the I

(A) 15 cm (B) 12-5 cm


3. A ray of light is incident at the medium is 1-73 times the
glass-water interface at an angle (C) 7-5 cm (D) 10 cm velocity in the II medium
it emerges finally parallel to the
/',

8. A light ray from air is incident (as (C) The critical angle for the two
surface of water, then the value of
shown in figure) at one end of a media is given by c = V3 /
u g would be— =
glass fibre (refractive index \t

1 -5) making an incidence angle of (D) sin;c =^


60° on the lateral surface, so that
u w = 4/3
it undergoes a total internal
1 1 . A beam of light consisting of red,

Water X reflection.
it
How much
take to traverse the straight
time would
green and blue colours is incident
on a right angled prism. The
refractive indices of the material
fibre of length 1 km ?
of the prism for the above red,
All'
green and blue wavelengths are
Glass
1 -39, 1 -44 and 1 -47 respectively.
The prism will —
(A) (4/3) sin/ (B) 1/sin i A
(C) 4/3 (D) 1

4. A passes from vacuum


ray of light
into a medium of refractive index (A) 3-33 n sec (B) 6-67 \i sec
H, the angle of incidence is found (C) 5-77 [j sec (D) 3-85 \i sec
tobe twice the angle of refraction.
Then the angle of incidence is— 9. A glass prism of refractive index
1
1-5 is immersed in water B C
(A) cos" (n/2)
2 cos" 1 B (A) Separate part of red colour

V
(B) (n/2)
1
from the green and the blue
(C) 2 sin"
colours
1
(D) 2 sin" (n/2)
(B) Separate part of the blue
5. A ray of light falls on the surface colour from the red and
of a spherical glass paper weight green colours

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1212

Copyrighted material
(C) Separate all the colours from 17. Angle of minimum deviation for a and suffers a deviation of 30°. If

one another prism of refractive index T5 is the prism 2 is removed, then the
(D) Not separate even partially equal to the angle of prism. The angle of deviation of the same ray

any colour from the other two angle of prism is- is—
0
colours (cos 41 = 0-75)

An bubble = (A) 62° (B) 41°


12. air in a glass slab (|a

1 6 cm deep when viewed


-5) is (C) 82° (D) 31°
from one face and 4 cm deep
when viewed from the opposite 18. A prism (n = 1-5) has the refract-

face. The thickness of the glass ing angle of 30°. The deviation of
plate is— a monochromatic ray incident
normally on its one surface will
(A) 10 cm 1
be- (sin 48° 36' = 0-75)
(B) 6-67 cm (A) Equal to 15°
(C) 15 cm (A) 18° 36' (B) 20° 30'
(B) Smaller than 30°
(D) None of these (C) 18° (D) 22° 1'
(C) More than 15°
13. One face of a rectangular glass 19. The fefractive angle of prism is A (D) Equal to 30°
plate 6 cm thick is silvered. An and refractive index of material of

object held 8 cm in front of the


A 23. A prism having an apex angle 4°
prism is cot ^ The
• angle of mini-
and refraction index 1-5 located
first face, forms an image 12 cm is
mum deviation is— in front of a vertical plane mirror
behind the silvered face. The
refractive index of the glass is—
(A) 180° -3A (B) 180° +2A as shown in figure. Through what
total angle is the ray deviated
(C) 90° - A (D) 180°-2A
(A) 0-4 (B) 0-8 after reflection from the mirror ?
(C) 1-2 (D) 1-6 20. A ray of passes through an
light

equilateral glass prism in such a


14. A ray of light is incident on a
manner that the angle of inci-
glass sphere of refractive index
dence is equal to the angle of
3/2. What should be the angle of emergence and each of these
incidence so that the ray which angles is equal to 3/4 of the angle
enters the sphere doesn't come of the prism. The angle of devi-
out of the sphere ? ation is—

1
(A) 45° (B) 39°
(A) tan"
(|) (C) 20° (D) 30°
(A) 176° (B) 4°

(B) sln-i 21 . PQR is a right angled prism with (C) 178° (D) 2°
(|) other angles as 60° and 30°.
90°
24. A ray of light is incident to the
(C) Refractive index of prism is 1 -5.
hypotenuse of a right-angled
PQ has a thin layer of liquid on it.
prism after travelling parallel to
1
(D) cos" Light falls normally on the face
(J) the base inside the prism. If
n is
PR. For total internal reflection,
The image of point P when the refractive index of the material
15. maximum refractive index of liquid
viewed from top of two slabs is— of the prism, the maximum value
of the base angle for which light
(ji = 1-5) of thick 1-5 each will
is totally reflected from the
be-
hypotenuse is—
(A) 2-0 cm above P
(B)

(C)
1 -5 cm above P

2-0 cm below P
(A) sin" 1

Q
(D) 1 cm above P (B) tan- 1

(1)
R
16. When light rays are incident on a
(A) 1-4 (B) 1-3
prism at an angle of 45°, the mini- 1
(C, sin-
1-2 (D) 1-6
mum deviation is obtained. If
(C)
(^)
refractive index of the material of Two
prism
prism
is

will
\ 2,

be—
then the angle of
22.
each
identical
will

are placed in
prisms
angles 30°, 60° and 90°
contact as
1

shown
and 2,

in
(D) cos" 1

Q
figure. A ray of light passed 25. The light is incident at an angle
(A) 30° (B) 40°
through the combination in the of 60° on a prism of which the
(C) 50° (D) 60° position of minimum deviation refracting angle 30°. If it suffers

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1213

Copyrighted material
deviation of 30°, the refractive
index of material of prism will

be-
(A) V2 (B) 2V3
(C) 2 (D) V'3

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1214

Copyrighted material
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance Test, 2009 Solved Paper ciding with each other, the angu-
lar frequency of the composite
disc will be—
I
2 »)1 -I1W2
(0! + W2 1
1

^COj + ^0)2 IjtOj + l


2 (0 2
1. Heater coil A takes t\ sec to boil 6. The tungsten filaments of two V-1 ) 1
l
1 + . I
l
2
K>->) I

M +
. I
'2
certain quantity of water. Heater electric bulbs are of the same
11. In planetary motion, the quantity
coil B takes / sec same
to boil length.If one of them gives 25W
2
power and the other 60W power that remains unchanged is—
quantity of water. If A and B are
connected in series, the time then — (A) Radius of the orbit

taken to the same quantity of (B) Speed along the orbit


boil (A) Both the filaments are of
water by the combination is— same thickness (C) Total angular momentum
(B) 25W bulb has thicker fila-
(D) Angular speed
(A) V^2 (B) fi + h
ment 12. A particle moves in x-y plane
(C) («, * h) (D) (C) 60W bulb has thicker fila-
under the action of a force F
I
ment
such that the value of its linear
2. A copper wire and a silicon wire (D) Both the filaments have
were heated from room tempera- same cross-section area momentum p at any time f is
ture to 60°C. Then- 7. Work done in taking a mass from px = 2 cos py = 2 sin The t, f.

(A) Resistance of both the wires one point to another in a gravi- angle 0 between F and p at a
decreases tational field depends on — given time f will be—
(B) Resistance of both the wires (A) The end points only (A) 90° (B) 0°

increases (B) The path followed (C) 180° (D) 30°


(C) Resistance of copper wire (C) The velocity of the mass
13. The weakest bond in solids is—
decreases and that of silicon (D) Both the length of the path
(A) VanderWaals (B) Metallic
wire increases and the end points
(C) Covalent (D) Ionic
(D) Resistance of copper wire 8. A child stands at one end of a
14. In a transistor, the base is—
increases and that of silicon boat moving with a speed V in
(A) A conductor with high con-
wire decreases still water. If the child starts ductivity
running towards the other end of An
3. The mutual electrostatic potential (B) insulator
the boat with a speed V, the (C) An extrinsic semiconductor
energy between two protons
centre of mass of the system (D) An intrinsic semiconductor
which are at a distance of
(boat and child) will move with a
9 x 10 -15 m, in 92 U
235 nucleus 15. A particle of mass M at rest
speed-
decays two particles of
into
is—
(A) v-u (B) v masses and m2 having non-
m-, ,

(A) 1-56 x 10" 14 J (C) u (D) v + u zero velocities. The ratio of the
de-Broglie wavelengths of parti-
(B) 5-5 x 10" 14 J 9. A particle is describing uniform
cles >. />,
1 2 is-
circular motion. Its acceleration
2-56 x 10" 14 J
(C)
is— (A) m 1
/m2 (B) m2lm^
(D) 4-56 x 10" 14 J
(A) Along the radius of circular (C) 1:1 (D) \jm^l\jm2
path painting towards the
4. The S.I. units of electron mobility 16. The following figure represents—
centre
are-
(B) Along the tangent to the A
2 -1 -1
(A) m s v (B) msv-1
(C) ms" v 1
(D) mW 2
(C)
circular path

Along the radius of the


:
B

5. Energy stored per unit volume of


circular path pointing away (A) OR gate (B) NOT gate
a parallel plate capacitor having
from the centre (C) NOR gate (D) AND gate
plate area A and (D) Zero
plate separation 1 7. Two particles of different masses,
'd' when charged to a potential of 10. I, and l
2 are the moments of initially at rest, start moving
V volts is— inertia of two about
circular discs towards each other under their
their central axes perpendicular gravitational attraction. At an
(Air space in between the plates)
to their surfaces. Their angular instant when the speeds of the
(A) \cW <B)
fQ frequencies of rotation are cd 1 and particles are v and 2v, the speed
w 2 respectively. If they are of the centre of mass is—
brought in contact face to face (A) Zero (B) v
(C) \ e0
(^) () \ e0 Qt) with their axes of rotation coin- 1-5i/ (D) 3v
(C)

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1216

Copyrighted material
18. When a wave undergoes refrac- lar velocity co in rigid body dyna- 30. The relationship between phase
tion— difference A$ and the path diffe-
mics is—
(A) Its frequency does not rence Ax between two interfering
change ( r is the position vector)
waves is given by—
(B) Its amplitude changes (k = wavelength)
(A) to = v x r (B) v = r x to
(C) Its velocity changes
(D) Both amplitude and fre-
(C) v = to x r (D) r = v x to
quency change
25. Magnitudes of four pairs of dis-
19. The maximum range of a pro- 2
placement vectors are given. = *jA<t>
jectile is 100 m. The maximum
|

Which pair of displacement


height reached by it is— vectors, under vector addition,
(A) 100 m (B) 25 m fails to give a resultant vector of

(C) 50 m (D) 75 m magnitude 3 cm ?


(A) 2 cm, 7 cm (B) 1 cm, 4 cm (D) A<|> = (2k) Ax
20. The equation y = A sin k (vt- x)
(C) 2 cm, 3 cm (D) 2 cm, 4 cm 31 . The velocity of an electromag-
represents 26. The and L/R
quantities RC netic wave in vacuum can be
(where R, L and stand for C changed by changing—
(A) A plane progressive wave resistance, inductance and capa- (A) Frequency
travelling along negative X- citance respectively) have the (B) Amplitude
direction dimension of—
(C) Wavelength
(B) A plane progressive wave (A) Force
(D) None of the above
travelling along positive X- (B) Linear momentum
direction (C) Linear velocity 32. InYoung's double slit experiment,
(D) Time the fringe width with light of
(C) A stationary wave
Which wavelength 6000 A is 3 mm. The
(D) A plane progressive wave 27. of the following cannot be
travelling along positive Y- speed-time graph ? fringe width, when the wavelength

direction of light is changed to 4000 A is—


\ v
3 mm mm
21. A Carnot's engine working bet-
ween 27°C and 1 27°C has a work t)
o — t
>

O
'
\— ^
t
t

O —
(A)

(C) 2 mm
(B)

(D) 4
1

mm
output of 200 J per cycle. The 33. Transverse nature of light was
(a) (b) (c)
energy supplied to the engine confirmed by the phenomenon
from the source in each cycle of-
is— (A) Refraction of light

(A) 400 J (B) 800 J (B) Diffraction of light


O O
(C) 600 J (D) 500 J (d) (e) (C) Dispersion of light

22. A particle is executing linear (A) (b)and(d) (B) (c) and (e)
(D) Polarization of light

simple harmonic motion. The (C) (d)only (D) (a) only 34. Water flows through a pipe of
fraction of the total energy that is varying cross section. Then the
potential, when its displacement
28. If a transparent parallel plate of
ratio of speeds of water at two
uniform thickness 't' and refrac-
is of its amplitude is— points 1 and 2 where the radii of
^ tive index [i is interposed perpen-
the pipe are ^ and r2 is—
1
dicularly in the path of a light
(A)

16 beam, the optical path is— (B)
*
1 (A) Increased by (u - 1)r
(C) (D)
(B) Decreased by li/

23. The third overtone of an open (C) Decreased by (|i - 1)f


organ pipe is in resonance with 35. A moving round the
satellite
(D) Increased by Ltf
the second overtone of a closed earth a circular orbit of radius
in

organ pipe. If the length of the 29. If the width of the slit in single slit Y and speed suddenly loses V
open pipe is 8 cm, then the length diffraction experiment is doubled, some of its energy. Then —
of the closed pipe is—
then the central maximum of (A) 7 ' will increase and V will
diffraction pattern becomes— decrease
(A) 10 cm (B) 8 cm
(C) 12 cm (D) 5 cm
(A) Broader and brighter (B) Both 7' andV will decrease
(B) Sharper and brighter (C) Both Y and V will increase
24. The correct vector relation bet- (C) Sharper and fainter (D) 7' will decrease and V will
ween linear velocity v and angu- (D) Broader and fainter increase

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1217

Copyrighted material
36. A body is projected up from the 43. If the photoelectric work function (C) Increases /(times
surface of the earth with a velo- for a metallic surface is 4-125 eV, (D) Increases k 2 times
the cut-off wavelength for photo-
city equal to th of its escape 50. The magnitude of electric field
4 electric phenomenon for the
R be the radius of required to balance an oil drop of
velocity. If surface is—
earth, the height it reaches is— mass m, carrying charge 'q' is—
(A) 4500 A (B) 1700 A
3R 9R (g = acceleration due to gravity)
(A) (B)
10 (C) 2800 A (D) 3000 A
(A) (B)
8R 9R 44. Balmer series of hydrogen atom
m q2
(C)
5
(D)
T lies in — (C) mgq (D)
mg
37. The stress required to double the (A) Microwave region
length of a wire of Young's (B) Visible region 51 . A body is moved along a straight

modulus T is— (C)


(D)
Ultraviolet region
Infrared region
line by a machine delivering
constant power. The distance
(A) Y/2 (B) 2Y
moved by the body in time f is
(C) Y (D) 4Y 45. The nuclear force—
proportional to—
(A) Is purely an electrostatic
1/2 314
38. A piece of ice with a stone force
(A) f (B) t

3/2 2
embedded inside it, is floating in
(B) Obeys inverse square law of (C) f (D) r

water contained in a vessel. distance 52. A cricket ball of mass 0-5 kg


When the ice melts completely, (C) Is equal in strength to gravi- strikesa cricket bat normally with
the level of water in the vessel — tational field a velocity of 20 ms~ 1 and
(A) Remains unchanged (D) Is short-range force rebounds with a velocity of 10
-1
(B) Rises 46. Enriched uranium is used in rns The impulse of the force
.

(C) Falls nuclear reactors because it con- exerted by the ball on the bat

and tains greater proportion of


is—
(D) Falls in the beginning
rises to the same level later (A) U 238 (B) U 235 (A) 15 Ns (B) 25 Ns
(C) U 239 (D) U 233 (C) 30 Ns (D) 10 Ns
39. Electric flux emanating through a
—* A 47. A parallel plate capacitor is
53. The working principle of rocket
surface element ds - 5/ placed

an electric field
*
E = 4/ + Aj +
AAA in

4k
charged
The battery
to a potential of
is then disconnected
V volts.
propulsion
(A) Angular
is conservation
momentum
of—

is— and the distance between the (B) Mass


(A) 10 units (B) 20 units plates of the capacitor is
(C) Linear momentum
increased using an insulating
(C) 4 units (D) 16 units (D) Kinetic energy
handle. The potential difference
40. A radioactive isotope A with a half between the plates of the capa- 54. A parallel combination of 0-1 MQ
life of 1-25 x 10 10 years decays citor will resistor and a 10 \if capacitor is

into B which is stable. A sample (A) Increase connected across R


of rock from a planet found to is (B) Decrease a 1-5 V source of —www—
i

contain both A and B present in (C) Not change negligible resis- c


the ratio 1:15. The age of the
(D) Become zero tance. The time
rock is— (in years) required for the
48. Three charges - q, + Q and - q
(A) 9-6 x 10 10 (B) 4-2 x 10 10 capacitor to get
are placed in a straight line as
charged upto 1-5 V
(C) 5 x 10 10 (D) 1-95 x 10 10 shown :

-q + Q -q 0-75V is approximately (in


41. The shortest wavelength of X- seconds) is—
rays coming from an X-ray tube
(A) oo (B) log e 2
depends on the— If the total potential energy of the
(C) log 10 2 (D) Zero
(A) Voltage applied to the tube
system is zero, then the ratio
(B) Current in the tube
q 55. Assuming earth to be an inertial
is— frame, an example for inertial
(C) Atomic number of target
(A) 2 (B) 5-5 frame observer is—
element
(C) 4 (D) 1-5 (A) A driver in a train which is
(D) Nature of gas in the tube
49. When air medium
in which two
slowing down to stop
42. The masses oftwo particles have
(B) A person a car moving
charges kept apart at a distance in
same kinetic energies are in the
ratio 2:1. Then their de Broglie
Y is replaced by a dielectric with uniform velocity
medium of dielectric constant k, (C) A girl revolving in a merry-
wavelengths are in the ratio—
the force between the charges— go-round
(A) 2:1 (B) 1 : V2 (A) Remains unchanged (D) A passenger in an aircraft
(C) V 2 : 1 (D) V3 : 1 (B) Decreases k times which is taking off

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1218

Copyrighted material
56. The relation connecting magnetic induced e.m.f. set up in the coil 67. In a moving coil galvanometer, to
susceptibility x m and relative per- does not depend upon the— make the field radial—
(A) Relative speed between the wound on wooden
meability (.i
f is— (A) Coil is
coil and magnet frame
(A) Xm = Hr+1 (B) Magnetic moment of the coil
(B) Magnetic poles are cylindri-
(B) Xm = Hr~1 (C) Resistance of the coil
cal^ cut
1 (D) Number of turns in the coil
(C) Xm= (C) A horse shoe magnet is used
62. Two cells, each of e.m.f. E and
(D) The number of windings in
(D) Xm = 3(1+Hr) internal resistance r, are connec-
the coil is decreased
ted in parallel across a resis-
57. The average power dissipated in
tance R. The power delivered to 68. Magnetic field at the centre of a
a pure capacitance A.C. circuit
R is maximum when— coil in the form of a square of
is—
(A) CV (B) Zero
(A) R = r/2 (B) R = r side 2 cm carrying a current of
(C) R = 2r (D) R = 0 1-414Ais-
(C) lev2 (D) ^CV 2
63. The resistance of an ideal volt- (A) 8xir5 T
58. In inelastic collision— meter is— (B) 4 x 1<r 5 T
(A) Momentum, kineticenergy (A) Zero (B) Low
(C) 1-5 x 10" 5 T
and total energy are con- (C) High (D) Infinity
served (D) 6 x 1(r 5 T
(B) Momentum, kinetic energy 64. An electron travelling with velocity

and total energy are not con- ~v , enters a region of space in 69. When the temperature of a gas is

served which electric and magnetic fields increased—


(C) Momentum and kinetic exist. Then the electron goes (A) Its molecular kinetic energy
energy are conserved but undeflected for all values of increases
energy is not conserved
total fields—
(B) Molecular potential energy
(D) Momentum is conserved but (A) If both electric and magnetic decreases and molecular
kinetic energy is not con-
kinetic energy also decrea-
served fields are normal to v
ses; total energy remaining
59. The instantaneous values of (B) If the magnetic field alone is
constant
current and voltage in an A.C.
normal to v (C) Molecular potential energy
circuit are given by
(C) If both electric and magnetic increases and molecular
I =6 sin (lOO Jtf+^y kinetic energy decreases;
fields are parallel to v
total energy remaining cons-
(D) If the electric field alone is
V =5 sin (lOO then- tant

(A) Current leads the voltage by normal to v (D) Its molecular potential energy
45° 65. A charge 'q' coulomb makes 'n' increases

(B) Voltage leads the current by revolutions in one second in a 70. The requirement for heat con-
90° circular orbit of radius 'r'. The duction to take place in a solid
magnetic field at the centre of the is-
(C) Current leads the voltage by
90°
orbit in NA_1 m _1 is—
(A) Density gradient
2nrn
(D) Voltage leads the current by (A) x10- 7 (B) Uniform density
45° q
(C) Temperature gradient
(B) 10- 7 Uniform temperature
60. In A.C. circuits Ohm's law is (D)
applicable for-
71 . Two monoatomic ideal gases A
(A) Instantaneous values of and B occupying the same
current and voltage only volume V, are at the same tem-
(B) R.M.S. values of current and (D) -j^x 10-7 perature T and pressure P. they If

voltage only are mixed, the resultant mixture


(C) Peak values of current and 66. When the cold and hot junctions has volume V and temperature T.
voltage only of a thermocouple are inter- The pressure of the mixture is—
(D) All values of current and changed, the thermo e.m.f.— (A) P (B) P/2
voltage (A) Changes sign (C) 4P (D) 2P
61. Whenever there is a relative
(B) Remains the same 72. A certain quantity of heat energy
motion between a coil and a (C) Becomes zero is given to a diatomic ideal gas
magnet, the magnitude of (D) Is doubled which expands at constant pres-

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1219

Copyrighted material
sure. The fraction of the heat
energy that is converted work
(A)
i (B)
I
75. A sound wave with frequency 256
into Hz falls normally on a perfectly
is- reflecting wall. The shortest
2
(A) ~ (B)
2 «% (0,
f tance from the wall at which the
dis-

I air particles willhave maximum


74. Two small spheres of radii 'r '
and
'4r ' fall through a viscous liquid
amplitude of vibrations is nearly—
(C) (D)
I \ with the same terminal velocity. (velocity of sound in air is 336 m/s)
73. The excess pressure inside a
The ratio beween the viscous (A) 32-8 cm
forces acting on them is— (B) 50 cm
spherical drop of liquid or a
spherical bubble of radius R in a (A) 1 : 2 (B) 4 : 1
(C) 65-6 cm
liquid of surface tension T is— (C) 1 : 16 (D) 1 :4 (D) 25 cm

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1220

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 10. How much work per kilogram
need to be done to shift a 1 kg
mass from the surface of the
earth to Take accelera-
infinity ?
tion due to gravity = g\ and
radius of the earth = R —

(A) g/R (B) Hlg


1. Which of the following curves 5. An aeroplane moving horizontally
represents one-dimensional with a speed of 180 km/hr drops a (C) gR (D) g/R 2
motion of a particle ? food packet while flying at a 1 1 . Which of the following is a neces-
height of 490 m. The horizontal sary and sufficient condition for
I T
V range is— simple harmonic motion ?
180 m 980 m
a. (A)
(C) 500 m
(B)
(D) 675 m
(A) Constant period

7? (B) Constant acceleration


between
6. Given that = F W . S = 0 and (C) Proportionality
acceleration and displace-
(1) (2) F * 0; S * 0 then
ment from equilibrium posi-
Speed T Total T tion
.

distance (A) F is equal to S


(D) Proportionality between
-A 1 -»
(B) F is parallel to S restoring force
ment from
and displace-
equilibrium posi-
(C) F is perpendicular to S tion
(3) (4)
(D) None of these
(A) 4 (B) 1 and 2 12. The potential energy U between
7. A force-time graph for a linear
two atoms in a diatomic mole-
(C) 2 and 3 (D) None of these motion is shown in figure. The
cule as a function of the distance
segments shown are circular. The
2. When the particle moves with x between atoms has been
linear momentum gained between
uniform velocity which of the fol- shown in the given figure.
0 and 8 second is—
lowing relations are correct ?
(I) Average speed = Average
velocity
U
(II) Instantaneous speed = In-
o
stantaneous velocity r(s)-»
(III) Distance covered = Magni- (A) - 2jt NS (B) Zero
tude of displacement
(C) + 4jt NS (D) + 6ji NS
(A) I, II, III (B) I, II

8. Figure shows a thin metallic tri- The atoms are—


(C) II, III (D) I, III
angular sheet ABC. The mass of (A) Attracted when x lies bet-
3. A glass marble dropped from a the sheet is M. The moment of ween A and B and repelled
certain height above the horizon- inertia of the sheet about side when x lies between B and
tal surface reaches the surface in
AC is- C.
time f and then continues to (B) Attracted when x lies bet-
bounce up and down. The time in ween B and C and are repel-
which the marble finally comes to led when x lies between A
rest is— and B.

(C) Attracted when they reach B


b
«'(!;$ <
"(t^) (D) Repelled when they reach B
2
(C) e t (D) 13. A mass m suspended from a light

4. A stone tied to a string of length spring has a period T for its verti-

L is a vertical circle
whirled in (B) cal small vibrations. If four such
12
with the other end of the string at springs are connected in series
the centre. At a certain instant of (D) ~47 and the same mass m is suspen-
time the stone is at its lowest ded from the combination, the
positionand has speed u. The period of small vertical vibrations
9. If the earth were t of its distance
magnitude of the change in its of m is—
it reaches a position
velocity as from the sun, the duration of the
(A) 4T (B) T/4
year will be—
where the string is horizontal (C) 2T (D) T/2
1
is— (A) 8 year (B) gyear
14. A wooden ball of density D is
(A) Vu 2 -2g L (B) ^2g~L
immersed in water of density dto
(C) u' -gL (D) -J2(u 2 -g (C) 4 year (D)
2 year
L) a depth h below the surface of

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1222

Copyrighted material
water and then released. Upto state by adiabatic means only. (C) The slits be moved away
what height will the ball jump out Then— (D) The screen be moved closer
of water ? (A) The work done is the same to interfering slits
d for all adiabatic paths con-
(A) R/7 (B)
necting two states 24. An earth satellite has a velocity
D
component of 7 km/s towards an
(B) The work done is different for
(C) h (D) Zero earth observer. It emits a signal
different adiabatic paths con-
of frequency 100 MHz. This is
15. A beaker is completely filled with necting the two states
combined with a signal of same
water at 4°C. It will over-flow— (C) The total internal energy of
frequency produced by a local
When heated but not when the system will change
(A) oscillator. The approximate, beat
according to different paths
cooled frequency (in Hz) will be—
When cooled but not when
(D) There isno workdone since
(B) (A) 1200 (B) 2400
there is no transfer of heat
heated
(C) 3600 (D) 4800
(C) Both when heated or cooled 20. A black body is at a temperature
of 2800The energy of radia-
K. 25. Two waves are
(D) Neither when heated nor
tion emitted by this body with y = 0-25 sin 316 t
when cooled
wavelength between 499 nm to
y = 0-25 sin 310 f
16. The total K.E. of all the mole- 500 nm is between 999 nm to
cules of helium having a volume 1000 nm is u2 and between 1499 are travelling in the same direc-

V exerting a pressure P is 1500 nm to 1500 nm is u 3 The cons- .


tion. The number of beats pro-

KE duced per second will be—


J. The total in joules of all the tant b = 2-80 x 10 6 nm K, then-
molecules of N 2 having the same = 0 (A) 6 (B) 3
(A) u, (B) u3 = 0
volume V and exerting a pres- 3
(C) u, > u2 (D) u2 > (O (D) 3jt
sure 2P is- n
(A) 3000 (B) 4000 21 . A convex lens A of focal length 20
cm and a concave lens of focal 26. The extension in a string obeying
(C) 5000 (D) 6000 cm
length 5 are kept along the Hooke's law is x. The speed of

17. A given mass gas expands


of same axis with a distance d bet- sound wave in the stretched
from state A to the state B by ween them. A parallel beam of string is v. If the extension in the
three paths 1, 2 and 3 as shown light falling on A leaves B as a
string is increased to 1-5x, the
in the figure. If W 1
,W 2 andW 3 parallel beam, then the distance
speed of sound wave will be—
respectively be the work done by d will be—
(A) 25 cm (B) 15 cm (A) 1-22i/ (B) 0-61 v
the gas long three paths, then—
(C) 30 cm (D) 50 cm (C) 1-5v (D) 0-75v
22. Heat energy absorbed by a 27. A musical scale is constructed by
system in going through a cyclic providing intermediate frequen-
process shown in figure is— cies between a note and its

octave which—
(A) Form an arithmetic progres-
sion

(A) Wt = W2 = W3 V(lit)
(B) Form a geometric progres-
sion
(B) W!<W2<W 3
(C) Bear a simple ratio with their
(C) W, >W 2 >W3
neighbours
(D) W, <W 2 andW >W 3 1
(D) Form a harmonic progression
18. A uniform metal rod is used as a
(A) 10 7 ;tJ (B) 10 4 !tJ 28. A beam of light consisting of two
bar pendulum. If the room tem-
(C) 10 2 ;tJ (D) 10- 3 JtJ wavelengths 650 nm and 520
perature rises by 10°C, and the nm is used to obtain interference
23. In an experiment similar to
coefficient of linear expansion of fringes in Young's double slit
Young's double slit experiment,
the metal of the rod is 2 x 10 6 experiment. The distance bet-
interference is observed using
per °C, the period of the pendu- ween slits is 2 mm and between
waves associated with electrons.
lum will have percentage the plane of slits and screen is
The electrons are being produced
increase of— 120 cm. The least distance from
in an electron gun. In order to
the central maximum where the
(A) - 2x10- 3 (B) -1 x10"3 increase the fringe width—
bright fringes due to both wave-
(A) Electron gun voltage is
(C) 2 x 10" 3 (D) 1 x 10" 3 lengths coincide is—
increased
19. A system is caused to change (B) Electron gun voltage is
(A) 117 mm (B) 334 mm
reversibly from an initial to a final decreased (C) 312 mm (D) 156 mm

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1223/4

Copyrighted material
29. The ratio of forces between two 34. A 750 Hz, 20 volt, source is con- (C) First-clockwise and then
small spheres with constant nected to a resistance of 100 clockwise
charges in air and in a medium of atom, an inductance of 0-1803 (D) First clockwise and then anti-
dielectric constant K is— henry and a capacitance of clockwise
(A) 1 : K (B) K : 1 10(.iF, all in series. The time in
40. Which of the following gates will
(C) 1 K2 (D) K2 which the resistance (thermal
: :
have an output of 1 ?
capacity = 2 joule/°C) will get
30. The least angle of deviation of
certain glass prism
refracting angle. The
is equal to
refractive
a
its
heated by 10°C is-
(A) 348 sec (B) 328 sec
s=o- (1)
tCH (2)

index of glass is 1-5. The angle (C) 248 sec (D) 228 sec
of the prism is—
35. Resistances of 1, 2 and 3Q are (3) (4)
1
(A) 2 cos" connected in the form of a
(^) (A) 4 (B) 1
triangle. If a 1-5 V cell of negli-
1 gible internal resistance is con- (C) 3 (D) 2
(B) sin"
nected across the 3Q resistor, the 41 A constant voltage is applied bet-
current flowing in this resistance ween two points of a uniform
(C) cos" 1
(^) will be— metallic wire. Some heat is deve-
(A) 0-25 A (B) 0-5 A loped in it. The heat developed is
1
(D) sin"
(|) (C) 10A (D) 1-5A doubled if-
(A) Both the length and the
36. The resistance between points A
31. Two equal negative charges - q radius of the wire is doubled
and B in the circuit shown in the
are fixed at the points (0, a) and (B) Both the length and the
- following figure is—
(0, a) on the y-axis. A positive radius of the wire is halved
chrge Q is released from rest at o
10<>
vwv
10S> 100
(C) The radius of the wire is
the point (2a, 0) on x-axis. The I10Q >10Q doubled
charge Q will — 10S2
— :
'
10U
(D) The length of the wire is
o vsaa,
(A) Execute S.H.M. about the
doubled
origin (A) 10 Q (B) 20 Q
42. For a transistor l
c = 25 mA; and
(B) Move to the origin and (C) 30 Q (D) 40 Q \
b = 1mA. What is the value of
remains at rest
37. In the circuit given in the figure a?
(C) Move to infinity
the current in the 2Q resistor is— (A) 25/26 (B) 26/25
(D) Execute oscillatory motion
but not S.H.M.
4Q (C) 24/25 (D) 25/24
2 Q 43. A radio frequency choke has—
32. A ray of unpolarised light is inci-

dent on a glass plate at the


2A (A) Air core

polarising angle. Then— 8Q (B) Iron core


=-E A paramagnetic core
(A) The reflected and transmit- (C)
ted rays will be completely I (D) A diamagnetic core
plane polarised
(A) 2A (B) 4A 44. The binding energies per
(B) The reflected ray be
will
(C) 6A (D) 8A
nucleon of deuteron dH 2 ) and
completely polarised and the helium atom ^He 4 are 1-1 MeV
)

transmitted ray will be 38. A proton, a deuteron and an a- and 7 MeV. If two deuteron atom
partially polarised
particle with same kinetic energy react to form a single helium
(C) The reflected ray will be are moving in circular trajectories atom, then the energy released
partially polarised and the in a constant magnetic field. If
is—
transmitted ray will be com- r ; rd ; ra denote respectively the
p (A) 13-9 MeV (B) 26-9 MeV
pletely polarised radii of the trajectories of these

(D) The reflected ray and the particles, then — (C) 23-6 MeV (D) 19-2 MeV
transmitted ray will be (A) r(l
p
= r <rd (B) r„ > rd > r
p 45. Which of the following figures

partially polarised (C) ra = rd >rp (D) r


p
= rd =r„ represents the variation of particle
momentum and associated de-
33. A charge of 6-75 |xC in an electric 39. The north pole of a magnet is
Broglie wavelength ?
acted upon by a force of
field is
being brought
2 5 N. The potential gradient at nearer a metal-
this point is— lic ring. The [N (A)
direction of ^ -J"metallic
(A) 3-71 x 10 10 V/m ring
induced current
(B) 3-71 x 10 5 V/m
in the ring will be—
(C)
(C) 3-71 x 10 15 V/m (A) Anticlockwise
(D) 3-71 x 10 12 V/m (B) Clockwise

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1224

Copyrighted material
46. In the four statements given 47. Which of the following distin- 49. In p-n-p transistor the p-type
below the only one correct is— guishes the conductors, semi- crystal acts as—
(A) p-radioactivity is the process conductors and the insulators ?
(A) Emitter only
in which an electron is emit-
(A) Nature of crystal lattice
ted from an unstable atom (B) Base only
whose atomic number Z (B) Binding energy of electrons
(C) Collector only
remains unchanged (C) Current density
(B) v-radioactivity is the process (D) Either emitter or collector
(D) Width of forbidden energy
in which the daughter
band 50. Let ua and u d represent the
nucleus has atomic number
1 unit more than that of the 48. An electron with kinetic energy energy density (energy per unit
parent nucleus (E eV) collides with a hydrogen volume) in air and in a dielectric
(C) a-radioactivity is the process
atom in the ground state. The K respectively. Then—
in which an unstable atom
collision will be elastic—
emits the nucleus of helium (A) u a = ud
atom (A) For all values of E
(B) ua = Kud
(D) a-radioactivity the process
is (B) For E< 10-2 eV
in which a heavy atom emits
(C) For E< 13-6 eV
(C) ud =Kua
electromagnetic radiation of
(D) Only for E> 3-4 + eV (D) ua = (K-\)k d
very high frequency

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1225

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations ween the horizontal range R of
the projectile, and H 2 is—
(A) R = (H /H 2 2 1 )

PHYSICS (B)

(C)
R = 4(H +H 2
R = 4 \/HyH2
1 )

(D) R = 4(H -H 2 1 )

1. The farthest objects in our uni- 7. A ball moving with a momentum


verse are known as quasars. of 5 kg ms" 1 strikes against a 13. A u-tube water and
contains
methylated separated byspirit
Electromagnetic waves emitted wall at an angle of 45° and is
mercury. The mercury columns in
by quasars take billions of years reflected at the same angle.
the two arms are in level with
to reach earth. Calculate the dis- What is the change in momen- 10-0 cm of water in one arm and
tance of a quasar from which tum ?
electromagnetic waves take three
12-5 cm of spirit in the other arm.
(A) 1 -01 kg ms- 1
What is the relative density of
billion years to reach earth—
(B) 3-03 kg ms" 1
spirit ?
(A) 2-84x 1022 km
7-07 kg ms" 1 (A) 0-8 (B) 80
(C)
(B) 8-24x 10 22 km (C) 2-8 (D) 0-5
(D) 9 09 kg ms" 1

22
(C) 4-82 x 10 km 14. A body of 2 kg is moving with
22 8. Which of the following quantities
(D) 42-8 x 10 km initial velocity (3/ + 4/) m/s. A
must be conserved when the
2. A dropped from a height h
ball torque acting on a system is force (4 / - 3y')N is applied to it for

reaches the ground in time T. zero ? 2 second. Which of the following


What is its height from the ground holds for its motion ?
(A) Kinetic energy
at time T/2 ? (A) The magnitude of velocity
(B) Angular momentum before and after the appli-
(A) (B) (C) Angular kinetic energy cation of force the same
I 1 is

3 (D) Linear momentum (B) Velocity remains the same


(c)
\ () ; throughout the application of
9. Calculate the work done in
the force
3. The dimensions of intensity of raising a stone of mass 5 kg and
(C) The direction of motion
illumination are— specific gravity 3 lying at the bed
2 2
remains unchanged
(A) [M L T- Cd- ]
1 1
of a lake through a height of
(D) The direction of motion
(B) [M 1 L- 3 T 3A] 5 metre—
2
become parallel to the direc-
(C) [M°L- T°Cd] (A) 163-3 J (B) 16-33 J
tion of the force
(D) [M 2 L- 2 T 1 6] (C) 36-16 J (D) 361 -6 J
15. A square plate of 10 cm side
4. Which of the following is a non- 10. The Young's modulus of a per- moves parallel to another plate
-
conservative force ? fectly rigid body is- with a velocity of 10 cm s 1
, both
(A) Gravitational force the plates being immersed in
(A) Zero
water. If the viscous force is 200
(B) Electric force
(B) 1
dyne and viscosity of water is
(C) Elastic force
(C) Infinite 0 01 poise, what is their distance
(D) Viscosity
(D) A value not one of those apart ?
5. What is the angle between the mentioned above (A) 0-5 cm (B) 0-15 cm
following pair of vectors ? (C) 0-05 cm (D) 0 005 cm
—»
A =
AAA
+ + k
11. Calculate the height above the
earth surface at which value of
16. A bullet is fired on a target which

and
—>
i

AAA
j

B = -2/- 2/-2/C
acceleration
reduces to half its
due to
value on the
gravity
absorbs
and its
it. The
temperature rises by
bullet gets heated
0.

earth surface. Assume the earth Assuming that the whole of the
(A) 180° (B) 270°
to be a sphere of radius 6400 kinetic energy of the bullet is
(C) 120° (D) 60°
km — absorbed by the bullet, what will
6. A particle of mass m is moving in
(A) 9462-6 km (B) 4269-6 km
be the rise in temperature if the
a horizontal circle of radius r velocity of the bullet is doubled ?
(C) 2649-6 km (D) 6249-6 km
under the centripetal force equal (A) 0/2 (B) e
2 A stone projected with a velo-
to klr where k is a constant. 12. is (C) 20 (D) 40
What is the total energy of the city u at an angle 0 with the hori-
17. Calculate the rms speed of oxy-
particle ? zontal reaches a maximum height
gen molecules at 27°C. Atomic
k
- Hf. When it is projected with a
(A)
£ (B)
- weight of oxygen is 16—
velocity u at an angle (it 0) with
4
k the horizontal it reaches a maxi-
(A) 8-43 x 1 cm s"
1

(C)-* (D)-
2r mum height H 2 The relation bet- . (B) 4-83 x 10 4 cms" 1

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1228

Copyrighted material
(C) 3-84 x 10
4
cm s"
1
24. A fish looking from within water (C) The electron flow is copious
(D) None of the above sees the outside world through a in them
circular horizon.If the eye of the
(D) They have an efficiency to
18. Which of the following represents
fish is V7 cm below the surface of bear more power
isochoric process for an ideal
water, what will be the radius of
gas ? 30. In Millikan's drop experi-
oil
the circular horizon ?
ment, a charged drop of mass
(A) 3 cm (B) V7cm 1 -8 x 10"
14
kg is stationary bet-
(C) 3 x V7 cm (D) 3/V7 cm ween its plates. The distance bet-
ween the plates is 0-9 cm and
25. Luminous efficiency is maxi-
potential difference 2 0 kV. The
is
mum for which of the following
number of electrons on the drop
sources ?
is—
(A) Fluorescent light
(A) 50 (B) 500
T— T— (B) Tungsten filament bulb
(C) 2 (D) 5
19. A heavy box having a mass of
(C) Sodium vapour lamp
300 kg is pulled along a level (D) Mercury vapour lamp 31. The mass of one curie of U 234
road for a distance of 10 metre. is-
26. A blue spot on white sheet is
How many kilo calorie of heat are seen through a red filter. What (A) 1-438x 10" 11
gram
produced ? (Given : coefficient of
does one see ? (B) 3-7 x 10" 10 gram
= 02)
sliding friction
(A) A red spot on black back-
(A) 41 kilo calorie (C) 2-348 x 10- 23 gram
ground
(B) 4-1 kilo calorie 0" 34 gram
(B) A blue spot on red back- (D) 6-23 x 1

(C) 14 kilo calorie


ground
32. Persons inside a car survive
(D) 1 -4 kilo calorie
(C) A red spot on blue back- when lightening strikes, be-
20. A transverse wave is represen- ground cause—
ted by (D) A black spot on red back-
(A) Charges remain on the
ground
y = A sin (kx- tor) outerside of the car and do
The velocity of the wave is given 27. The magnifying power of a not go inside the car
by- compound microscope can be (B) Charges pass through the
increased, if we use eyepiece metallic car body and go into
(A) kx (B) kko
of- the earth
(C) at (D) «,/k (A) Higher focal length
(C) Persons are sitting on the
21. When a music record is whirled (B) Smaller focal length insulated (rubber) seats
fast in a gramophone, the— (C) Higher diameter (D) Car is protected by a lighten-
(A) Intensity increases (D) Smaller diameter ing rod
(B) Pitch increases
28. An electron and a proton pass 33. Which of the following can not
(C) Quality increases through a uniform magnetic-field the X-rays produce ?
(D) Pitch decreases perpendicular to their direction of
(A) Compton electron
22. A tuning fork produces 5 beats/ entering the field with same
(B) Photoelectron
second with a sonometer wire of
kinetic energy. What is the nature
of trajectory ? (C) Electron-positron pair
40 cm as well as 44 cm, other
factors remaining unchanged. (A) Electron trajector is more (D) All the above
The frequency of the tuning fork curved than the proton trajec-
34. Some lines that are observed in
is— tory
the solar spectrum are known as
(A) 80 Hz (B) 88 Hz (B) Electron trajector is less Fraunhofer lines. Identify the
(C) 105 Hz (D) 160 Hz curved than the proton trajec- correct statement—
tory
23. A sphere is hung with a wire. 30° (A) These are dark lines in the
(C) Both trajectories are equally continuous spectrum and are
rotation of the sphere about the
curved due to absorption
wire generates a restoring torque
(D) Both the particles move The
of 4-6 Nm. If the moment of (B) line tell us about the
along straight line paths
inertia of the sphere about the constituents of the solar
wire is 0 082 kg m2 , deduce the 29. N-P-N transistors are considered corona
frequency of angular oscilla- better than P-N-P transistors, (C) The lines disappear during
tions— because— total solar eclipse
(A) 1-65 Hz (B) 6-15 Hz (A) These are cheaper (D) All the above statements are
(C) 5-61 Hz (D) 56-1 Hz (B) They have less energy loss correct

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1229

Copyrighted material
35. When a charged particle enters 2. It is correct Boolean expres- 30° with the direction of a uni-
the region of crossed electric and sion for AND logic gate. form horizontal magnetic field of
magnetic fields, its path is— 3. It is correct Boolean expres- 0-16 T. What is the torque
(A) A cycloid (B) A parabola sion for OR logic gate experienced by the solenoid due
to the field ?
(C) A circle (D) Linear 4. It is correct Boolean expres-
(A) 0-32 J (B) 3-2 J
36. The wavelength of the first line of
sion for NAND logic gate.
(C) 0 032 J (D) 2-3 J
Balmer series of hydrogen atom Out of these correct statements

is k. What will be the wavelength are— 46. The frequency and intensity of the

of the same line in doubly ionised (A) 1 and 4 (B) 1 and 3 incident beam of light falling on
lithium ? the surface of a photoelectric
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
material is increased by a factor
(A) (B)
41. A cell of emf 2 volt and internal of two. This will —
resistance 1 -5 ohm is connected (A) Increase the maximum
across a wire of length 1 metre. kinetic energy of the photo-
(C) (D) The resistance of the wire is 0-5
27 electrons as well as photo-
ohm/m. Determine the potential electric current by a factor of
gradient developed along the two
37.
V P = 220Vc ?V S = 22V| 220 Q wire— (B) Increase the maximum
(A) 0-5 volt/m (B) 5 volt/m kinetic energy of photoelec-

The value of current in the pri- trons and would increase the
(C) 0 05 volt/m (D) 5-9 volt/m
mary of the transformer shown photoelectric current by a
42. The figure shows a part of the cir- factor of two
above will be—
cuit. The potentials at the points
(C) Increase the maximum
(A) 0-01 amp (B) 1 amp b energy of photoelec-
20Q kinetic
(C) 0-1 amp (D) 10" 6 amp trons by a factor of two and
will have no effect on photo-
38. In the following circuits for a O
electric current
diode, forward biased are—
(D) Increase the photoelectric
30Q c
current by a factor of two but
a, b and c are 30V, 12V and 2V have no effect on kinetic
will
respectively. The current is— I
energy of emitted electrons
(A) 0-4 A (B) 0-6 A 47. A binary number 10111 means—
(C) 1A (D) None of these (A) (13) 2 (B) (12) 3

43. The change per cent in the resis- (C) (10) 23 () (23) 10

tance of a copper wire when its

length is changed by 0-1% will 48. A force = (6 / + 2j - 3k) acts


F

10 V
be-
(A) 0-2% (B) 2%
on a particle and produces a dis-

placement of
—» AAA
s = (2 - 3/ + xk).
/'

(C) 0-1% (D) 1% If the work done is zero, the

value of x is—
(A) (a), (b) and (c) 44. When a magnetic needle is sus-
(A) -2 (B) 2
(B) (b), (c) and (d)
pended by an unspun thread at
its centre, then it becomes hori- (C) (D) 6
(C) (a), (c) and (d) 2
zontal if a weight of 100 m gm is
(D) (a), (b), (c) and (d) placed at its free end. If the pole 49. What is the luminosity of the
strength of the needle is 10 Am, sun ?
39. To safeguard the machinery of a
wrist watch from external magne-
the vertical component of earth's (A) 7-4 x 10 20 W
magnetic field will be—
tic fields, its case should be (B) 3-90 x 10 26 W
made of (A) 9-8 x 10" 5 T
(C) 8-3 x 10 25 W
(A) Paramagnetic substance (B) 4-9 x 10" 5 T
(D) 1-0 x 10 30 W
(B) Diamagnetic substance (C) 2-45 x 10" 3 T
Ferromagnetic substance
50. In hydrogen like atom the energy
(C) (D) 10 x 10" 5
T required to excite the electron
(D) Nonmagnetic substance
45. A closely wound solenoid of from first to third orbit is 48-1 eV
40. In relation to the mathematical 1000 turns and area of cross- what is the atomic number of the

expression + 1=1, consider the


1 section 2-0 x 10" 4 2
carries a m atom ?
following statements— current of 2 0 ampere. It is (A) 2 (B) 3

1 . It is a wrong binary addition. placed with its horizontal axis at (C) 4 (D) 5

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1230

Copyrighted material
SOLID STATE
Introduction • A crystalline substance has a sharp melting point that
is, it changes abruptly into liquid state at a fixed
In solid state, the constituent particles are closely
temperature.
packed in some definite geometrical manner with very
small voids, and are held together by strong attractive • Crystalline solids have definite heat of fusion, thus

forces. Particle motion is restricted to vibratory motion crystalline solids are regarded as true solids.

only. These are characterised by rigidity, incompressi- • Crystalline solids are anisotropic, i.e., their physical
bility, slow diffusion and mechanical strength. properties are different if measured through different
directions.
Kinds of Solids
Unit Cells of Crystal Lattice
(A) Pseudo solids or amorphous solids -In these
solids the constituent units are not arranged in an orderly • In crystalline solids, constituent units, also called,
manner over a long range. They do not have sharp lattice points, are arranged in a regular manner in the
melting points. They undergo irregular cleavage.
three dimensional space. Thus such arrangement,
• Though amorphous solids do not possess long range known as space lattice, consists of repetition of
regularity, they may possess small regions of orderly small units again and again, the small repeating units
arrangements. These crystalline parts of an otherwise are known as unit cells.
amorphous solid are known as crystallites.
• Each unit cell has characteristic distances (a, b and
• An amorphous solid starts to flow without undergoing
c) along three edges and also characteristic angles
a definite or sharp change into liquid state. This is the
(u, p and y) between three axes.
reason that they are regarded as liquid at all
temperatures. They are also known as super cooled
liquids or pseudo solids.
• Amorphous solids are isotropic as their physical
properties such as electrical conductivity, thermal
conductivity, mechanical strength and refractive index
are the same in all directions. The liquids are also
isotropic in nature.

• Glass, pitch, rubber, plastics, starch and proteins are


amorphous solids.
Unit cell
Lattice point
(B) Crystalline solids— In crystalline solids the
constituent units are arranged in an orderly manner in a Fig. : Representation of Fig. : Simple crystal lattice

definite geometry. dimensions of a unit cell. and its associated unit cell.

Classification of Crystalline Solids

Crystal Unit Interparticle Forces Properties Examples


Classification Particles

Atomic Atoms London dispersion forces Soft, very low melting, poor Noble gases
thermal and electrical conductors

Molecular Polar or non-polar van der Waals forces (London Fairly soft, low to moderately high Dry ice (solid

molecules dispersion, dipole-dipole forces) melting points, poor thermal and C0 2 ), solid

electrical conductors methane (CH 4 )

Ionic Positive and negative Ionic bonds Hard and brittle, high melting NaCI, ZnS
ions points, high heats of fusion, poor
thermal and electrical conductors

Covalent Atoms that are con- Covalent bonds Very hard, very high melting Diamond, quartz,
nected in covalent points, poor thermal and electrical silicon

bond network conductors

Metallic Cations in electron Metallic bonds Soft to very hard, low to very high All metallic ele-

cloud melting points, excellent thermal ments, for exam-


and electrical conductors, malle- ple, Cu, Fe, Zn

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1234

Copyrighted material
• Fourteen Bravais unit cells fall into seven categories :

No. of Total Unit


Category Edge Lengths Internal Angles Examples
Unit Cells Cells

1. Cubic (a = b= c) (a =p=Y= 90°) NaCI, Kl, Cu, NH 4CI etc. Three


2. Tetragonal (a= b* c) (a = p = y = 90°) NiS0 4 white
, tin etc. Two 3+2+2+4
3. Monoclinic (a*b*c) (a = y = 90°, P - 90°) Na 2 S0 4 KCI0 3 FeS0 4
, ,
etc. Two + 1+1 +1 =14
4. Orthorhombic (a*b*c) (« = p = y = 90°) KNO3, gallium, mercury chloride etc. Four
5. Rhombohedral (a = b=c) (« = P = y*90°) As, Sb, Bi, calcite etc. One
6. Hexagonal (a= b* c) (a = p = 90°,Y=120°) Zn, ZnO, Cd, Ni etc. One
7. Triclinic (a* b* c) (a * p * y " 90°) CuS0 4 K2 Cr 2 0 7 etc.
,
One

• Determination of unitcell of a crystal— Atoms or • The maximum available volume occupied by spheres
edges and faces of a unit cell are
ions on corners, in these three types is :

shared by more than one unit cell. Fraction of an


irv2
atom or ion that occupies positions in a unit cell are (i) hep = -y- = 0-74
as :

2
Position of atom or Fraction of atom or ion (ii) fee (ccp) =*g = 0-74
ion in unit cell in an unit cell
K 3
Corner 1/8 (iii) bee = q = 0-68
Edge 1/4
Cubic close packing arrangement is called ABC ABC
Face 1/2
... and that for hexagonal close packing is known as
Centre 1
ABAB These are actually stacking patterns of
Total number of atoms (N) per unit cell is given by spheres.
N, N„ Interstitial voids— In hep as well as ccp only 74% of
N = Nb + +
2 8
the available space is occupied by spheres. The
N b = No. of atoms centered in the body of unit cell
remaining space is vacant and constitute interstitial
Nf = No. of atoms centered in the faces of unit cell
voids or spaces. These are of two kinds in three
N c = No. of atoms of corners of unit cell
dimensional close packing.
Each unit cell in simple cubic cell (sec) structure
would have :
(i) Tetrahedral voids— In the close packing, the
number of tetrahedral voids is double the number
8 corners Xg = 1 atom or ions per unit cell
of spheres or there are two voids associated with
Example CsBr, CsCI, CaCI 2 NH 4 CI etc.
:
,
each sphere. If r
void is the radius of the sphere

Each body centered cubic unit cell has :


that can fit into the void and rsphere is the radius
of sphere constituting the void then for the
8 corners x „ + 1 centre i
2 atoms or ions per unit cell
tetrahedral void.
Example : Na, K, Rb, Cr etc.
• Each face centered cubic unit cell has void
=0-225
:

/
^sphere
8 comers x ^ + 6 faces x
|
(ii) Octahedral voids— In a close packing, the
= 4 atoms or ions per unit cell
number of octahedral voids is equal to the
Example : NaCI, Au, Pb, Pt etc.
number of spheres or there is only one octa-
• A cubic system (crystal) has 9 planes of symmetry,
hedral void associated with each sphere. Thus
13 axes of symmetry and 1 centre of symmetry. Thus
for octahedral voids
it has (9 + 1 3 + 1 ) 23 elements of symmetry.
rvoid
Close Packing of Spheres = 0-414
^sphere
• The close packing of constituents in two dimensions
are square close packing where only 52-4% of the The number of nearest neighbours in contact with a
available space is occupied by spheres and hexa- given sphere is known as coordination number of
gonal close packing where 60-4% space is occupied that sphere, which is 12 in hep and ccp and 8 in bec
by spheres The latter type of packing is more
:

arrangement.
efficient.

• Close packing of constituents in three dimension are


The geometrical arrangement of ions in ionic crystal

of three kinds namely : (i) Hexagonal close packing as well as coordination number depend upon the
(hep), (ii) cubic close packing (ccp) also known as radius ratio, i.e., the ratio of the radii of the cations to
face centered cubic packing (fee) (iii) Body centered anions. The ionic solids are found to have co-
cubic packing (bee). ordination number 3, 4, 6, 8 etc.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1235

Copyrighted material
Coordination Radius ratio Gpometrv Examnlp
— V3 a
^body =
1 —
/\ LI 1 L
J
H - —

number
= \'3 x(0-4123nm)
3 0-155 -0-225 Planar B203
triangular = 0-7141 nm
4 0-225 - 0-414 Tetrahedral ZnS -
The sum of ionic radii of Cs + and CI ions is half this
6 0-414-0-732 Octahedral NaCI
distance
8 0-732- 1-00 Body centered CsCI
cubic ^body
r"cs + + r cr =
2
• Metallic or ionic radii in unit cell— We have seen
0-7141
that nickel crystallises in a face centered cubic unit = 0-3571 nm
cell edge length (a) of 0-3524 nm, and this
with a cell
Ifwe have an estimate on the size of either Cs + or CI"
information can be used to calculate the radius of
ion, we can use these results to calculate the radius
nickel atom as follow :

of the other ion. We know that radius of CI" ion is


One of the faces of a face centered cubic unit cell is
0-181 nm. Substituting this value into the last equa-
shown alongside :

tion we get
According to this figure, the
r Cs + + r C \- = 0-3571 nm
diagonal d across the face of
this unit cell is equal to four r c $+ + 0-181 nm = 0-3571 nm
times the radius rof nickel atom r Cs + = 0-1761 nm
dface =4 r Ni

The Pythagorean theorem Pauling Method of Determining the Ionic Radii


states
that the diagonal across the right
Fig. : The diagonal
• Pauling selected four ionic solids viz., NaF, KCI, RbBr
triangle is equal to the sum of and Csl. In each salt we see that cation and anion
across the face of a
the squares of other two sides.
face-centered cubic are isoelectronic, i.e., they have the same number of
Therefore
unit cell is equal to electrons. Pauling proposed that in ionic compounds
dface = a2 + a2
four times the formed by iso-electronic ions, the ratio of two ionic
or dface = V2-a radius of the atoms radii should be inversely proportional to the ratio of
that form this cell nuclear charges of the two ions. The
4r Ni = V2-a effective
effective nuclear charge (Z e(f ) is obtained by sub-
V~2a
tracting a screening constant from the actual nuclear
4
charge. According to Slater's rules the effective
V~2 x 0-3524 nm nuclear charges of Na + and F~ ions come out to be
6-5 and 4-5 respectively. Hence,
= 0-1246 nm ^Na* _ Zeff (F") _ 4^
- Zen (Na + " 6-5 -(A)
A similar approach can be fF- )

adopted to estimate the size of


From X-ray measurement we also know that
an ion. Let us start with using a
fact that the cell edge length 0te+ + r F~ = 231 A ...(B)
(a) in caesium chloride is
Solving (A) and (B)
0-4123 nm to calculate the dis-
O
tance between the centres of r Na + = 0-95 A
the Cs + and CI~ ions in CsCI.
CsCI crystallises in a simple
r F- = 1-36 A
+
Fig. The diagonal
:

cubic CI" ions with a Cs


cell of
across the body of Structural Relationship for Cubic Lattices
ion in the centre of the body of
the CsCI unit cell is
the cell. The diagonal across Simple Body Face
equal to twice the
the body of CsCI unit cell is Cubic Centered Centered
sum of radii of two CI" ions and sum of the radii of Cubic Cubic
two Cs +
ions. the Cs + and Cl~ ions.
1. No. of units per unit
QVnriu
J body = ^'Cr
2f + 2r Cs +
( cell 1 2 4
Three dimensional equivalent of the Pythagorean 2. No. of nearest neigh-
bours 6 8 12
theorem suggests that the square of the diagonal
across the body of a cube is the sum of squares of 3. Volume occupied in
three dimensional
the three sides
space 52% 68% 74%
d body 2 = a 2 + a 2 + a 2
4. Distance between
d body = V3-a nearest neighbours a av3/2 V~2

the cell edge length in CsCI is 0-4123 nm, the


Ta
If
5. Atomic radius a/2 a
V3a
diagonal across the body of a cube in this unit cell is

calculated as :

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1236

Copyrighted material
-
• The CI ions in NaCI are present at the lattice point of This is termed as extrinsic imperfection.
a fee unit cell and Na + ions occupy octahedral units. (i) Doping of group 14 elements with group 15 ele-
Both ions have coordination number 6. Each unit cell ments (impurity) produces excess of electrons.
contains 4 Na + and 4CI" ions, i.e., 4 NaCI units and This is used for producing n-type semiconduc-

edge length (a) tors, i.e., flow of electrons or negative charge.

For example doping of As in Si.


.-. Distance between Na + and CI" = a. (ii) Doping of group 14 elements with 13 group
2
• Increase of pressure during crystallisation increases elements (doping of Indium in silicon) produces
holes, i.e., electron deficiency in the crystals.
the coordination number, while increase in tempe-
This is used for producing p-type semiconduc-
rature decrease the coordination number.
tors, i.e., flow of positive charge.
NaCI type —pressure
CsCI type • Schottky defect— When equal number
and anions are lost from the lattice sites. This imper-
of cations

(6 : 6 coordination number)
decreases the density and is found in ionic
CsCI type —
temperature
NaCI type
fection
crystal formed by cations and anions of nearly equal
size. For example NaCI, KCI etc. This is a stoichio-
(8 : 8 coordination number)
metric defect.
• Bragg's equation, rik = 2d sin Q, where n = order of
• Frenkel defect— Displacement of cations from lattice
reflectionand in X-ray reflections 'n' is generally set
sites to interstitial sites is called Frenkel defect. Here
as equal to 1 and hence,
the density remains unaffected but dielectric cons-
X= 2d sin Q. tant increases. Silver halides have Frenkel defect.
• Atomic packing factor (f)— It is defined as the ratio This is also a stoichiometric defect.
of volume occupied by the atoms (v) in a unit cell to
• Non-stoichiometric defects— These are also known
the volume of unit cell (V).
as Berthollide defects. Such compounds which
f = n ^ (n = No. of atoms per unit cell) have these defects do not obey the law of constant
composition.
For simple cubic lattice
For example Fe 0 84 : . O—
Fe 0 94 O and Fe 0 9 S etc.
.

The electrical neutrality is maintained either by having


extra electrons or by changing the charge on some
metal ions.
• Non-stoichiometric defects are of two kinds :

(A) Metal excess defects— Positive ions are in


a3 =6 excess. They occur in two ways :

For bec lattice (i) F-centres— A negative ion may be missing


from lattice sites, leaving a hole, which is

,
f
-
2
*(H
a 3 - 8
occupied by an electron, thereby maintaining
These defects are built
electrical neutrality.
up in those solids which are likely to show
For fee lattice Schottky defect. Their general formula is
represented as AX^, where 6 is very small
.
4
*(H
a 3
fraction.
yellow, KCI
The non-stoichiometric NaCI
is blue-lilac in colour. Anionic
is

"3V2
sites occupied by electrons are known as F-
• Density of crystalline solid— It is defined as the
centres. These compounds acts as n-type
ratio of mass and volume of a unit cell. of semiconductors.

nA/N _ r?A nx A (ii) Interstitial cations and extra electrons—


P °r Their general formula may be represented
" V "visr Na 3
as A 1+ >,X. This defect is somewhat like the
where A is the mass number and N is Avogadro's
Frenkel defects, but there are no holes.
number. Extra positive ion occupies interstitial position
• Lattice constant (a) and extra electron also occupies interstitial
1/3
1
/nA\ position. Examples ZnO, CdO, Fe 2 0 3
:
,

•-w-C5) Cr 2 0 3 etc.
(B) Metal deficiency defects— These are represen-
Imperfections in Solids ted by general formula, A-i^X. These defects are
• Electronic imperfection— The loss of electrons from generally shown by compounds of transition ele-
a covalent bond results in holes. This is known as ments, as they need change of valency. When a
intrinsic defect in solids. For example silicon, positive ion is missing from lattice site, and the
germanium arsenic etc. charge balance is maintained by an adjacent
• Doping— Addition of very small amount of foreign metal ion acquiring extra positive charge. Exam-
impurity in the host crystal is termed as doping. It ples : FeO, NiO, 5-TiO, FeS, Cul etc. They
increases electrical conductivity. Doping is of two constitute positive holes and, therefore, act as p-
kinds. type of semiconductors.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1237

Copyrighted material
SOME IMPORTANT NUMERICAL EXAMPLES
Example 1. An ionic solid AX has CsCI structure. Example 6. Prove that the percentage of space
The edge length of the unit cell is 4 04 A. What will be occupied by spheres in a simple cubic unit cell is
approximately 52-4%.
the distance of closest approach between A + and X- ?
Solution :

Solution :

Example 2. A compound formed between A and B


where 'A' atoms are
crystallises in a cubic structure
at corners and B atoms at centre of the cube. What is
the formula of the compound ?

Solution :

_
Example 7. The radii of Zn +2 and S 2 ions are 0-74

A and 1-84 A respectively. What kind of sites Zn 2+


will occupy ?
Example 3. A compound formed by elements X
Solution :

and Y crystallises in a cubic structure where 'X'


atoms are at corners of the cube and 'Y' atoms are at
face centres. What is the formula of the compound ?

Solution :

Example
8. In aluminium oxide, the oxide ions
Example 4. A solid formed by ions A + and B~ has 2-
(O are arranged in hexagonal close packed (hep)
)
the following arrangement of ions :

2
(i) A+ are arranged in ccp arrangement arrangement and the aluminium occupy
3
of octahe-
(ii) B" are occupying all the octahedral voids and dral voids. What is the formula of oxide ?
half of the tetrahedral voids.
Solution :

What is the formula of the compound ?


Solution :

Example 5. At room temperature Na crystallises Example 9. An element crystallises in a structure


in a body centered cubic lattice with edge length having fee unit cell of an edge 200 pm. Calculate den-
o
a 4-24A What will be density of sodium ? sity if 200 gm of this element contain 24 x 1023 atoms.
Solution : Solution :

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1238

Copyrighted material
Relation between atomic radius, r and edge
(0
length 'a'
a
(i) For simple cubic r =
2

Example 10. Copper crystal has fee structure. (ii) For bcc r = a = 0-433 a
4
Atomic radius of copper is 128 pm. What is the edge
length ? V2
(iii) For fee f = . a = 0-3535 a
4
Solution :

Relation between cell-structure, mass, volume and


density of a solid :

Mass of 1 unit of
unit cell

Mass of an unit Multiply by total number


cell "of units per unit cell (1
for CsCI, 4 for NaCI etc.)
Some Important Formulae i

n x A Divide by cell volume,


• Density (p) of the crystal = „gmcm,-3 V = a3
NA x aJ
• Neighbour distance (d) and edge length (a) for the unit

cell :
Density of solid
(P)
(i) For simple cubic, d = a
A cubic crystal has a total of 23 elements of symmetry
V3 (i) Plane of symmetry = 3 +6 =9
(ii) For bcc d = a =0-866 a
2 (ii) Axis of symmetry = 3 + 4 + 6 = 13
V2 (iii) Centre of symmetry = 1
(iii) For fee d = a = 0-707 a
2 Total = 9 + 13 + 1 = 23

Points to Remember
Isomorphism— Two or more solids having similar crystalline absence of electric field, are called ferroelectric substances.
forms are called isomorphs. For example Na2S0 4 and For example barium titanate (BaTi0 3 ), sodium potassium
Na 2 Se0 4 The phenomenon
. is known as isomorphism. tartrate (Rochelle salt) and potassium dihydrogen phosphate
KN0 3 and NaN03 are not isomorphs as they have different (KH 2 P0 4 are ferroelectric solids.
)

crystalline structures. Antiferroelectric substances — If the alternate dipoles are


Polymorphism— A solid substance which exists in two or in opposite directions, then the net dipole moment will be
more than two crystalline forms, is called polymorphic. For zero and the crystal is called antiferroelectric. Example :

example sulphur can exist in many crystalline forms. occurs It


lead zirconate (PbZr0 3 ).
in allot ropes
Superconductivity— The electrical resistance of metals
Diamagnetic solids— Which are weakly repelled by the decreases with decrease in temperature and becomes
magnetic field and do not have any unpaired electron. almost zero near absolute zero. Material in this state is
Paramagnetic substances— Which are attracted by external known as superconductor. This phenomenon was discovered
magnetic field. They possess unpaired electrons. They also by Kammerlingh Onnes in 1913 when he found that Hg
lose magnetism in absence of magnetic field.
becomes superconducting at 4K. The temperature at which
Ferromagnetic substances— Which are attracted by the a substance becomes superconductor is known as transi-
magnetic field and show permanent magnetism even in the tion temperature (T c). Most metals have transition tem-
absence of magnetic field, e.g., Fe, Co, Ni etc. perature between 2K— 5K.
Antiferromagnetic substances— Which are expected to
Superconducting materials have great technological poten-
have paramagnetism or ferromagnetism on the basis of
tial.These can be used in electronics, in building magnets,
unpaired electrons but actually they possess zero magnetic
in power transmission and in levitation transportation
moment because equal number of unpaired electrons are
(trains which run in air without rail).
aligned in opposite directions. For example MnO, Mn 2 0 3 :
,

Mn0 2 etc. Zinc Blende structure- 2 " ions have ccp arrangement
Ferrimagnetic substances— They show small magnetic and Zn 2+ ions occupy alternate tetrahedral voids. Coordi-
2+
moment than expected. Here unequal number of unpaired nation numbers of Zn and S 2 " ions are 4 4. :

2 +
electrons are aligned in opposite directions e.g., Fe 3 0 4 ,
Fluorite structure— Ca ions in ccp and F~ ions occupy all

ferrites. the tetrahedral voids; C.N. is 8 : 4.

Piezoelectric solids— Some solids when subjected to the Antifluorite structure— Anions have ccp arrangement and
mechanical stress, produce electricity. This phenomenon is cations occupy all the tetrahedral voids; C.N. is 4 8 for :

generally shown by polar crystals. Na 2 0.


Pyroelectric solids— Certain crystals which on heating NaCI structure — CI" ions have ccp arrangement and Na +
acquire electric charges on opposite faces, are known as ions occupy all the octahedral voids; coordination number of
pyroelectric substances. Na + and CI" is 6 6. :

Ferroelectric substances -Solids in which dipoles are CsCI structure-CI ions in cubic arrangement and Cs+ ions

L
C.S.V./December/2009/ 1239/5

Copyrighted material
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Which of the following is not a 9. The unit cell with crystallographic 18. Na 2 Ohas-
crystalline solid ? dimensions, a = b*c, a = p = y (A) NaCI type structure
(A) CsCI = 90°, is- (B) CsCI type structure
(B) KBr (A) Monoclinic (B) Tetragonal (C) Fluorite structure
(C) Glass (C) Cubic (D) Hexagonal
(D) Antifluorite structure
(D) Rhombic sulphur 10. Which of the following will show
19. Which of the following com-
anisotropy ?
2. The existence of a substance in pounds has spinel structure ?
more than one solid forms, (A) Paper (B) Glass
is (A) MgAI 2 0 4
known as— (C) Wood (D) Barium chloride
(B) Zn Fe 2 0 4
(A) Isomorphism 1 1 Which of the following defects,
. if
(C) PbCr0 4
(B) Amorphism present lowers the density of the
(D) Both (A) and (B)
crystal ?
(C) Polymorphism
(A) Frenkel defect 20. Which of the following is in-
(D) None of these
(B) Schottky defect correct regarding the structure of
3. The solid NaCI is bad conductor (C) Constitution of F-centres magnetite (Fe 3 0 4 ) ?
of electricity since— (D) None of these (A) Oxide ions are arranged in
(A) Solid NaCI is more covalent
12. The radius of Na + is 95 x 10" 1 ° ccp
(B) In solid NaCI there are no Fe 2+ ions occupy octahedral
cm and that of CI" is 181 x 10" 10 (B)
ions
cm. The coordination number of
voids
(C) In solid NaCI there are no
Na + will be— (C) Fe 3+ ions are equally distri-
free electrons
(A) Four buted between octahedral
(D) In solid NaCI there is no
(B) Six and tetrahedral voids
velocity in ions
(C) Eight (D) Fe 2 +
ions occupy octahedral
4. An element having bcc structure (D) Cannot be predicts as well as tetrahedral voids
has 12-08 x 10 23 unit cells. The Which
13. of the following subs- 21 . An element (density 6-8 gm/cm 3 )
number of atoms in these unit tances is the ferroelectric one ? occurs in bcc structure with cell
cells will be —
(A) Quartz edge of 290 pm. The number of
(A) 12-08 x 10 23 (B) Spinel atoms present in 200 gm of
(B) 12 08 x 10 22 (C) Barium titanate element is-
(C) 24-16 x 10 23 (D) All of these (A) 2-4 x10 23
(D) 48-38 x 10 23 14. A solid is formed by two ele- (B) 24-00 x 10 22
ments A and B. The atoms B are (C) 24 09 x 10 23
5. An element having bcc structure
in ccp arrangement, while atoms
has unit-cell edge length 400 pm. (D) 12 00 x 10 23
A occupy all the tetrahedral sites.
What is the density of the ele-
22. The density of a fee element
The formula of the compound
ment ? (Atomic mass element
of
is— (atomic mass = 60-2) is 6-25 gm
= 1 00 g/mol)
(A) AB (B) AB 2 cm -3 The edge length is—
.

(A) 10-4 x 10 2gm/cm 3 100 pm 200 pm


(C) A2 B (D) None of these (A) (B)
(B) 10-4gm/cm 3 (C) 300 pm (D) 400 pm
(C) 5-188gm/cm 3 15. Some crystals produce electric
signals on application of mecha- 23. An atom at the edge centre of an
(D) 5-188 x 10 2 gm/cm 3 unit cell makes a contribution to
nical stress. This phenomenon is
6. The number atoms contained
of known as— a particular unit cell. The con-
in a fee unit cell of monoatomic tribution is—
(A) Ferroelectricity
substance is— (B) Pyroelectricity (A) (B)
g I
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) Piezoelectricity
(C) 4 (D) 6 (D) Ferrielectricity (C) (D) 1
I
7. The number of molecules in unit 16. Which of the following is a
cell structure of NaCI is— 24. The edge cube is 400
length of a
pseudo-solid ?
(A) One (B) Two pm. Its body diagonal would be—
(A) Plastic (B) Glass
(C) Three (D) Four (A) 600 pm (B) 566 pm
(C) Starch (D) All of these
8. Space lattice of CaF 2 is— (C) 693 pm (D) 500 pm
17. Inwhich of the following com-
(A) bcc pounds cations are present in 25. In an antifluorite structure the co-

(B) fee cubic voids ? ordination number of anion is—


(C) Simple cubic (A) NaCI (B) CsCI (A) 4 (B) 6

(D) None of these (C) ZnS (D) None of these (C) 8 (D) 12

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1240

Copyrighted material
26. Density of a crystal is given by 35. An element has cubic lattice. The
o
the formula—
edge length is 2A and density of
a3M element is 2-5 gm cm -3 What is .
(A) (B)
NqZ Zg3

(C)
(U)

N 0a 3
(D)
a 3 N0
Zxra
the
of

(A)
number
element ?
1 x 1025
of unit cell in 200 gm

(B) 1 x 1022

27. Which of the following state- (C) 1 x 1020 (D) None of these

ments is not true ? 36. Which of the following has non-


(A) Conductivity of semiconduc- stoichiometric defects ?
tors increases by increase in (A) Frenkel defects
temperature (B) Schottky defect
(B) Pure ionic solids are insula- (C) Metal excess defect
tors (D) Electronic defect

(C) NaCI is a diamagnetic subs- 37. Atomic radius in the body


tance centered structure of an element
(D) Ti0 2 is a paramagnetic subs- is— (edge length = a)
tance V2
(A) (B) a
28. In a compound, oxide ions have

ccp arrangement. Cations A are V3


present in th of the tetrahedral
(C) af (D) a

g
38. In CsCI arrangement
crystal, the
voids and cations B occupy half is—
of CI" ions
the octahedral voids. The sim- (A) Simple cubic (B) fee
plest formula of the compound (C) hec (D) bee
is—
39. Units which are present at lattice
(A) AB 2 04 (B) A 2 B0 4
points of a covalent crystal are—
(C) AB0 2 (D) AB0 4 (A) Atoms (B) Ions
29. Which of the following is an (C) Molecules (D) All of these
example of paramagnetic solid ? 40. Stacking AB AB corres-
(A) KF (B) NaCI ponds to—
(C) CuO (D) Ti0 2 (A) Tetrahedral packing
(B) Octahedral packing
30. Which of the following is a
(C) Cubic packing
ferromagnetic compound ?
(D) Hexagonal packing
(A) Fe 3 04 (B) Fe 2 0 3
(C) Cr 2 0 3 (D) Cr0 2 ANSWERS
31 . Body centered cubic lattice has a
coordinationnumber of—
(A) 4 (B) 6

(C) 8 (D) 12

32. Which of the following is an


example of body centered cube ?
(A) Magnesium (B) Zinc
(C) Copper (D) Sodium

33. Semiconductor obtained by dop-


(Continued from Page 1221)
ing arsenic in silicon is known
as-
(A) n-type of semiconductor
(B) p-type of semiconductor
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) None of these

34. Which of the following is mole-


cular solid ?
(A) H 20(ice)
(B) Dry ice
(C) Solid methane
(D) All of these

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1241

Copyrighted material
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance Test, 2009 Solved Paper 14. Which one of the following mole-
cules is paramagnetic ?
(A) F2 (B) B2
CHEMISTRY (C) Li 2 (D) N2

15. Which one of the following has


the highest Lewis acid strength ?
1. Which one of the following does 8. The absolute configurationsof the
C 2 and C 3 atoms the molecule (A) Bl 3 (B) BBr 3
not undergo iodoform reaction ? in

(A) Secondary butyl alcohol with the structure is— (C) BF 3 (D) BCI 3

(B) Isopropyl alcohol 'CH, 1 6. Among the following the molecule


(C) Diethyl ketone possessing highest dipole

(D) Ethyl alcohol moment is—


CI H
(A) C0 2 (B) BF 3
2. Among the following, the alkene
on ozonolysis giving rise to only (C) S0 2 (D) Trans-2-butene

one aldehyde as the product is— Among


H OH 17. the following the least
(A) 1-butene thermally stable is—

(B) Propene (A) K 2 C0 3 (B) Na 2 C0 3


(C) 2-butene
*CH 3 (C) BaC0 3 (D) Li 2 C0 3
(D) 2-methyl-prop-1-ene (A) 2S, 3S (B) 2R, 3S 18. The most powerful oxidising
(C) 2S, 3R (D) 2R, 3R agent of the following is—
3. The carboxylic acid of least
strength among the following is— 9. The most easily hydrolysed mole- (A) l
2 (B) F2
cule under S N 1 conditions is— (C) Br 2 (D) Cl 2
(A) p-nitrobenzoic acid
(A) Allyl chloride
(B) p-methyl benzoic acid 1 9. When an excess and a very dilute
(B) Ethyl chloride
(C) p-chlorobenzoic acid Isopropyl chloride aqueous solution of Kl is added
(C)
(D) p-methoxybenzoic acid (D) Benzyl chloride to a very dilute aqueous solution
of silver nitrate, the colloidal
4. Glycerol on oxidation with 10. The optical rotation of an
particles of silver iodide are
bismuth nitrate forms— optically active compound is—
(A) Directly proportional to the associated with the Helmholtz
(A) Meso oxalic acid
length of the polarimeter double layer ?
(B) Glyceraldehyde
tube only (A) Agi;Ag + :NC£
(C) Dihydroxy acetone (B) Directly proportional to the
molar concentration of the (B) Agl i K+ i NG3
(D) Tartaric acid
compound (C) Agl i NO3 ! Ag +
5. Which one of the following does (C) Independent of the length of
not form sodium bisulphite addi- the polarimeter tube and (D) Agl : i- ; K+
tion product with sodium bisul-
concentration of the com-
phite solution ?
20. The standard reduction electrode
pound
potentials of the three electrodes
(A) CH 2 0 (D) Directly proportional to both
P, Q and R are respectively
(B) C 6 H 5COCH 3 the length of the polarimeter
- 1 -76V, 0-34V and 0-8V. Then-
tube and molar concentration
(C) C 6 H 5CHO (A) Metal Q will displace the
of the compound
(D) CH 3 CHO cation of P from its aqueous
11. Hydration of which one of the
solution and deposit the
6. The most reactive of the following following yields a ketone ?
metal P
is— (A) Propyne (B) Ethene
Propene (D) Ethyne
(B) Both metals Q and R will
(A) Acetone (C)
displace the cation of P from
(B) Benzophenone 12. The most acidic among the its aqueous solution and
(C) Benzaldehyde following is— deposit the metal P
(A) p-cresol
(D) Acetaldehyde (C) Metal R will displace the
(B) o-cresol
cation ofP from its aqueous
7. The total number of structural (C) p-nitrophenol
solution and deposit the
isomers possible for a hydro- (D) p-chlorophenol
metal P
carbon of molecular formula 1 3. The shape of XeOF2 on the basis
C 7 H 16 is- (D) Metal P will displace the
of VSEPR theory is— cation of R from its aqueous
(A) 12 (B) 8 (A) Sea saw (B) V-shaped solution and deposit the
(C) 10 (D) 6 (C) Trigonal (D) T-shaped metal R

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1242

Copyrighted material
21 . The van der Waals constants for valents of AgCI on reaction with 35. The correct expression in S.I.
four gases P, Q, R and S are aqueous silver nitrate solution ? system relating the equivalent
4-17, 3-59, 6-71 and 3-8 atm. (A) C0CI3.3NH3 conductance (A c ), specific con-
L 2 .mo|- 2 . Therefore, the ascend- ductance (k) and equivalent con-
(B) C0CI3.6NH3
ing order of their liquefaction is— centration (C) is—
(C) C0CI3.4NH3
(A) R<P<S<Q Ac =
(D) C0CI3.5NH3 (A)
(B) Q<S<R<P £
(C) Q<S<P<R 30. The oxidation numbers of the
(B) Ac =
kx 1000
^
sulphur atoms in peroxomono-
(D) R<P<Q<S sulphuric acid (H 2 S0 5 ) and per-
kx 10"3
22. If the ratio of the rates of diffusion oxodisulphuric acid (H 2 S 2 0 8 ) are (C) Ac =
c
of two gases A and B is 4 : 1 respectively—
then the ratio of their densities in
/cx10 6
(A) +8 and + 7 (D) Ac =
c
the same order is—
(B) +3 and + 3
(A) 16 : 1 (B) 1 :4 where C is the number of gm-
(C) +6 and + 6
(C) 4:1 (D) 1 : 16 equivalents in one litre of the
(D) + 4 and + 6 solution.
23. Which one of the following is
31. When 400 ml of 0-2N solution of 36. The polymer used in the manu-
non-reducing ?
a weak acid is neutralised by a facture of 'Orion' is—
(A) H 2S (B) H 2Te
dilute aqueous solution of sodium (A) PTFE (B) PAN
(C) H 2 Se (D) H 20 hydroxide under standard condi-
(C) PMMA (D) PVC
24. The ion of least magnetic moment tions, 4-4 kJ amount of heat is

liberated. Therefore, the standard


37. The atom of smallest atomic
among the following is—
enthalpy of neutralisation of this radius among the following is—
2+ Ni 2+
(A) Cu (B) -1 (A) Na (B) K
weak acid in kJ equiv is—
(C) Co 2+ (D) Mn 2+ (C) Br (D)
(A) - 1 1 - 44 Li
(B)
25. The unit cell of a binary alloy (C) - 55 (D) - 22 38. In the Freudlich adsorption iso-
composed of A and B metals has therm equation
a C.C.P. structure with A atoms 32. Which one of the following is

occupying the corners and B always not negative ? log -= log K log P,
*(»)
atoms occupying centres of each (A) Enthalpy of combustion
the value of n is—
face of the cube. If during the (B) Enthalpy of formation
crystallization of this alloy, in the
(A) Any value from 0 to 1

(C) Enthalpy of neutralisation A negative integer


unit cell two A atoms are missed, (B)

the overall composition per unit (D) Lattice enthalpy (C) A positive integer
cell is— (D) A positive or a negative
33. In the electrolysis of aqueous
(A) AB6 (B) AB 4 solution of CuS0 4 using copper fractional number
(C) AB8 (D) A 5 B 24 electrodes, the process that takes 39. Which one of the following is 'd'-
place at the anode is— block element' ?
26. The atom of which one of the
following elements has the
(A) SOf - S04 + 2e" (A) Gd (B) Hs
highest number of unpaired elec-
(B) Cu — Cu + + 1e" (C) Es (D) Cs
trons ?
40. The 'd' orbital involved in the
(A) 25 Mn (B) 24 Cr (C) 20H- -* r-feO +g 0 2 + 2e- hybridisation in the PCI 5 molecule

(C) 96 Cm (D) 26 Fe
(D) Cu^Cu 2+ + 2e" is—
(A) 3df _ / (B) 3dz2
27. The amphoteric oxide among the
34. The incorrect statement among
following is— (C) 3dxy (D) 4d, 2 _ y2
the following is—
(A) Cr 2 0 3 (B) Mn 20 7
(A) The entropy of the universe 41 . The optically active coordination
(C) V203 (D) CrO remains constant complex ion among the following
28. The composition of Bell Metal (B) Heat can be completely con- is-
is— verted into work only under (A) Trans [Co(en) 2 Cy +
(A) Cu (80%), Zn (20%)
specified conditions (B) Cis [Co(en)(NH 3 ) 2 Cl2] +

(B) Cu (60%), Ni (40%)


(C) The absolute entropy
perfectly crystalline solid at
of a (C) [Co(NH 3 ) 6 p
(C) Cu (90%), Sn (10%) (D) [Fe(CN) 6 ]"3
absolute zero temperature is
(D) Cu (80%), Sn (20%) zero 42. The non-existent metal carbonyl
29. The coordination compound of (D) The totalenergy of an iso- among the following is—
which one of the following com- lated system remains cons- (A) Cr(CO) 6 (B) Mn(CO) 5
positions will produce two equi- tant (C) Ni(CO) 4 (D) Fe(CO) 5

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1243

Copyrighted material
43. Which one of the following com- 51. The set of quantum numbers at 27°C is 25 g mol -1 Therefore, .

plex ions has the highest mag- ionization percentage in this


netic moment ?
n = 4, / = 0, m = 0 and s = +
|
its

solution is—
3+ correspond to the most loosely
(A) [Cr(NH 3 ) 6 ] (A) 75 (B) 60
3" bound, ground state electron
(B) [Fe(CN) 6 ] (C) 80 (D) 70
4" of which one of the following
(C) [Fe(CN) 6 ]

2+ atoms ? 58. The standard enthalpies of for-


(D) [Zn(NH 3 ) 6 ]
mation of A(NH 3 B(C0 2 ), C(HI) ),
(A) Na (B) CI
44. The auto reduction process is not and D(S0 2 ) are respectively
(C) Cr (D) Rb -46-19, -393-4, + 24-94 and
used in the metallurgy of—
(A) Hg (B) Cu 52. In the radioactive decay - 296-9 kj mol -1 The increasing .

(C) Pb (D) Fe order of their stability is—


(A) B<D<A<C
45. The incorrect statement among X, Y and Z are— (B) C<A<D<B
the following is—
(A) U, 92 and 235 (C) D<B<C<A
(A) Hydrogen is used to reduce
(B) Th, 90 and 232 (D) A<C<D<B
NiO
(C) Pu, 94 and 238 59. The IUPAC name of the molecule
(B) Zirconium is refined by Van-
O CH 3 0
Arkel method (D) U, 92 and 238
II I

The sulphide ore galena


(C) is 53. The rate constant for a
-1
first order CH 3 -C-C=C C-OH is _
concentrated by hydraulic reaction is 6-909 rnin . There- I

washing process time required minutes


fore, the in CH 3
(D) In the metallurgy of iron, the for the participation of 75% of the
(A) 4-0X0-2, 3-dimethyl pent-2-
flux used is Si0 2 initial reactant is—
en-1-oic acid
46. The number of molecules in 18
log 2 (B) log 4 (B) 2-carboxy-3-methyl-pent-2-
(A)
mg of water in terms of Avogadro 3 |
en-3-one
number N is— (C) 4-carboxy-3-methyl-pent-3-
(C) |
log 2 (D)
| log 4
(A) 10" 3 N (B) 10" 2 N en-2-one
(C) 10" N N
1
(D) 10 (D) 2, 3-dimethyl-4-oxo-pent-2-
54. At 300 Ktwo pure liquids A and B
47. How much volume of oxygen at have vapour pressures respec- en-1-oic acid
STP in litres is required to burn tively 150 mm Hg and 100 mm 60. Which one of the following is
4g of methane gas completely ? Hg. In an equimolar liquid mixture aromatic ?
(A) 11-2 (B) 5-6 of A and B, the mole-fraction of B (A) Cyclopentadienyl cation
(C) 2-8 (D) 8 in the vapour mixture at this (B) Cyclooctaetraene
48. The fi-decay of a radioactive
temperature is— (C) Cycloheptatriene

element results in the formation (A) 0-6 (B) 0-5 (D) Cycloheptatrienyl cation

of its— (C) 0-8 (D) 0-4 61 . The percentage of carbon in cast


(A) Isotope iron is—
(B) Isobar
55. 25 g of a solute of molar mass
(A) 5-10 (B) 0-25-2-5
250 g mor is dissolved in 100 ml
1

(C) Isodiapher (C) 2-5-4-5 (D) 0-12-0-2


of water to obtain a solution
(D) Nuclear isomer
whose density is T25 g (mL-1 ), 62. The ascending order of stability of
49. The equivalent mass of potas- the molarity and molality of the
sium permanganate in alkaline the carbanion CH^P), C 6 H 5 CH 2
solution are respectively—
medium is its— (CH 3 )-CH(R) and H 2 C-
Molar mass
(A) 0-75 M and m 1 (Q),
...
(A) -g- (B) 0-8 M and m 1
CH =CH 2"(S) is-
Molar mass (C) 1 M and 0-8 m (A) P<R<S<Q
(B) (B) R<P<S<Q
3 (D) 1 M and 0-75 m (C) R<P<Q<S
Molar mass
56. A solution with negative deviation (D) P<R<Q<S
(D) Molar mass itself
among the following is— 63. The descending order of stability
(A) Ethanol— Acetone of the carbonium ions
50. If the de Broglie wavelength of a
particle of mass m
is 100 times its (B) Chlorobenzene— Bromo-
C 6 H 5 CH 2 (I)
velocity, then its value in terms of benzene
its mass (m) and Planck's cons- Chloroform— Acetone p(CH 30) C 6 H 4 CH 2 (II)
(C)
tant (ft) is—
(D) Benzene— Toluene
p(N0 2 )C 6 H 4 CH 2 (lll)
57. The molar mass of the solute
sodium hydroxide obtained from and p (CH 3 )C 6 H 4 CH 2 (IV) is-
h the measurement of the osmotic (A) IV > II > >
I III
(C) (D) 10
10 m pressure of its aqueous solution (B) ll>IV>lll>l

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1244

Copyrighted material
(C) ll>IV>l>lll 71. Which one of the following (Continued from Page 1215)
(D) IV>II>III>I aqueous solutions of salts has the
lowest pH value ?
64. Which one of the following nitro
(A) CH 3 COONa (B) NaCI
compounds when reacted with
nitrous acid produces blue (C) NH 4 OOCCH 3 (D) NH 4 CI
colour ?
72. Which one of the following ions
(A) 2-methyl-2-nitropropane has the highest value of ionic
(B) 2-methyl-1-nitropropane radius ?
(C) 2-nitropropane (A) Li
+ (B) B 3+
(D) Nitrobenzene (C) O2" (D) F"

65. The amine of highest basic 73. In the synthesis of ammonia from
strength among the following is— nitrogen and hydrogen gases, if

(A) N-methylaniline 6 x 10" 2 mole of hydrogen dis-


(B) Benzylamine appears in 10 minute, the

(C) p-toludine
number of moles of ammonia
formed in 0-3 minutes is—
(D) N, N-dimethylaniline
(A) 1-8 x 10"2 (B) 1-2 x 10"2
66. Which one of the following has
maximum laevorotatory nature ?
(C) 4 x 10" 2 (D) 3-6 x 10"
2

(A) D-glucose 74. The solubility product of a


(B) D-fructose sparingly soluble metal hydroxide

(C) Sucrose M(OH) 2 at 298 K is 5x 10" 16 mol 3


(D) Invert sugar drrr 9 The pH value of its
.

aqueous and saturated solution


67. Electrolytic reduction of nitroben- is—
zene in strongly acidic medium
(A) 5 (B) 9
gives the product—
(C) 11-5 (D) 2-5
(A) Hydrobenzene
75. In a reversible reaction, the
(B) Azobenzene
enthalpy change and the activa-
(C) Phenyl hydroxylamine
tion energy in the forward direc-
(D) p-amino phenol tion are respectively - x kJ mol -1
and y kJ mol -1 Therefore, the
68. A secondary amine could be .

energy of activation in the back-


prepared readily from the starting
material—
ward direction in kJ mol" 1 is—

(A) Alkyl isocyanide (A) y-x (B) (x+y)


(B) Alkyl cyanide (C) (x-y) (D) - (x + y)

(C) Alkanamide
(D) Phthallimide and alkyl halide ANSWERS
69. The bacteriostatic antibiotic
among the following is—
(A) Erythromycin
(B) Penicillin

(C) Aminoglycoside

(D) Ofloxacin
( fUPKAR'S ReleTse
70. In which one of the following
equilibria, the increase of pres- Multi-Dimensional
sure over the equilibrium will

favour the backward reaction ? REASONING


& (VERBAL NON-VERBAL)
(A) Decomposition equilibrium of
HI Useful for Various Competitive Exams J
(B) Formation equilibrium of By Dr. Lai, Mishra & Kumar
:

S0 3 Code No. 1624 Rs. 250/-


(C) Decomposition equilibrium of UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2
NH 3 E-mail publisher@upkar.in
:

Website : www.upkar.in
(D) Formation equilibrium of PCI 5 •••
C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1245

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations (C) Popoff'srule
(D) Zerewitinoffs rule

CHEMISTRY 16. With 63 g

many litres of
of oxalic

^ solution can be
acid how

prepared ?
1 . The mass of 4 00 x 10" 3 mole of 8. The conductance of a
specific (A) 100 litre (B) 10 litre

sucrose (C 12 H 22 0 11 ) is- solution is ohm" 1 cm" and


0-2 1

(C) 1 litre (D) 1000 litre


conductivity is 0 04 ohm" The 1

(A) 8-5 g (B) 1-368g .

cell constant would be —


17. Assign R- and S-configuration
(C) 13-68 g (D) None of these to-
(A) 1 cm" 1
(B) 2 cm- 1

2. How many grams of HCI will be COOH CH 3


(C) 5 cm" 1
(D) 0-2 cm" 1

present in 150 ml of its 0-52 M H NH2 and H COOH


solution ? 9. The rapid interconversion of u-D-
(A) 2-85 g (B) 5-70 g glucose and p-D-glucose in solu-
CHO OH
(I) (ID
(C) 8-50 g (D) 3-65 g tion is known as—
(A) Racemization (A) l = R, II =S
3. A colourless liquid, at room tem- (B) I = R, II = R
(B) Resolution
perature, reacts with soda lime to = = S
(C) l S, II

form sodium salt of carboxylic (C) Fluxional isomerism


(D) I =S, II = R
acid and ammonia gas. The (D) Mutarotation
liquid is— 18. Which pair shows cis-trans iso-
10. Which of the following molecule merism ?
(A) Propanoic acid shows paramagnetism ?
(A) Maleic acid— fumaric acid
(B) Formamide (A) 02 (B) H2
(B) Lactic— tartaric acid
(C) Propanamide (C) Cl 2 (D) N2 (C) Malonic— succinic acid
(D) Methyl ethanoate 11. 100 ml of colloidal sol of gold is (D) Crotonic— acrylic acid
completely prevented from coa- 19. The oxidation state of mercury
4. In the preparation of Grignard in

reagent from haloalkane, the


gulation by 1ml of 10% NaCI amalgam is-
solution by adding 0-25 g starch.
metal used is— (A) Zero (B) One
Gold number of starch is—
(A) Mg (B) Zn (C) Two (D) Three
(A) 0-25 (B) 2-5
(C) Li (D) K 20. 1 , 2-dichloroethene shows—
(C) 25 (D) 250
(A) Geometrical isomerism
6 6 12. FeS0 4 .7H 2 0is- (B) Optical isomerism
H 2 S0 4 FeCI 3
(A) Green vitriol (B) Blue vitriol (C) Ring-chain isomerism
In the above sequence, Y can
(C) White vitriol (D) Mohr's salt (D) Resonance
be-
(A) 4-nitrochlorobenzene 13. An organic compound A(C 6 H 12 )
21. A certain compound contains
which upon ozonolysis followed elements H, C, O and N in the
(B) 1-nitrochlorobenzene
by reduction gives an aldehyde mass ratio of 1 : 3 : 4 : 7. Its
(C) 3-nitrochlorobenzene (C 2 H 4 0) and ketone (C 4 H 8 0) molecular formula is—
(D) None of these is- (A) HCONH 2
(A) 2-hexene (B) CH 3 COONH 4
6. Hybridisation state of copper in

[Cu (NH 3 ) 4 2+ ion- (B) 3-methyl-2-pentene (C) NH 2 CONH 2


]

3 2 (C) 4-methyl-2-pentene
(D) CH 3 NCO
(A) sp (B) dsp
(D) 3-methyl-3-pentene 22. Chromyl chloride test is carried
(C) d 2 sp 3 (D) sp 3 d
out to confirm the presence of
14. Which molecule does not show (B) Cr3 +
7. Arrange the following compounds (A) S042"
order of increasing basicity—
zero dipole moment ?
in (C) CI" (D) Ci-^andCI-
(A) BF 3 (B) NH 3
(1) p-chloroaniline mass =
23. 4-0g of argon (atomic 40)
(C) CCI 4 (D) CH 4
(2) p-nitroaniline ina bulb at a temperature of TK

(3) p-methylaniline 15. CH 3 -CO-CH 2CH 2 CH 3 had a pressure P atm. When the
Co "cHN0 3, bulb was placed in hotter bath at
(4) p-methoxyaniline CH 3COOH a temperature 50 K more than
(5) Aniline + CH 3 CH 2 COOH thefirst one, 0-8g of a gas had to
(A) 4<3<5<1<2 The cleavage of C— C bond is be removed to get the original
(B) 3<4<5<2<1 according to— pressure. T is equal to—
(C) 2<1<5<3<4 (A) Saytzeff's rule (A) 510 K (B) 200 K
(D) 2<5<1 <4<3 (B) Hofmann's rule (C) 2100 K (D) 73 K

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1246

Copyrighted material
24. In order to separate oxygen from
one mole of H 2 0 the required
(C) A (g)+ 2B (g) ^C {g)
+ 2D (g) ;
40. IUPAC name of Co 2 0 3 -
AH = +ve (A) Cobaltous Oxide
amount of charge in coulomb
would be- (D) A (g)+ 2B (g) 0 2C (g)+ 2D (g) ;
(B)

(C)
Cobaltic Oxide
Cobalt(ll) Oxide
(A) 1-93 x 10 5 (B) 9-6 x 10" AH=-ve
(D) Cobalt(lll) Oxide
(C) 1-8 (D) 3-6 32. Which one of the following will be
the most polar bond ? 41 . An ester with molecular formula
25. In a solid AB having the NaCI C 4 H 60 2 on hydrolysis gives an
structure 'A' atoms occupy the (A) N-H (B) Cl-H
acid which reduces Tollen's rea-
corners of the cubic unit cell. If all (C) O-H (D) Br-H
gent and an alcohol which gives
the face centered atoms along
33. The structure of glycine in a blue colouration in Victor Meyer's
one of the axes are removed, solution of pH = 8 is— test. The ester is—
then the resultant stoichiometry
(A) H 2 N-CH 2 -COOH (A) n-propyl formate
of the solid is—
(A) AB 2 (B) A2 B (B) H 2 N-CH 2 -COO- (B) Isopropylformate

(C) A4 B 3 (D) A3 B 4 (C) H 3 N + -CH 2 -COOH (C) Ethylacetate

(D) H 3 N + -CH2 -COO- (D) Methyl propionate


26. The ratio of radii of 3rd and 2nd
Bohr's orbit of hydrogen atom 34. If the solubility of BaS0 4 (formula 42. What is the mole fraction of ace-
is— mass = 233) in water at 25°C is tone for a solution containing 2-8
(A) 3 : 2 (B) 4 : 7 0 000233 g per 100 ml of solu- mole acetone and 8-2 mole chlo-
tion, then the value of K sp will roform ?
(C) 9 : 4 (D) 9 : 1

be- (A) 0-20 (B) 0-350


27. An e~ has magnetic quantum 5
(A) 1 x 10~ 5 (B) 2 x 10" 0-255
number as -3. What is its princi- (C) (D) 0-10

ple quantum number ? (C) 1 x 10" 10 (D) 2 x 1CT 10


43. What is the freezing point of a
(A) 1 (B) 2 35. The bond angle in PX 3 is mini- solution containing 8-1g HBr in

(C) 3 (D) 4 mum when X is— 100g water assuming acid to be


(A) CI
90% ionised (K,H 20= 1-86) ?
28. Which of the following com-
pounds on treatment with CH 3 I (B) Br (A) 0-85°C (B) -3-53°C
produces a compound whose (C) I
(C) 0°C (D) -0-35°C
©0 (D) have the same bond
4 NOH
All
hydrolysis yields (CH 3 ?
)

angle 44. Least number of moles will be


(A) (CH 3 2 NH )
(B) (CH 3 ) 3 N there in the compound—
36. Argentite ore is to be reacted with
(C) CH 3 NH 2 (D) (CH 3 ) 4 N which of the following compound (A) 4gN 2 (B) 16g0 2

29. Calculate velocity (cm s~ 1 ) of an


to obtain it in solution ? (C) 8gC0 2 (D) 2gH 2
electron placed in third orbit of
(A) CH 3 CN (B) C 6 H 5 CN
(C) [Fe(CN) 6 ] 4 " (D) NaCN 45. Amongst TiFg 2 ", CoFe 3", Cu 2 CI 2
the hydrogen atom—
and NiCI 4 2_ (atomic numbers
(A) 14-54 x 10 7 cm s~ 1 37. The compound with highest pK a
Ti = 22, Co = 27, Cu = 29, Ni =
7-32 x 10 7
is expected to be—
(B) cms" 1
28). The colourless species are—
(A) p-nitrophenol
"
(C) 2-50 x 10 7
cms" 1
(A) CoF 6 3 " and NiCI 4 2
(B) p-chlorophenol
5-60 x 10 7 TiF 6 2 - and 3- CoFg
(D) cm s" 1 (C) p-methylphenol (B)
-
(D) p-methoxyphenol (C) Cu 2 CI 2 and NiCI 4 2
30. For obtaining blister copper, the
Cu 2 S should be treated with — 38. The maximum s-character is (D) TiF 6
2_
and Cu 2 CI 2
associated with the hybrid orbital
(A) OnlyFeS 46. The constituents of stainless
of carbon of following compo-
(B) OnlyCuO steel are—
unds—
(C) FeS, CuO and Cu 2 0 (A) C2 H 6 (B) C2 H 4 (A) Cu + Sn + Fe
(D) OnlyCu 2 0 (C) C6H 6 (D) C2H 2 (B) Fe + Mn
31 Which of the following reactions (C) Fe + Cr + Ni
.

39. Articles madecopper and


of
is favoured by increasing the (D) Fe + Zn
bronze slowly tarnish in air and
temperature as well as the pres-
turn green. The green colour is
sure ? 47. The reaction
due to the formation of—
(A) 2A (g)+ 2B (g) e C 3D (g)+ (g) ;
(A) Copper oxide
Mn0 4- + e~ ^ Mn0 4
2"

AH = -ve
(B) Copper sulphide
takes place in—
(B) A (g) + 2B (g) ^ 2C 2D (g)+ (g) ; (C) Copper oxalate (A) A basic medium
AH = +ve (D) Basic copper carbonate (B) An acid medium

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1247

Copyrighted material
(C) A neutral medium (B) n = 3 -» n = 2 CuS0 4 solution gives a blue

(D) Both acid and basic medium colour. Y is—


(C) n = 4 -» n = 3
48. In electronic transition of H-atom,
(A) Mg(N0 3 ) 2 (B) Mg 3 N 2
(D) None of these
(C) NH 3 (D) MgO
the wave number of emitted pho-
-1
ton is 82200 cm The corres- 49. A metal X on heating with nitro-
.

50. Isoelectronic of CO is—


ponding transition is— gen gas gives Y. Y on treatment
[R = 109600 cm" 1 with H 2 0 gives a colourless gas (A) CN- (B) 02 +
]

(A) n= 2^n=\ which when passed through (C) 0 2" (D) N 2+

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1248

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations In the solution A-B interactions
are—
(A) Similar to A-A and B-B
CHEMISTRY (B)
interaction

Greater than A-A and B-B


interaction

1 . Number of d-electrons present in 7. Ammonia forms complexes with (C) Smaller than A-A and B-B
Fe 2 + [Z = 26] are not equal to— Ag + according to the following interaction

(A) No. of p-electrons in Ne reactions : (D) Unpredictable


+
[Z = 10] (I) [Ag(H 2 0) 2 ] + NH 3(aq) 11. Water contains dissolved C0 2
O
,

(B) No. of s-electrons in Mg [Ag(NH 3 )(H 20 (ap) )] + + H2 0 (l) its reaction with water is repre-
[Z = 12]
(II) [AgtNHaXHap^r + NHa^ sented as
(C)

(D)
No. of d-electrons
No. of p-electrons
in Fe
in CI
^[Ag(NH 3 2(aq) r + H 2 0 )
( |)
C0 2 + H 2 0 ^H0 3
+
+ HC0 3 "

The equilibrium constants of K c for the reaction is 3-8 x 10" 7


[Z- 17]
equilibrium (I) and (II) are 2-0 x and pH = 6. What is the value of
2. White vitriol (hydrated zinc sul- [HC0 31
10 +3 and 8-3 x 10 + 3 respecti-
'

phate) isomorphous with


is [C0 2 ]

MgS0 4 .7H 2 0. White vitriol con- vely. The equilibrium constant of


the following reaction (A) 3-8 x 10" 1
(B) 3-8 x 10" 13
tains 22-95% Zn and 43-9% water
of crystallisation. Atomic mass of
[Ag(H 20) 2(aq) 2NH 3(aq)
]
+
+ (C) 6 0 (D) 3-8

Zn is— ^ [Ag(NH 3 2 (aq) - + 2H 20 ) ] (l) 12. When H 2 S is passed through


(A) 64 (B) 65-87 nitric acid, the product is—
(A) 4-15 (B) 2 0 x 10 +3
(C) 63-5 (D) 60 (A) Rhombic sulphur
(C) 8-3 x 10 +3 (D) 16-6 x 10 +6
(B) Prismatic sulphur
3. Which of the following properties
is nearly same for two families ?
8. The boiling points of water, ethyl (C) Colloidal sulphur
alcohol and diethyl ether are (D) Monoclinic sulphur
Family 1 : Be, Mg, Ca, Sr ...
100°C, 78-5°C and 34-6°C res-
13. In the titration of K 2 Cr 20 7 and
Family 2 : He, Ne, Ar, Kr ...
pectively. The intermolecular
ferrous sulphate following data
(A) EN (B) EA forces will be in the order of- are given
(C) IP (D) OA (A) Water > ethyl alcohol V! ml of TO K 2 Cr2 0 7 requires

4. After filling 4dorbitals, an electron > diethyl ether V2 ml of 1 0 M 2 FeS0 4


will enter in— (B) Ethyl alcohol > water The true relation is—
(A) 6 = V2 N 2
(A) 4p (B) 4s > diethyl ether
(B) ViNi=6V 2 N 2
(C) 5p (D) 4/ (C) Diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol
(C) V,N, = V 2 N 2
5. The observed dipolemoment of
> water
(D) None of these
HCI molecule is 103 D. If HCI (D) Diethyl ether > water
14. One mole of anhydrous MgCI 2
bond length 1-275 A and the
> ethyl alcohol
is dissolves in water and liberates
electronic charge is 4-8 x 10" 10 9. The carbonate
solubility of silver 25 k cal/mole of heat. AH hydra-
e.s.u. what is the per cent pola- in presence of Na 2 C0 3 is expres- tion of MgCI 2 = - 30 k cal/mole.

rity of HCI ? sed by the term — Heat of dissolution of MgCI 2 .H 2 0


(A) 1-275x 1-03D (A) [C0 3 2 -] (B) 2[Na + ]
is-

+
(A) + 5 k cal/mole
4-8 x 10" 10 x 1-275x 10" 8 (C)
\ [Ag ]
(D) 2 [Ag +
(B)
]
(B) -5k cal/mole
1-03 D (C) 55 k cal/mole
10. The given diagram is a vapour
103 D x 100 pressure composition diagram for (D) -55 k cal/mole
(C)
4-8 x 10" 10 x 1-275 x 10" 8
a binary solution of A and B. 15. Which expression is false with

4-8 x 10- 10 x
100 regard to vant Hoff's factor ?
c
(D) APobs
1-03D B =
(A) /

2 2 APcal
6. gAI is a stable isotope. gAI is

A =
mobs
expected to disintegrate by— (B) /
m cal
(A) a-emission
ir\ i - AJl*°te)
-
(B)
1<W ' AX.
AT,
fS-emission .
b(cal)
..

(C) Positron emission D AT /(obs)


D
(D) j
H emission xB - < > " AT f(cal)

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1251

Copyrighted material
16. The velocity of a reaction is (C) 240 particles per min. 33. The component present in grea-
doubled for every 10°C rise in (D) None of these ter proportion in water gas is—
temperature. If temperature is
24. Liquid benzene (C 6 H 6 burns in
(A) H2 (B) CO
)

raised to 50°C, the reaction velo-


oxygen according to,
(C) C02 (D) CH 4
city increases by about -
2 C6 H 6 (I) + 15 02(g) 34. Phenol (1 mole) reacts with bro-
(A) 12 times (B) 16 times mine to give S-tribromophenol.
-» 12C0 2(g) + 6H20 ( |)
(C) 32 times (D) 50 times The amount of bromine required
How many 0 2 at STP are
litres of
is—
17. The charge on the colloidal parti- needed to complete the combus-
(A) 3 mole (B) 1-5 mole
cle of soap in its solution is deve- tion of 39 g of liquid benzene ?
loped— (C) 4-5 mole (D) 6 0 mole
(A) 11 -2 litre (B) 22-4 litre

(A) By preferential adsorption of 35. Amatol an explosive contains—


(C) 84 litre (D) 74 litre
ions (A) 80% NH 4 N0 3 + 20% TNT
25. Number of water of crystallisation (B) NH4NO3 + Al powder
(B) The effective ion of soap
inGypsum, Plaster of Paris and (C) 80% NH 4 N0 3 + 20%
micelle carries negative
Epsom salt respectively are— (NH 4 2 S0 4
charge )

(A) 2; 0-5, 7 (B) 7; 2; 1


(D) NH 4 N0 3 + Zn powder
(C) The effective ion of soap
micelle carries positive (C) 7; 0-5, 2 (D) 3, 4, 2
36. Bakelite is obtained from phenol
charge 26. Which of the following com- by reacting with—
(D) None of the above pounds will show geometrical (A) Formaldehyde
isomerism ? (B) Acetaldehyde
18. In the hydrolytic equilibrium
B+ + H 2 0 O BOH + H+
(A)
(B)
2-butene
Propene
(C) Chloro benzene
(D) Acetal
Kb = 1 x 1CT 5
(C) Butane 37. Which of the following species is
The hydrolysis constant is—
(D) 2-methyl-2-butene not a pseudohalide ?
10" 5 10- 19
(A) (B)
2+ (A) CNO- (B) RCOO-
10 27. In Cr 2+ Mn 3+
Fe and Co 3+
10" (D) 10" 9
,

(C)
,

(C) OCN- (D) SCN"


ions number of unpaired elec-
19. Ang for the combustion of one trons and magnetic moment will 38. Of cobalt and zinc salts, which
mole of ethanol (/) when both the be- are attracted in magnetic field ?
reactants and products are at (A) Cobalt salts
(A) 3; 3-87 (B) 4; 4-90
298 K will be- (C) 3; 2-83 (D) 1; 1-73 (B) Zinc salts
(A) - 1 (B) 0 (C) Both (A) and (B)
28. The maximum number of isomers
(C) +1 (D) +2 (D) None of these
for an alkene with molecular
20. At 25°C, the standard emf of a formula C 4 H 8 is— 39. In estimation of nitrogen by
cell having reaction involving two (A) 2 (B) 3 Dumas method T18 g of an
electron change is found to be (C) 4 (D) 5 organic compound gave 224 ml
0-295 V. The equilibrium constant of N 2 at STP. The percentage of
29. Which of the following ligands is
of the reaction is— nitrogen in the compound is
tridentate ?
(A) 29-5 x 10" 2
(B) 10 about—
(A) DMG (B) Bipy
(A) 20 0 (B) 11-8
(C) 1 x 10 10 (D) 29-5 x 10 10
(C) Acac (D) Dien
(C) 47-5 (D) 23-7
21. Which of the following is the
30. Reaction of acetic acid with 40. H 2 0 2 is'5-6vol'then-
example of zeolite ?
CH 3 CH 2 Mg Bryields-
(A) -7% wt by volume
(A) BaC0 3 (B) ZSM-5 It is 1
(A) An alkane (B)
(C) Mg (OH) 2 (D) Al 2 03 It is 1

(B) An alkene (C) Both are true


22. The modern theory of catalysis is
(C) An ester (D) None are true
based on—
(D) A tertiary alcohol O P
(A) Active masses
31 Which of the following compound 41. Compound on remo-
(B) Atomic and molecular .

weights effects mercury ?


val of proton gives a carbanion.
(C) Size of the particles (A) D 20 (B) H 20 The most stable carbanion
(D) Number of free valencies (C) 03 (D) Dil HCI should be—
23. Activity of radioactive nucleate is 32. CH 3 CONH 2 is dehydrated by
120 particles per min. The acti- P 2 0 5 to give—
vity after one third of its half-life (A) CH 3 NH 2
period (particles per min)— (B) CH 3 CN

(A) 96 particles per min. (C) CH 3 CHO

(B) 120 particles per min. (D) CH 3 — CH 3 + CO + NH 3

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1252

Copyrighted material
45. In the conversion of CH 3 CI to (C) CH 3 CH = CHCH 3
(C) CH 2 CI 2 by chlorination, the chain
(D) All alkenes
propagation steps are—
48. In the reaction
(D) All the above (A) CH 3 + C1 2 -CH3CI + C1"
2 Kl + H 20 + 03
42. Oxone is—
(A) CaO (B) N 20 CH 3 CI "
+ Cl -» CH2 CI 2 + H" -» 2KOH + 0 2 + A
(C) Na 2 0 2 (D) NaBr0 3 the compound A —
is
(B) CH 3 CI + CI*-» -CH 2 CI + HCI
43. Correct set of hybridisation state (A) KIO3 (B) 205
l

of the starred carbon atom res- •CH 2 CI+CI 2 ^CH 2 CI 2 + Cf (C) HI0 3 (D) l
2
pectively is— (C) Both (A) and (B)
OMe 49. How many litres of air is needed

O (D) None of the above for complete combustion of 8


II
litres of acetylene (oxygen in air
46. Which one of the following is

ammonia is 20%) ?
OH used for drying of ?

(A) Cone. H 2 S0 4
(A) 40 (B) 60
(C) 80 (D) 100
= C=< (B) CaO
P 2 05 50. The reaction
(A) sp 2 ,
sp 2 sp 3 sp
, ,
(C)

(B) sp 3 ,
sp 2 sp 2 sp
, , (D) Anhydrous CaCI 2 3CIO-(aq) CIO3 (aq)
+ 2CI",(aq)
2
(C) sp 3 ,
sp, sp, sp is an example of—
(D) sp 2 2
sp, sp sp
2 47. Among the following alkenes
,

highest reactivity on addition of (A) Oxidation reaction


44. Which of the following is not a hydrohalic acids is shown by— (B) Reduction reaction
Lewis acid ?
(A) CH 2 = CH 2 (C) Decomposition reaction
(A) SiF 4 (B) FeCI 3
(C) BF 3 (D) PH 3 (B) (CH 3 ) 2 C = CH 2 (D) Disproportionate reaction

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1253

Copyrighted material
~~|
I
Topic on Zoology | |

B BIOLOGICAL CATALY STS'!


Introduction 7. Their activity is affected by pH, temperature, sub-
strate concentration and enzyme concentration.
• Enzymes can be defined as biological catalysts. A
catalyst a substance which speeds up a chemical
is
8. Enzymes lower the activation energy of the reac-

reaction but remains unchanged itself at the end. tions they catalyse.

• Enzymes are biological catalysts because they are 9. Enzymes possess active sites where the reaction
takes place. These sites have specific shapes.
protein molecules made by living cells. Enzymes are
vitally important because in their absence, reactions 10. The an enzyme reaction is measured by
rate of
in the cell would be too slow to sustain life. the amount of substrate changed, or amount of
product formed, during a period of time.
• Enzymes are proteins having enormous catalytic
power, they greatly enhance the rate at which specific Structure
chemical reactions take place. Enzymatic reactions
are always reversible.
• Enzymes are globular protein molecules that have
three-dimensional shape with atleast one surface
• Almost all enzymes are globular proteins consisting
region having an area with a crevice or pocket.
either a single polypeptide or more polypeptides held
together by non-covalent bonds. • The crevice occupies only a small portion of the
enzyme's surface and is known as its active site.
• An enzyme is capable of accelerating a specific
chemical reaction by lowering the required activa- • Their shape often provide them with one or more
tion energy, but unaltered itself in the process. active sites (domains) which bind temporarily and
usually non-covalently with compatible substrate
• The reactants of enzymatic reactions are called
molecules to form one or more enzyme-substrate
'substrate'.
(ES) complexes, catalysis occurring only during the
brief existence of the complex.
Significant Historical Facts of Enzyme
• Kirchhoff (1815) — First indicated the occurrence of • Active site is so shaped so that a substrate molecule
enzymes in living systems. or several molecules fit into it in a very specific way

• Louis Pasteur (1860) — Discovered that the fer- and is held in place by weak mechanical forces, such
mentation of food stuffs can be brought about by as hydrogen bonds.
yeast cells. • Binding of the substrate to the enzyme causes a
• Kuhne (1878)— First gave the term 'enzyme'. change inan enzyme's shape. This phenomenon of
• Buchner (1897)— First prepared a pure extract of change inenzyme's shape following binding of sub-
'Zymase' enzyme from yeast. strate is called 'induced fit'. This induced fit theory is

• Nobel Laureate Sumner (1926) -First prepared supported by X-ray crystallographic evidence.
pure crystals of 'urease' enzymes from jack beans. • Enzymes do nothing but speed up the rates at which
• Northrop (1930) — Prepared pure crystals of the the equilibrium positions of reversible reactions are
enzymes pepsin and trypsin respectively from gast- attained.
ric juice and pancreatic juice.

• Lock and Key or Template hypothesis was given by


Catalytically Active RNA Molecule
Emil Fischer (1894) and modified by Koshland
It is now known that RNA molecules can act as
catalysts of reactions, sometimes involving themselves

Properties of Enzymes as substrate. When they involve non-self RNA mole-


cules as substrate, as some do, they can be regarded
• Enzymes possess the following major properties :

as enzymes in the full sense. Such as Ribozyme is

1 . All are globular proteins. catalytically active RNA molecule. Their discovery in

2. Being proteins, they are coded for by DNA. 1981 has widened the extension of the term 'enzyme'

3. Their presence does not alter the nature or pro- beyond proteins. Several ribozymes are self-splicing
perties of the end product(s) of the reaction. introns, causing speculation as to their possible roles

as intermediates in the evolution of biological systems


4. They are very efficient and a very small amount
of enzyme brings about the change of a large
from prebiotic ones.

amount of substrate.
5. They are highly specific, i.e., an enzyme will
Mechanism of Enzyme Action
generally catalyse only a single reaction. • Enzymes are very specific and it was suggested by
6. The catalysed reaction is reversible. Fischer that this was because the enzyme had a

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1257

Copyrighted material
particularshape into which the substrates fit exactly. • Once formed, the products no longer fit into the active
This after referred to as the 'lock and key' hypo-
is site and escape into the surrounding medium, leaving
thesis,where the substrate is imagined being like a the active site free to receive further substrate mole-
key whose shape is complementary to the enzyme or cules.
lock. The site where the substrate binds in the • In 1959 Koshland suggested a modification to the
enzyme is known as the active site and it is this 'lock and key' model known as the 'induced fit hypo-
which has the specific shape. thesis'. Working from evidence that suggested that
• Most enzymes are far larger molecules than the some enzymes and their active sites were physically
substrates they act on and the active site is usually rather more flexible structures than previously descri-
only a very small portion of the enzyme, between 3 bed, he proposed that that active site could be modi-
and 12 amino acids. The remaining amino acids, fied as the substrate interacts with the enzyme.
which make up the bulk of the enzyme, function to • The amino acids which make up the active site are
maintain the correct globular shape of the molecule. moulded into a precise shape which enables the
(a) enzyme to perform its catalytic function most effec-
tively.

v
Chemical Nature and Function
Substrate (key)
^Active site
• Allenzymes are proteins.
• An enzyme molecule may contain one or more poly-
peptide chains.
• The sequence of amino acids within the polypeptide
chains is characteristic for each enzyme and is

believed to determine the unique three-dimensional


^Enzyme conformation which the chains are folded.
in

(lock) • This conformation, which is necessary for the activity


Enzyme/substrate of the enzyme, is stabilized by interactions of amino
Enzyme + substrate entering
complex acids in different parts of the peptide chains with each
active site
other and with the surrounding medium.
• These interactions are relatively weak and may be
disrupted readily by high temperatures, acid or
alkaline conditions or changes in the polarity of the
medium.

Michaelis Constant
At any one instant, the proportion of enzyme mole-
cules bound to substrate will depend upon the sub-
Enzyme/products Enzyme + products strate concentration. As this is increased, the initial

velocity of the reaction v0 ) on addition of enzyme


complex leaving active site (

increases upto a maximum value, vmax at which sub-


strate level the enzyme is said to be saturated (all

active sites maximally occupied) and no further addition


of substrate will increase v0 . The value of substrate

concentration at which v0 = !, v max is known as the


Michaelis constant (K m ) for the enzyme substrate
reaction. Low K m indicates high affinity of the enzyme
for the substrate.

• Such changes lead toan unfolding of the peptide


chains (denaturation) and a uncomitant loss of
enzymatic activity, and other properties,
solubility
characteristic of the active enzyme.
• Because enzyme molecules are generally globular
shape and functions may affected by
proteins, their
pH changesin the aqueous environments.

• Temperature increase will raise the rate of collision of

Fig. : (a) Fischer's 'lock and key' hypothesis of enzyme and substrate molecules, thus increasing the

enzyme action, (b)A more realistic diagram- rate of enzyme-substrate (ES) complex formation and
raising the reaction rate.
matic representation of an enzyme— substrate
complex. The positions of the amino acids of • This is opposed by increased enzyme denaturation
the active site are numbered according to their as the optimum temperature for the reaction is

position in the primary structure of the enzyme. exceeded.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1258

Copyrighted material
Some Representative Enzymes, their Sources Enzymes Identified with Hereditary Diseases
and Reaction Specificities Disease name Defective enzyme
Enzyme Some Reaction catalyzed Albinism Tyrosinase
sources
Phenylketonuria Phenylalanine hydroxylase
Pepsin Gastric juice Hydrolysis of proteins to
Fructosuria Fructokinase
peptides and amino acids.
Methemoglobinemia Methemoglobin reductase
Urease Jack bean, Hydrolysis of urea to

bacteria ammonia and carbon di- Galactosemia Galactose-1 -phosphate uridyl trans-

oxide.
ferase

Amylase Saliva, pan- Hydrolysis of starch to


creatic juice maltose. Cofactors and Coenzymes
Phosphorylase Muscle, liver Reversible phosphoroly- • Cofactors are metal ions.
plants sis of starch or glycogen to
glucose-1 -phosphate.
• Many enzymes use metal ions to change a non-func-
tioning a functioning one. In these
active site to
Transaminases Many animal Transfer of an amino
enzymes, the attachment of a cofactor causes a
and plant group from an amino acid
tissues to a keto acid.
shape change in the protein that allows to combine it

with its substrate.


Phosphohexose Muscle, yeast Interconversion of glu-
isomerase coses-phosphate and
fructose-6-phosphate. The Relationship Between Coenzymes and
Pyruvic Yeast, bacteria, Decarboxylation of pyru- Vitamins
carboxylase plants vate to acetaldehyde and Name of coenzyme Some enzymes Vitamin needed
carbon dioxide. with which it for synthesis

Catalase Erythrocytes, Decomposition of hydro- reacts

liver gen peroxide to oxygen Adenosine Kinases, muscle None


and water. triphosphate enzyme
Alcohol Liver Oxidation of ethanol to Nicotinamide Dehydrogenases Nicotinic acid
dehydrogenase acetaldehyde. adenine dinucleotide
Xanthine oxidase Milk, liver Oxidation of xanthine and Pyridoxal phosphate Transaminases Pyridoxine
hypoxanthine to uric acid. Biotin Carboxylases Biotin

Coenzyme A Acyl transferases Panthothenic acid


Factors Affecting Enzyme Activity

• Any condition that affects the three-dimensional


• The cofactors of other enzyme participate in a tempo-

shape of an enzyme will effect its activity. Two such rary bonds between the enzyme and its substrate
factors that affectenzyme activity are temperature when the enzyme-substrate (ES) complex is formed.

and pH. • Coenzymes are non-protein, organic molecules that


• The shape of a protein is determined by its hydrogen participate in enzyme-catalytic reactions, often by
bonds. Hydrogen bonds are easily disrupted by transporting electrons in the form of hydrogen atoms,
temperature changes. from one enzyme to another.
• Most higher mammals have enzymes that function
best within a relatively narrow temperature range
• Many vitamins function as coenzymes or said to

between 35 °C and 40°C. make coenzymes {e.g., Niacin and Riboflavin).

• Below 35°C, the bonds that determine protein shape • One of the most important, coenzyme in the cell is

are not flexible enough to permit the shape change the hydrogen acceptor Nicotine Adenine Dinucleotide
necessary for substrate to fit into reactive site. (NAD + ) is made from a B-Vitamin.

• Below 35°C, the bonds that determine protein shape • Some enzyme {e.g., Aspartase) bind just one very
are not flexible enough to permit the shape change specific substrate molecule; others bind a variety of
necessary for substrate to fit into active site. Above the same kind (e.g., all terminal peptide bonds in the
40°C, the bonds are too weak to hold the protein in
case of exopeptidases). The difference arises from
proper position and maintain its shape. When proper
the degree of stereospecificity of the enzyme.
shape is lost, the enzyme is destroyed, this loss of
shape is called denaturation.
• Many need an attached prosthetic group or a diffu-

• Most enzymes also have a pH optimum, usually sible coenzyme for activity. In such enzymes the pro-
between 6 and 8. When the pH is too low, the H + ions tein component is termed the apoenzyme and the
combine with the R-groups of the enzyme's amino whole functional enzyme-cofactor complex is termed
acids, reducing their ability to bind with substrate. the holoenzyme.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1259

Copyrighted material
C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1260

Copyrighted material
2. Transferases
Allosteric Enzymes
• Transferases catalyse the transfer of a group of
Allosteric enzymes have, in addition to an active
atoms from one substrate to another, such as trans-
site, another stereo-specific site to which an effector or
minases transfer amino groups.
modulator molecule can bind. When it does, the shape
of the active is altered so that it can or cannot bind sub-
• An important subclass of this group are the Kinases,

strate (allosteric stimulation or inhibition respectively). In


which catalyse the phosphorylation of their substrate

this way the enzyme can be part of a fine control circuit,


by transferring a phosphate group, usually from ATP,
requiring the presence or absence of a substrate— in thereby activating the metabolically inert compound
addition to substrate presence— before enzyme activity for further transformations.

proceeds. Some allosteric enzymes respond to two or 3. Hydrolases


more such modulators, permitting finer control over
still
• Hydrolases catalyse hydrolysis reactions.
timing of enzymes activity.
• Catalyse the hydrolysis of proteins (proteinases, pep-
tidases), nucleic acids (nucleases), starch (amyla-
Enzyme Inhibition
ses), fats (lipases), phosphate esters (phosphatases).
• Enzyme inhibition is the prevention of an enzyme
• Many hydrolases are secreted by stomach, pancreas,
process as a result of the interaction of some subs-
intestine and are responsible for the digestion of
trate with an enzyme so as to decrease the rate of
foods.
the enzymic reaction. The substrate causing such an
effect is termed 'inhibitor'. • For example— Cholinesterase, which catalyse the

• Feedback inhibition of a biochemical pathway is often hydrolysis of acetylcholine, plays an important role in

the transmission of nervous impulses.


achieved by allosteric inhibition of the first enzyme in

the sequence by the final The product binds


product. • Hydrolases generally catalyse addition or removal of
non-covalently to the modulator site on the enzyme, water molecule.
closing the active site allosterically.
4. Lyases
• In competitive inhibition, the binding is reversible. An • Lyases catalysing addition to double bonds and satu-
important example of this is the most abundant rating them.
enzyme, ribulose biphosphate carboxylase. • Lyases catalyse the non-hydrolytic cleavage of their

• The effect of a competitive inhibitor is to bind only substrate with the formation of a double bond.
free enzyme. Some enzymes are constitutive, being • Examples are decarboxylases, which remove carbo-
synthesized independently of substrate availability, xyl groups as carbon dioxide and dehydrases remove
while others are inducible (e.g., many liver water molecule.
enzymes), being synthesized only when substrate
5. Isomerases
becomes available.
• Any enzyme converting a molecule to one of its iso-

Classification and Nomenclature mers, commonly a structural isomer, is called iso-

• The first enzyme known was diastase. merase enzyme.


• Previously was suggested that enzymes be named
it • Isomerases catalyse the interconversion of isomeric

by adding— 'ase' to root, indicative of the nature of compounds.


the substrate of enzyme. Although enzymes are now • For example— Those phosphate isomerase catalyses
no longer named in such a simple manner.
D-Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate into Dihydroxyace-
• Now enzymes are usually classified and named
tone phosphate.
according to the reaction the catalyse.
• An international code for enzymes recognizes six 6. Ligases
major categories of enzyme function, as follows : • Ligases perform condensation reactions involving

1 . Oxidoreductases ATP cleavage.

• Oxidoreductases are enzymes which catalyse reac- • Ligases or synthetases are enzymes that catalyse
tion involving electron transfer and play an important endergonic synthesis, coupled with the exergonic
role in cellular respiration and energy production. hydrolysis of ATP.

• Many respiratory enzymes are dehydrogenases. • They allow the chemical energy stored in ATP.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Enzymes that catalyse ender- (C) Isomerases 3. Enzymes which catalyse reac-
gonic synthesis coupled with (D) Transferases tions involving electron trans-
exergonic hydrolysis of ATP, fer, are called—
2. Which of the following functions
are— as coenzyme ? (A) Transferases
(A) Lyases (A) Tocopherol (B) Retinol (B) Hydrolases
(B) Ligases (C) Riboflavin (D) All of these (Continued on Page 1264 )

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1261

Copyrighted material
I I
Topic on Zoology | |

fblSOR DERS CAUSED BY P ROTOZOANSl


• Most of the disease affecting human beings are caused for treatment of Amoebiasis are made. Drugs com-
by living organisms, i.e., Bacteria, Protozoans, Fungi, monly available are abodogyl, enteroquinol, flagyl,
Viruses, Helminthes and Arthropods which are parasitic metrogyl, tini, tridazole, TDF-Forte etc.

and pathogenic.
Diarrhoea
• The diseases occur as a result of the interaction bet-
ween the pathogens and the organism under specific • Diarrhoea is mostly caused by flagellate protozoan-
environmental conditions. This interaction is referred to Giardia intestinalis.
as infection or the infectious process, the manifestation • Giardia was discovered by Leeuwenhoek. inhabits It

of which is always the infectious disease. the upper parts (duodenum and jejunum) of the
• Infectious disease is caused by the development of alimentary tract. It lives firmly attached to the intestinal
infectious process in which pathogenic parasites enter mucous membrane by adhesive disc.

the human body's normal vital organs and cause • Infection occurs by taking cysts with contaminated
damage. food and water. By covering the mucous membrane of

• The pathogenic parasites are all obligatory parasites, the intestine, the parasites reduce the absorption of
i.e., they depend for their existence upon their hosts. food, particularly fats.

• Parasites show host specificity, i.e., they harbour • This causes diarrhoea or giardiasis (very loose and
selective host. frequent stools). The infection of Giardia is more in

children than in adults.


• They secrete toxic substances which cause the specific
disease. • Giardiasis is also known as Back packer's disease.
• They complete their life-cycle in one or more than one Prevention
host.
• Properly washing hands, fruits and vegetables before
• Disease causing species occur in all classes of
eating and protecting food articles from dust, flies ants
protozoa.
and cockroaches can check human infection.

Amoebiasis (Amoebic Dysentery or Enteritis) Malaria


• Amoebiasis is caused by Entamoeba histolytica. It
• Malaria or ague has been for thousand of years a very
inhabits the colon of large intestine of humans. Infec- serious disease of the tropical and temperate regions.
tion occurs by ingesting cysts with contaminated food • The name malaria was given by Mucculoch. Charles
and water. The cysts are quadrinucleated.
Laveran discovered that malaria is caused by the
• Lamble discovered this species. Losch discovered its protozoan parasite Plasmodium. Sir Ronald Ross first
pathogenic nature. discovered oocysts of Plasmodium in female Anophe-

les mosquito and won the 1902 Nobel Prize for his
• The parasites secrete a proteolytic enzyme cytolysin
work on malaria.
in the large intestine. In this disease the patient passes
out blood and mucous with the stool. • Grassi fully described the life-cycle of Plasmodium and
• The parasites that invade intestinal mucous membrane Garnham, and Bray had demonstrated
shortt, Jeffrey
and exoerythrocytic stages of various
pre-erythrocytic
may be carried by the blood stream to the liver, lungs
Plasmodium species in humans.
and brain. In these organs, the parasites feed on cells
and produce severe lesions and abscesses, establish- Incubation Period
ing secondary infections.
• The period between incubation of sporozoites of Plas-
• The life-cycle of Entamoeba histolytica is monoge-
modium into human blood and first appearance of
netic (single host life-cycle).
symptoms of malaria is called incubation period.
Prophylaxis (Prevention) • On an average, it is 14 days in P. vivax and P. ovale,
12 days in P. falciparum and 30 days in P. malariae.
• Prevention of infection involves personal health and
hygiene. One must prevent his foodstuffs and utensils Symptoms and Phases of Malaria
clean and well covered to avoid contamination by
houseflies. • Prodromal symptoms— In a typical malarial infection,
mild symptoms appear early, even during incubation
Therapy period. These include nausea, loss of appetite, consti-
• All patients must be given effective and regular treat- pation and sometimes insomia. Headache, muscular
ment. Metronidazole and chloroquine and their deriva- pain aches in joints develop and there may be mild
tives aremain compounds from which common drugs sensation of chill.

C.S.V./ December /2009 / 1 262

Copyrighted material
• Paroxysm -It is the actual (clinical) attack of malaria • Mosquitoes can be destroyed by :

which initially begins after a few earliest erythrocytic 1 . Drain off all ditches and ponds so that mosquitoes
cycles but is then repeated after every cycle. may not find stagnant water to breed.
• Paroxysm results due to sufficient accumulation of 2. Sprinkle kerosene oil on stagnant water so that the

haemozoin and other toxins in blood. includes three It


mosquito larvae and pupae may not get fresh air to
stages :
breathe.
1. Rigor stage— In this, the patient experiences a
3. Adding larvicidal fishes (e.g., Gambusia), ducks.
and shivering and rapid pulse.
terrible chill

2. Febrile stage— Shivering subsides in about an hour Offensive Measures


or so and the body temperature rises.
• The malarial parasites can be killed by taking suitable
3. Defervescent stage— After few hours, profuse
medicines such as quinine derived from the Cinchona
sweatingstarts, temperature of body steadily drops.
tree.
Transmission
Defensive Measures
• The malarial parasites are carried from the infected to
the healthy persons by the female Anopheles mosquito.
• This includes the protection of body from mosquito bite.

The mosquito picks up the parasites with the human Apply some mosquito oil or cream on exposed body
blood when it bites an infected person, parasites and use mosquito nets.
(sporozoites) migrate into his saliva, which
mosquitoes infect before sucking up the human blood Ciliary Dysentery
to prevent blood clotting.
• Ciliary dysentery is caused by ciliate protozoans named
Species of Anopheles Balantidium coli. It inhabits the human intestine. It

• In India, the following five species of Anopheles are feeds on tissue fragments, red blood corpuscles, bac-
known to be transmitter of Plasmodium :
teria and faecal matter. Infection occurs by ingesting

1. Anopheles culicifacies cysts along with contaminated food and water.


2. Anopheles fluviatilis • Balantidium coli causes ulcers and invade mucous
3. Anopheles philippinensis membrane by secreting an enzyme hyaluronidase.
4. Anopheles stephense
5. Anopheles sundaicus
Trypanosomiasis
• Trypanosomiasis is caused by species of Trypano-
Types of Malaria
soma, which are flagellate parasites.
• Three types of malaria are recognized on the basis of • Trypanosoma gambiense and Trypanosoma rhode-
periodicity of paroxysms. siense are most dredful of all pathogenic protozoans.
1 . Tertian malaria or common ague- is caused It
These cause 'sleeping sickness' in Africa.
by P. vivax, P. ovale and P. falciparum. Recurrence of • The vector host is tse-tse fly (Glossina palpalis).
fever is after every 48 hours. • Early symptoms of the disease include irregular fever
• P. vivax and P. ovale cause 'Benign Tertian Malaria' and anaemia. The deadly sleeping sickness is caused
with low death rate, because merozoites of Plas- only when the parasites leave the blood and invade
modium generally invade and destroy old and mature cerebrospinal fluid and brain cells, causing extensive
RBCs. Often cause relapse malaria. damage to the central nervous system.
• P. falciparum causes 'Malignant or Subtertian or
Chaga's Disease
Aestivoautumnal or Pernicious or Cerebral or Tropical
Malaria' with high death rate because infected RBCs • It is caused by Trypanosoma cruzi 'm South and Central
usually clump together and block capillary blood America. Mostly children are affected. Intermediate
circulation in organs like brain, lungs, heart, spleen etc. host are triatomid bugs.

Quartan malaria -It is caused by P. malariae.


2.
Leishmaniasis
Paroxysms occur at intervals of about 72 hours (every
4th day). It generally leads to secondary complications
• Leishmania donovani causes Kala-azar disease. Para-

because of large-scale destruction of young RBCs. sites are primarily found in leishmania stage in the
reticulo-endothelial cells of spleen, liver, intestinal
Quotidian malaria— In this paroxysms are
3.
mucosa, lymph glands and bone marrow.
irregular almost daily. It may result from secondary
complications of malignant tertian or due to multiple or
• Kala-azar is characterized by enlargement of spleen,

mixed infections by more than one species of Plas-


irregular fever and anaemia. Mortality is high in un-
modium. treated cases. Treatment with antimony compounds
prove useful.
Control of Malaria • Leishmania tropica causes 'Oriental sore' or cuta-
• The measures of malaria are offensive and
control neous leishmaniasis.
defensive. The defensive measures can be taken • Leishmania braziliensis causes a disease called
against both the organism (mosquitoes and malarial 'Espundia', producing lesions upon skin and mucous
parasites) involved in malaria. membrane of nose, mouth, pharynx.

C.S.V./December/2009/1263

Copyrighted material
Trichomoniasis Toxoplasmosis
• This disease is caused by Trichomonas species. The • This disease is caused by Toxoplasma gondii, a
most common pathogenic species is Trichomonas protozoan parasite. The parasites occupy the cells of
vaginalis that inhabits the vagina of women and cause and central nervous system.
the reticulo-endothelial
Vaginitis (Leucorrhoea). • Symptoms of the disease include hydrocephalus and
• The transmission is always through sexual intercourse. chorioretinitis. Infants infected before birth usually die.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Parasites which can live only as 10. Infective stage of Plasmodium (Continued from Page 1261 )

parasites and hence, die with the is—


(C) Ligases
death of the host, are called— (A) Merozoites
(D) Oxidoreductases
(A) Pathogenic
(B) Ookinete
(B) Obligatory 4. Only free enzymes are binded
(C) Sporozoites
(C) Facultative by-
(D) None of these (D) All the above
(A) Competitive inhibitor
2. The causative pathogen of Kala- (B) Non competitive inhibitor
azar is—
ANSWERS
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(A) Leishmania tropica
(D) None of these
(B) Leishmania donovani
(C) Leishmania braziliensis 5. Who first gave the term
(D) None of these 'enzyme' ?
3. Vector of Trypanosoma gam- (Continued from Page 1227) (A) Buchner (B) Sumner
biense is— (C) Kuhne (D) Louis Pasteur
(A) Housefly (B) Bedbug
(C) Tse-tsefly (D) Mosquito
6. Who first prepared the pure
extract of Zymase enzyme ?
4. Fish that feeds upon mosquito
(A) Buchner (B) Kuhne
larvae in ponds, is—
(C) Northrop (D) Emil Fischer
(A) Rohu (B) Utricularia

(C) Scoliodon (D) Gambusia 7. Enzymes are polymers of—


(A) Fatty acids
5. The toxic substance released by
(B) Hexose sugar
malarial parasite in human blood
is— (C) Amino acids
(A) Haematin (B) Heme (D) Inorganic phosphate

(C) Haemozoin (D) Globin 8. Which of the following inactivates


6. Charcot particles are found in an enzyme by changing its

faeces of man during infection shape ?


of- (A) Allosteric enzyme
(A) Entamoeba histolytica
(B) Competitive inhibitor
(B) Trypanosoma gambiense
(C) Ascaris
(C) Coenzyme
(D) None of these (D) All the above

7. is due to infec-
Black-water fever 9. Which of these functions at basic
tionwith— pH of 8 ?
(A) Plasmodium falciparum (A) Pepsin (B) Trypsin
(B) Leishmania donovani
(C) Amylase (D) None of these
(C) Plasmodium ovale
(D) Plasmodium malariae 10. The phenomenon of change in

an enzyme's shape following


8. Histolysin is produced by—
binding of substrate, is called—
(A) Plasmodium
(A) Active site
(B) Trypanosoma
(B) Domains
(C) Entamoeba
(C) Induced fit
(D) Leishmania
(D) Crystallography
9. Pernicius malaria is—

(A) Vivax malaria ANSWERS


(B) Relapse malaria
(C) Tertian malaria

(D) Malignant malaria

C.S.V./ December /2009 / 1 264

Copyrighted material
J
Topic on Zoology [

N UTRITION
All living organisms need matter to build up the body organisms in building their own organic molecules. Such a
and energy to operate the metabolic reactions that sustain mode of feeding is termed heterotrophic nutrition and the
life.The materials which provide these two primary organisms having it are called heterotrophs.
requirements of life are called nutrients or food. The sum Heterotrophic Nutrition of three following types :

of the processes by which the living organisms obtain


Saprotrophic Nutrition— Many organisms absorb
1.
matter and energy is termed nutrition. All the processes
fluid food through the body surface. This is called
involved in the taking in and utilization of food substances
saprotrophic nutrition. Bacteria and fungi flourish on dead,
by which growth, repair and maintenance of activities in
decaying organic matter of both plant and animal origin.
the body as a whole or in any of its parts are accom-
They secrete digestive enzymes onto this matter. The
plished, are included in nutrition.
enzymes hydrolyze the organic matter into simple soluble
Evolution of Nutrition products that are then absorbed. This method of taking up
organic food is known as saprophytic nutrition. Some
Nutrients in the food an animal consumes provide the
such as Trypanosoma and a few inverte-
parasitic protists,
necessary chemicals for growth, maintenance and energy
brates,such as tapeworms, live in a medium that contains
production. Overall, the nutritional requirements of an
simple organic compounds ready for absorption and
animal are inversely related to its ability to synthesize
straightway absorb them. This mode of taking up organic
molecules essential for life the fewer such biosynthetic
:

compounds is termed saprozoic nutrition.


abilities an animal has, the more kinds of nutrients it must
obtain from its environment. Green plants and photo- 2. Holotrophic Nutrition — Majority of invertebrates

synthetic protists have the fewest such nutritional and all vertebrates take plant, animals or their products
requirements because they can synthesize all their own through the mouth and break up the large organic
complex molecules from simpler inorganic substances; molecules into smaller ones in their own body with the
they are called Autotrophs. Animals, fungi and bacteria help of digestive enzymes. The simple molecules are then
that are called heterotrophs, cannot synthesize many of absorbed into the cells and utilized. This mode of taking
their own organic molecules and must obtain them by organic food is called holotrophic nutrition. Since, it is
consuming other organisms or their products. Animals, characteristic of animals, it is also called holozoic nutri-

such as rabbits, that subsist entirely on plant material are tion. The animals may take plants, or other animals, or

called hervivores. Carnivores, such as hawks, are both as food and are respectively called herbivores
animals that eat only meat. Omnivores, such as humans, (rabbit, cow), carnivores (lion, tiger) and omnivores
eat both plant and animal matter. (sparrow, man).
3. Mixotrophic Nutrition— Euglena carries an auto-
Modes of Nutrition
trophic and saprotrophic nutrition at the same time. This is
Autotrophic or Holophytic Nutrition called mixotrophic nutrition.

All green plants and certain protists (Euglena Viridis) The Metabolic fates of nutrients in Heterotrophs :

have evolved a mechanism to directly use the energy of The nutrients ingested by a heterotroph can be
sunlight for preparing organic food in their own body from divided into macronutrients and micronutrients. Macro-
simple inorganic materials. This process of making food is nutrients are needed in large quantities and include the
called photosynthesis and the organisms capable of it are carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. The micronutrients
termed phototrophs. are needed in small quantities and include organic
Some bacteria have developed a technique to vitamins and inorganic minerals. Together, these nutrients
capture energy released during oxidation of inorganic make up the animal's dietary requirements. Besides these
chemical substances and prepare organic food with its nutrients, animals require water.
help.They are known as chemotrophs and the process Calories and Energy— The energy value of food is
as Chemosynthesis. Nitrifying bacteria, Nitrosomonas measured in terms of calories. A calorie is the amount of
and Nitrobacter are chemotrophs. energy required to raise the temperature of 1 g of water
Since, both phototrophs and chemotrophs do not take 1°C. A calorie, with small 'c', is also called a gram calorie.
organic molecules produced by other organisms, they are A kilocalorie, also known as a calorie or kilogram calorie
called autotrophs. Their modes of feeding are together
(k cal), is equal to 1000 calories [kilojules (kJ = 4-1855 x
referred to as autotrophic nutrition. Since, it is character-
k cal)].
istic of plants, it is also called holophytic nutrition.
A food's calorie content is determined by burning it in
Heterotrophic Nutrition a bomb caloriemeter, a chamber surrounded by water.
Animals, fungi, some (Amoeba) and many
protists When burning food is placed in the chamber, the energy
bacteria cannot utilize sun energy. They use chemical released raises the water temperature and the energy is

bond-energy of organic molecules synthesized by other measured in kilocalories. Bomb calorimetry studies have

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1265

Copyrighted material
shown that 1 gram of carbohydrate yields 4-1 kilocalories, their utility in the body, the various nutrients of food can
1 gram of protein 1 gram of fat
yields 4-3 kilocalories, be placed into the following three categories—
yields 9-3 kilocalories. These value explain why a fatty 1. Energy producers— Oxidative combustion of
diet may cause weight gain; fats supply more energy than these substances (mainly carbohydrates and fats) yield
most people can use. bioenergy required for performance of all biological
activities.
The Average Caloric Values of Macronutrients
2. Body builders— These (mainly proteins) are the
Macronutrient Calories per gram major structural components of body and, hence, required
forgrowth and repair.
Carbohydrates 4-1
3. Metabolic regulators— These substances (vita-
Lipids 9-3
mins, water and mineral salts) control and regulate the
Proteins 4.4
internal environment of body and metabolism.

Macronutrients— With a few notable exceptions, Carbohydrates


heterotrophs require organic molecules, such as carbo- These are carbon 'hydrates' (polyhydroxy aldehydes
hydrates, lipids and proteins, in their diets. When these and polyhydroxy ketones), i.e., compounds of carbon,
molecules are broken down by enzymes into their hydrogen and oxygen (1:2:1 ratio) with the ratio of
components, they can be used for energy production or hydrogen and oxygen being the same as in water (H 2 0).
as sources for the 'building blocks' of life. Obviously their empirical formula is (CH 2 0) n These occur .

The major dietary source of energy for heterotrophs in food as soluble sugars and insoluble starches.
is complex carbohydrates. Most carbohydrates originally Chemically, these are of three main categories, viz.,
come from plant sources. This dietary need can be met by monosaccharides, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
various polysaccharides, disaccharides or any variety of
Monosaccharides— These are simplest, colourless,
simple sugars (monosaccharides). Carbohydrates also
soluble and sweet carbohydrates. Their molecules may
serve as a major carbon source for incorporation into
have three seven carbon atoms. Monosaccharides
to
important organic compounds. Many plants also supply
having five or six (pentoses or hexoses) carbon atoms in
cellulose, an indigestible polysaccharide, for humans and
their glucose, fructose, galactose and mannose.
other animals (with the exception of herbivores). Cellulose
Glucose is the most common and most important hexose
is sometimes called dietary fibre.
sugar. Animals mainly use for energy production (main
it

Neutral lipids (fats) or triacylglycerols are contained in fuel substance). Of the pentose sugars, most important
fats and meat and dairy products, nuts and avocados.
oils, are ribose and deoxyribose, because these participate in
Lipids are the most concentrated source of food energy. the composition of DNA and RNA.
They produce twice the energy available from an equal Oligosaccharides and Disaccharides— When two
mass of carbohydrate or protein. Most heterotrophs have molecules of the same or different monosaccharides link
an absolute dietary requirement for lipids, sometimes for
by a 'glycosidic bond', a disaccharide molecule is
specific types. For example, unsaturated fatty acids (e.g.,
formed. Disaccharides are also sweet and soluble sugars.
linoleic acid, linolenic acid and arachidonic acid) are
These are maltose (malt sugar) and sucrose (cane
required by a variety of animals. Their most obvious
sugar) of plants and lactose (milk sugar) of animals.
function is to act as precursor molecules for the synthesis
Maltose is formed from glucose monomers (a, 1-4 link-
of sterols, the most common of which is cholesterol. The
age), sucrose from combination of glucose and fructose
hormones
sterols are required for the synthesis of steroid
(a, 1-2 linkage) and lactose from combination of glucose
and incorporated into cell membranes. Other lipids
insulate the body of some vertebrates and help maintain a and galactose (\i, 1-4 linkage). Amount of lactose is
constant temperature. highest in the milk of human mothers. Linkages of a few
(upto 10) monosaccharides are generally called oligo-
The animal sources of protein include, for example,
saccharides.
eggs, meat of animals and milk. The plant sources
include, for example, beans, peas, and nuts. Proteins are Polysaccharides— When several (more than 10)
needed for their amino acids, which heterotrophs use to monosaccharide molecules link by glycosidic bonds,
build their own body proteins. insoluble carbohydrate molecules, called polysaccharides
are formed. These are the polymers (C 6 H 10 O 5 ) n of mono-
Micronutrients— Micronutrients are usually small
saccharide units or monomers. Starch and inulin are
ions, organic vitamins, inorganic minerals and molecules
common polysaccharides found in plants but cellulose of
that are used over and over enzymatic reactions or as
for
their cell wall is the most abundant structural polysac-
parts of certain proteins (e.g., copper in haemocyamin
charide of nature.
and iron in haemoglobin). Even though they are needed in
small amounts, animals cannot synthesize them rapidly, Glycogen is the common polysaccharide found in

thus they must be obtained from the diet. animals.

Chitin of arthropod exoskeleton is nitrogenous poly-


The Food saccharide.
Major contents of food are carbohydrates, fats, Uses of Carbohydrates— The carbohydrate of the
proteins, water, mineral salts and vitamins. According to food eaten, after being processed in the alimentary canal

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1266

Copyrighted material
and liver, are supplied to the tissues as glucose, often is formed by linking a molecule of glycerol with three

called blood sugar. The carbohydrates serve a variety of molecules of fatty acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids) by an
functions. ester-bond. These fats are, therefore, also called trigly-
1 As fuel— Carbohydrates form the major fuel in the
.
cerides. This linkage is also a dehydration-condensation
energy for life processes. One gram of
cells to provide reaction, yielding three molecules of water. Ghee, oils,
lard, butter etc. are common neutral fats. Waxes (such as
carbohydrates on complete combustion in a bomb
caloriemeter yields 4-1 kilocalories of energy. This is
beewax) are also simple lipids. Most animal fats are
called caloric value of carbohydrates. One gram of food
saturated and hence, solidify at low temperatures. Most

carbohydrate on oxidation in the cells produces 4 k cal of vegetable oils are unsaturated and, hence remain fluid.
energy. This is known as the physiological fuel value of
Oxidative breakdown of fats yields more than double the
carbohydrates. Carbohydrate form a better fuel than amount of energy yielded by glucose, because of their
proteins and fats because their molecules have relatively poor oxygen contents. These can be stored in an almost
more oxygen and, therefore, need less molecular oxygen pure unhydrated form in large amounts in lesser space.
for oxidation that those of proteins and fats. Hence, fats serve as the best storage of spare energy in
the form of 'reserve stored food'. These are stored in
2. Reserve food materials— Carbohydrates form
adipose tissues, which also serve for heat insulation.
storage products. If in excess, glucose is converted into

glycogen and stored in the liver and muscle cells. This Compound or Conjugated lipids— These lipids con-
conversion is called glycogenesis. It may be changed phosphoric acid, or carbohydrates.
tain traces of nitrogen,

into fat and stored in liver, adipose tissue and Phosphoric acid containing phospholipids are compo-
mesenteries. This change is termed lipogenesis. In case nents of membrane system of cells. Of these lecithin and
the food provides inadequate glucose, reserve glycogen is cephalin are commonly found in liver, nervous tissue,
converted into glucose for energy production work. This yolk and muscles. Carbohydrate containing lipids called

conversion is known as glycogenolysis. glycolipids, occur in cell-membranes of brain cells.

3. Components of cellular compounds and orga- Derived fats— These are formed when neutral and
nelles—Pentose sugar ribose is a component of ribonu- conjugated fats are hydrolysed. Hence, these are fat-like

cleic acids (RNA) energy carriers, such as adenosine alcohols, usually called lipoids or steroids. The most
triphosphate (ATP) and certain coenzymes, such common steroids are sterols. Cholesterol is the main
Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide (NAD). Another sterol found in blood plasma and cell membranes. Bile
pentose sugar deoxyribose is a component of deoxyribo- acids, sex hormones, vitamin D, ergosterol, hormones of
nucleic acid (DNA). The RNA and DNA are in turn com- adrenal cortex are examples of sterols.
ponents of ribosomes and chromosomes respectively.
Uses of fats— Fats serve a variety of functions :

4. Formation of Amino Acids— Amino acids may be


1. Like carbohydrates, fats are also used as 'fuel
formed from intermediates of carbohydrate ketabolism.
substances'. Their caloric value is 9-4 k cal and
5.Heteropolysaccharides-These consist of modi- physiological fuel value is 9 k cal.
fied monosaccharide units. They form the following
2. There are important food— reserves and produce
important substances :

more energy on oxidation than glycogen.


Anticoagulant heparin; blood group substances, such
3. Fat deposited in layers provides thermo-insulation
as A, B and Rh antigens of erythrocytes. Lubricant hyalu-
and protection against pressure.
ronic acid present in the synovial fluid of the joints,
cerebrospinal fluid and vitreous humor. 4. Conjugated lipids are components of membrane
systems of cells, connective tissues and myelin of
Protective coats, such as glycocalyx, that covers the
nerve fibres.
intestinal epithelium and mucus which covers all mucous
membranes. Man can synthesize most of the fatty acids in his body
from the food taken. A few fatty acids are not synthesized
Luteinizing hormone that causes ovulation, formation in body and must be present in the diet. These are called
of corpus luteum and secretion of female sex hormone. essential fatty acids. They include linoleic, linolenic
Cells can absorb only monosaccharides from tissue and arachidonic acids. They are present in unsaturated
fluid. Therefore, all disaccharides and polysaccharides of vegetable oils, such as groundnut oil, sunflower oil etc.
food are broken down into their monomers in the gut
Proteins
before being absorbed in blood. This is their digestion.
Since their synthesis a condensation (= dehydration)
is Proteins account for about 14% part of living and
process, their digestion is 'hydrolysis process'. 75% part of dead and dried animal body. These are the
major components of the body and are more important for
Lipids anabolism (architecture, growth and repair of body), than
for ketabolism (energy production).
Three categories of lipids occur in animal food, i.e.,

simple, compound and derived. There are compounds of C, H 2 and 0 2 but in addition,

Simple lipids— These are neutral or true fats and these essentially contain about 16% nitrogen and may
compounds of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen but the ratio also contain traces of sulphur, phosphorus, iodine, iron
of H 2 and 0 2 is never 2 1 unlike water. A molecule of fat
: etc.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1267

Copyrighted material
Protein is polymer of very large or enormous molecu- essential amino acids on digestion is called complete
lar mass, composed of one or more polypeptide chains food. Food proteins having all amino acids required for

and whose monomers are amino acids, joined together (in synthesis of all structural proteins are referred to as
condensation reactions) by peptide bonds. In addition, adequate proteins. Contrary to this, food proteins whose
some have covalent 'sulphur bonds' formed by oxidation amino acid monomers can be used only for deamination
between two cysteine radicals in the polypeptide. Biologi- and energy production are called inadequate proteins.
cal polypeptides are often several hundred amino acids
long, so few of the possible polypeptides actually occur in
Water
organisms. Linking by peptide (= amide), amino acid Human body contains about 65% water. About 70%
molecules form dipeptide, tripeptide, oligopeptide and of this water is in the protoplasm and rest in the plasma of
polypeptides. The latter then link with each other, forming blood and lymph, tissue fluid of the intercellular spaces
first the peptones, then proteoses. Various proteins of bio- etc. Water does not yield energy but it is highly vital for
logical system can be classified into three categories. the body. Water is universal solvent.

Simple proteins— These contain only amino acid


1.
Minerals (Inorganic salts)
monomers.
Minerals form about 4% of our body weight. Over a
Globular proteins— In the molecules of these
proteins, the polypeptide chains are folded into compact dozen elements are known to be essential as mineral
salts in the diet. These include sodium (Na), potassium
globular or spherical shapes. Hence, the length to breadth
(K), calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), phosphorus (P),
ratio of molecules is usually 1 3 or 4 (never more than
:

That is why, these proteins are noncontractile and


chlorine (CI), copper (Cu), fluorine (F), manganese (Mn),
1 : 10).
cobalt (Co), zinc (Zn), iron (Fe), iodine (I), molybdenum
soluble in aqueous systems, forming colloidal solutions
(Mo) and selenium (Se). Of these, the first six are needed
and easily enzymes, many hormones
diffusible. All

(insulin, thyroxin, ACTH), the antibodies, albumins and


in relatively large amounts and are called macromine-
rals; others are required in very small amounts and are
globulins of blood plasma, globin of haemoglobin,
termed microminerals. The minerals have small mole-
myoglobin of muscles, histones of nucleoproteins,
cules and do not require digestion. They are absorbed
glutelins of cereals, prolamines of pulses are examples of
from the alimentary canal into the blood which supplies
globular proteins.
them to the tissues. Minerals must be taken as com-
Fibrous proteins— In the molecules of these proteins
pounds, if taken as elements, they prove fatal.
the length to breadth ratio is always more than 1 10. :

Hence, these are insoluble structural proteins that make Physiological Roles of the Essential Minerals
the body architecture. The collagen, elastin and reticulin (Macrominerals) Required in Large Amounts by
of connective tissues, tendons, ligaments, cartilage and Animals
bones; the keratin of skin, horns, nails, feathers, hairs; the
fibroin of silk; the actin and myosin of muscles, fibrinogen
Mineral Major Physiological Roles
of blood plasma, tubulin of microtubules are examples of
fibrous proteins. Collagen is the most abundant protein of Calcium (Ca) Component of bone and teeth, essential
the body. for normal blood clotting; needed for

2. Conjugated proteins— These are compounds of normal muscle, neuron and cell func-
simple proteins conjugated with prosthetic groups. tion.

Phosphoproteins— Compounds of simple proteins Chlorine (CI) Principal negative ion in extracellular
and phosphoric acid. Casein of milk and vitellin of egg-yolk fluid; important in acid-base and fluid
are examples. balance; needed to produce stomach
Nucleoproteins— These form chromatin of chromo- HCI.
somes in nuclei of cells. Magnesium (Mg) Component of many coenzymes;
Glycoproteins or Mucoproteins and Proteogly- needed for normal neuron and muscle
cans— Their example is the mucin found in connective function, as well as carbohydrate and
tissues, cartilage, saliva etc. protein metabolism.
Chromoproteins— Common examples are haemo- Potassium (K) Major constituent of bones, blood
globin and haemocyanin of blood and cytochromes of plasma; needed for energy metabolism.
mitochondria.
Phosphorus (P) Major positive ion in cells; influences
3. Derived proteins— Common examples are pro-
muscle contraction and neuron excitabi-
teoses and peptones. These are smaller polypeptide
lity; part of DNA, RNA, ATP, energy
chains formed as temporary by-products during protein
metabolism.
digestion.
Sodium (Na) Principal positive ion in extracellular
Proteins cannot, as such diffuse through cell mem-
fluid; important in fluid balance; essen-
brane, only amino acids can diffuse. Of the twenty amino
tial for conduction of action potentials,
acids used by humans, only ten are obtained from food.
active transport.
The other ten are synthesized in the body cells
themselves. Those obtained from food are called Sulphur (S) Protein structure; detoxification reac-

'essential amino acids'. Food whose proteins yield all

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1268

Copyrighted material
Some Physiological Roles of Trace Minerals Vitamins
(Microminerals) in Animals
The vitamins are organic compounds regularly

Mineral required in minute quantities in diet for normal meta-


HIIIRff HI iviajur r i ly iiui uy iocii nuica
bolism, health and growth. Many enzymes of metabolic
Cobalt (Co) Component of vitamin B 12 essential
; for reactions are effective only when linked with nonprotein
red blood cell production. cofactors and the cofactors are mostly derived from
Copper (Cu) Component of many enzymes, essential vitamins. That is why, vitamins are commonly called
for melanin and hemoglobin synthesis; 'growth factors'. Diseases caused by their deficiency are
part of cytochromes. called 'deficiency diseases'.

Fluorine (F) Component of bone and teeth; prevents The term 'Vitamin' was first used by Funk. Knowledge
tooth decay. about vitamins was tremendously accelerated by the work
of Hopkins and Funk.
Iodine (1) Component of thyroid hormones.
Iron (Fe) Component of hemoglobin, myoglobin, Vitamins may be water soluble or fat soluble. Most

enzymes and cytochromes. water soluble vitamins, such as the B vitamins and vitamin
C, are coenzymes needed in metabolism. The fat soluble
Manganese (Mn) Activates many enzymes; an enzyme
vitamins have various functions.
essential for urea formation and parts of
the Krebs cycle.
The dietary need for vitamin C and fat soluble
vitamins (A, D, E and K) tends to be limited to the
Molybdenum (Mo) Constituent of some enzymes.
vertebrates. Even in closely related groups, vitamin
Selenium (Se) Needed in fat metabolism.
requirements vary. For example, among vertebrates,
Zinc (Zn) Component of atleast 70 enzymes; humans and guinea pigs require vitamin C but rabbits do
needed for wound healing and fertilization. not. Some birds require vitamin A; others do not.

Water-Soluble Vitamins

Vitamin Characteristics Functions Sources


Thiamine Destroyed by heat and oxygen, Part of coenzyme needed for Lean meats, liver, eggs,
(Vitamin B,) especially in alkaline environment oxidation of carbohydrates and whole grain cereals, leafy
coenzyme needed in synthesis of green vegetables, legumes
ribose

Riboflavin Stable to heat, acids and oxidation; Part of enzymes and co-enzymes Meats, dairy products, leafy
(Vitamin B2 ) destroyed by alkalis and light needed for oxidation of glucose and green vegetables, whole-
fatty acids and for cellular growth grain cereals

Niacin Stable to heat, acids and alkalis; Part of coenzymes needed for oxida- Liver, lean meats, poultry,
(Nicotinic acid) converted to niacinamide by cells; tion of glucose and synthesis of peanuts, legumes
synthesized from tryptophan proteins, fats and nucleic acids
Vitamin B 6 Group of three compounds; stable to Coenzyme needed for synthesis of Liver, meat, fish, poultry,
heat and acids; destroyed by oxidation, proteins and various amino acids, for bananas, avocados, beans,
alkalis and ultraviolet light conversion of tryptophan to niacin, for peanuts, whole-grain
production of antibodies and for cereals, egg yolk
synthesis of nucleic acids
Pantothenic acid Destroyed by heat, acids and alkalis Part of coenzyme needed for oxida- Meats, fish, whole-grain
tion of carbohydrates and fats cereals, legumes, milk,
fruits, vegetables
Cyanocobalamin Complex, cobalt-containing com- Part of coenzyme needed for synthe- Liver, meats, poultry, fish,

(Vitamin B 12 )
pound; stable to heat; inactivated by sis of nucleic acids and for metabo- milk, cheese, eggs
light, strong acids and strong alkalis; lism of carbohydrates; plays role in

absorption regulated by intrinsic factor synthesis of myelin


from gastric glands; stored in liver

Folacin Occurs in several forms; destroyed by Coenzyme needed for metabolism of Liver, leafy green vege-
(Folic acid) oxidation in acid environment or by certain amino acids and for synthesis tables, whole-grain cereals,
heat in alkaline environment; stored in of DNA; promotes production of legumes
liver where it is converted into folinic normal red blood cells
acid

Biotin Stable to heat, acids, and light des- Coenzyme needed for metabolism of Liver, egg yolk, nuts,
troyed by oxidation and alkalis amino acids and fatty acids and for legumes, mushrooms
synthesis of nucleic acids

Ascorbic acid Closely related to monosaccharides; Needed for production of collagen, Citrus fruits, citrus juices,
(Vitamin C) stable in acids but destroyed by conversion of folacin to folinic acid tomatoes, cabbage, pota-
oxidation, heat, light and alkalis and metabolism of certain amino toes, leafy green vegetables,
acids; promotes absorption of iron and fresh fruits
synthesis of hormones from choles-
tero^

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1269

Copyrighted material
Fat-Soluble Vitamins

Vitamin Characteristics Functions Sources


Vitamin A Occurs in several forms; synthesized Necessary for synthesis of visual pigments, Liver, fish, whole milk, butter,
from carotenes; stored in liver, stable mucoproteins, and mucopolysaccharides; eggs, leafy green vegetables
in heat, acids and alkalis; unstable in for normal development of bones and teeth; and yellow and orange vegeta-
light and for maintenance of epithelial cells bles and fruits
Vitamin D A group of sterols; resistant to heat, Promotes absorption of calcium and phos- Produced in skin exposed to
oxidation, acids and alkalis; stored in phorus; promotes development of teeth and ultraviolet light; in milk, egg yolk,
liver, skin, brain, spleen and bones bones fish-liver oils, fortified foods
Vitamin E A group of compounds; resistant to An antioxidant; prevents oxidation of vitamin Oils from cereal seeds, salad
heat and visible light; unstable in A and polyunsaturated may
fatty acids; help oils, margarine, shortenings,
presence of oxygen and ultraviolet maintain stability of cell membranes fruits, nuts and vegetables
light; stored in muscles and adipose
tissue
Vitamin K Occurs in several forms; resistant to Needed for synthesis of prothrombin; Leafy green vegetables, egg
heat but destroyed by acids, alkalis needed for blood clotting yolk, pork liver, soy oil, toma-

Balanced Diet Kwasiorkor— This disease is caused by continued


deficiency of proteinsin diet although energy intake may
Body requires carbohydrates, proteins and fats in the
be adequate. Poor physical and mental growth of children,
approximate proportions of 4 1 1. Adequate amount of : :
reduced vigour and increased sensitivity to infection are
water, mineral salts and vitamins are also necessary. No
usual symptoms of this disease.
single food can supply all these substances. Hence, a
mixed diet is needed. A diet which can provide materials Marasmus— Liver of body stores glycogen to fulfil

for all the metabolic requirements of the body— energy, body's requirement of glucose for energy in between
growth, replacement and physiological regulation is called meals. This storage is recouped after every meal. If not
a Balanced diet. Thus the proper quality and quantity of recouped, it may last for perhaps half a day. If meal is
food is most significant basis of good health, proper delayed further, the body starts consuming its fat reserve
growth, normal activity and vigour and longevity. It has and proteins. This condition is starvation. Prolonged
been scientifically determined that a child of four to six starvationcauses Marasmus. Marasmus is also a protein
years approximately requires 1500 k cal, thirteen to and energy deficiency disease.
fifteen years child requires 2500 k cal and a youth of Malnutrition also deprives persons of adequate supply
sixteen to eighteen years requires 3000 k cal of energy per of various vitamins. This leads to various deficiency dis-
day. eases.
Average Indians have to obtain about 50% of their Flatus and foul odour of faeces— Flatus is accumu-
requirements of energy from carbohydrates, 35% from lation of gases in gastrointestinal tract. Most gases in
fats and 1 5% from proteins. stomach are nitrogen and oxygen of air that we swallow
with food. These are generally expelled by belching. In
Nutritional Difference between Man and Rabbit small intestine, only a small amount of gas is present.
1 . Man is omnivorous, while rabbit is herbivorous.
This includes the air passed from stomach or C0 2 formed
2. Gastric lipase is found in man but its presence in rabbit in duodenum due to reactions between HCI of gastric

is doubtful. juice and bicarbonates of pancreatic juice. In large intes-


3. In man caecum is very small having negligible function, tine the colon bacteria generally ferment and putrefy the

while caecum helps in digestion of cellulose in rabbits. faeces. If faeces contain half digested nutrients, or even if

4. In rabbit, the intestinal mucous membrane secretes only intestinal absorption is in efficient, a large amount of C0 2 ,

secretin hormone to stimulate liver and pancreas. In H 2 ammonia, methane, hydrogen sulphide and nitrogen
,

man both secretin and CCK are secreted by intestinal gases are formed due to bacterial action, causing acute
flatus.

Decarboxylation of certain unabsorbed amino acids,


Malnutrition like tryptophan, by colon bacteria results in the formation

In India many people suffer from faulty or malnutrition of toxic amines like indole, skatole, mercaptans etc. The
due to unbalanced diet. Hence, these people suffer from foul odour of flatus and faeces is due to the various gases
malnutrition diseases. of these amines.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
a-1,4 glycosidic bonds are bro- 2. Conversion of glucose into glyco- 3. Vitamin D is also called —
ken when — gen in liver is called — (A) Calciferol (B) Ascorbic acid
(A) Lipid is digested by lipase (A) Glycogenolysis (C) Retinol (D) Folic acid
(B) Protein is digested by pepsin 4. Which of the following is a poly-
(B) Glycogenesis
(C) Starch is digested by amy- saccharide ?
lase (C) Glycolysis
(A) Glucose (B) Maltose
(D) None of the above (D) Gluconeogenesis (C) Glycogen (D) Sucrose

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1270

Copyrighted material
5. Most important property of water 14. Digestion is accomplished by a (C) Cholesterol
forwhich is needed in the body
it chemical process called— (D) Ester and fatty acids
is— (A) Condensation 25. How many odd calories are the
(A) It is a universal solvent Hydrolysis
(B) requirement of a male hard
(B) It is a liquid
labourer per day ?
(C) Deamination
(C) Its 02 is used in cellular
(A) 15000 kcal (B) 3000 kcal
(D) Transamination
metabolism
(C) 4000 k cal (D) 4500 k cal
(D) It cools the body 15. The protein deficiency disease is

known as—
6. Which reserve a starving man
(A) Scurvy
ANSWERS
first consumes ?
(B) Mycoses
(A) Fat (B) Protein
(C) Kwashiorkor
(C) Glycogen (D) Vitamins (D) Osteomalacia
7. In hydrolysis, a small amount of 16. The anhydro-bonds of proteins
energy is released as— are called —
(A) Kinetic energy (A) Glycosidic (B) Peptide •••
(B) Potential energy (C) Ester (D) Diester
(C) Light energy 17. The essential mineral for the for-
(D) None of the above mation of body protein is—
8. Amino acids not synthesized in (A) Sodium (B) Iron

body are called— (C) Sulphur (D) Potassium fUPKARS


(A) Non-essential (B) Essential
(C) Active (D) Inactive
18. Vitamin which
heating is—
is destroyed on
MCQs
9. A man
when—
is said to be starving (A)

(C)
A
D
(B)
(D)
C
K _ ON
(A)

(B)
Food
loss

Body begins
is not meeting energy

storing reserve
19. Riboflavin is—
(A) Vitamin (B) Vitamin B2 COMPUTER
(C) Vitamin B6 (D) Vitamin B 12 (Multiple Choice Questions on
food
Computer Fundamental,
(C) Stomach is not being filled
20. A vitamin which is generally
excreted in human urine is— Application and Advance Topics)
by food
(D) Diet is deficient in vitamins
(A) C (B) K
Useful for Various Competitive Exams.
(C) D (D) A
10. In which part of the gut are
proteins ultimately degraded to 21. Vitamins are— By : Dr. Alok Kumar
amino acids ? (A) Inorganic substances that Code No. 1664 Price : Rs. 80/-
(A) Colon cannot be synthesized by
(B) Small intestine animals UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2
(C) Stomach (B) Inorganic substances that 0 E-mail : publisherfaupkar.in

can be synthesized by ani- • Website ww w.upkar.in


:

(D) Caecum L
mals
1 1 . Certain B vitamins act as—
(C) Organic substances that can
(A) Enzymes
(B) Coenzymes
be synthesized by animals fgUPKAR S <RdeaLr
(D) Organic substances that
(C) Hormones cannot be synthesized by
(D) None of the above animals
-
SUCCESS
12. If a person on a
lives exclusively 22. The term vitamin was coined by IN
diet of milk, eggs and bread, he
is likely to suffer from—
(A) Calvin (B) Funk CIVIL SERVICES
Kuhnn
(A) Scurvy
23.
(C) (D) Starling

Person who is habitual alcoholic,


EXAM.
(B) Night-blindness By : Dr. Vijay Agarwal
isalways short of vitamin ?
(C) Rickets Translated by : Nidhi Sahni
(A) C (B) A
(D) Beri-beri (C) B5 (D) D Code No. 1647 Price : Rs. 90/-

13. Proteins are stored in— 24. Sterol are not fats but solid alco- HINDI EDITION
(A) Blood hols and included in lipids be-
Code No. 215 Rs. 110/-
(B) Liver cause they form—
(C) Muscles (A) Fats and fatty acids UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2
( E-mail : publishers upkar.in • Website : www.upkar.in
(D) None of the above (B) Triglycerides

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1271

Cc
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 16. Closely related organisms with
very different traits have experi-
enced—
ZOOLOGY (A)

(B)
Coevolution
Convergent evolution
(C) Divergent evolution
1. The sarcoplasmic reticulum of 8. Bone developing within a tendon (D) Parallel evolution
striated and cardiac muscle of vertebrate, particularly where
fibres— tendon operates over ridge of
1 7. Wolffian body is known as—
underlying bone, is called— (A) Pronephros
(A) Release calcium ions
(A) Mentomeckelian bones (B) Mesonephros
(B) Reabsorb calcium ions
(B) Sesamoid bones (C) Metanephros
(C) Conducts impulse inwards
(C) Palatine bones (D) None of these
(D) Both (A) and (B)
(D) Dentary bones
Hydra has body
18. Which hormone acts on mam-
2. a cavity,
9. Vital capacity of lung is mea- mary gland to stimulate the
called—
sured by— release of milk ?
(A) Haemocoel (A) Spirometer (A) Oxytocin (B) Glucagon
(B) Pseudocoel (B) Sphygmomanometer (C) Insulin (D) Progesterone
(C) Coelenteron (C) Stethometer
19. Boyer's bursa is associated
(D) Coelom (D) Hypnometer
with—
3. Most deodorants contain which 10. Xerophthalmia is caused due to
Thyrohyoid membrane
(A)
of these compounds to destroy lack of—
(B) Tympanic membrane
the odoriferous bacteria of skin ? (A) Vitamin C (B) Vitamin D
(C) Endothelium
(A) Zinc and Aluminium (C) Vitamin A (D) Vitamin K
(D) None of these
(B) Zinc and Magnesium 11. Which of the following only
amino acid metabolized by 20. Wharton's duct is related with—
(C) Zinc and Magphos
brain ? (A) Submandibular salivary
(D) Zinc and Copper glands
(A) Glutamic acid (B) Valine
4. When a molecule is reduced, it (C) Leucine (D) Lysine (B) Mammary glands
always— 12. Hardening materials in bones are (C) Perineal glands
(A) Gains an electron mainly— (D) Gonads
(B) Losses an electron (A) Carbonate and phosphate of 21. Which of the following is found
Gains a proton lime only urinary bladder ?
(C)
(B) Phosphates of sodium and (A) Transitional epithelium
(D) Losses a proton
magnesium
(B) Columnar epithelium
5. Which of the following nerve is (C) Sulphates of calcium and
(C) Cuboidal epithelium
purely motor nerve ? magnesium
(D) Squamous epithelium
(A) Abducens (B) Trigeminal (D) All of the above
22. Gene Theory of Inheritance was
(C) Vagus (D) Facial 13. Lobo's disease is related with—
given by—
(A) Skin (B) Spleen
6. Which of the cellular organelle is (A) T. H. Morgan (B) Waldeyer
(C) Eyes (D) Liver
related with autophagy ?
(C) Russow (D) Maegli
(A) Golgi complex 14. Which hormone is secreted at
the time of emotional distur- 23. Which of the following is respon-
(B) Lysosome sible for voluntary control of urine
bances ?
(C) Rough endoplasmic reticu- (A) Thyroxine release ?
lum (A) Internal urethral sphincter
(B) Oxytocin
(D) Mitochondrion (C) Vassopressin (B) External urethral sphincter

7. In mammalian heart, the syste- (D) Adrenaline (C) Both (A) and (B)
mic circulation of blood is powe- 15. Hensen's body is associated
(D) None of these
red by— with— 24. True coelom is not present in—
(A) Left atrium (A) Retina of eye (A) Hirudinaria
(B) Ventricle (B) Organ of corti (B) Earthworm
(C) Both (A) and (B) (C) Liver (C) Nereis
(D) None of these (D) Spleen (D) All the above

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1272

Copyrighted material
25. Dapsone is the choice drug for 35. Desmosomes are related with— (C) Chloroplast
the treatment of— (A) Cell excretion (D) Endoplasmic reticulum
(A) Influenza (B) Leprosy adherence
(B) Cell 46. The largest corpuscle in mamma-
(C) Cancer (D) Leukemia (C) Cell division lian blood are—
26. Which hormone is known as (D) Cytolysis (A) Basophils
collip's hormone ? (B) Erythrocytes
36. Which one controls the secretion
(A) Thyroxine of estrogen ? (C) Monocytes
(D) Lymphocytes
(B) Parathormone (A) HCG (B) Progesterone
(C) Aldosterone (C) LH (D) FSH 47. Endotoxins are formed by—
(A) Gram-negative bacteria
(D) Adrenocorticotropic 37. The disease progeria
rare is

related with— (B) Gram-positive bacteria


27. Dohle's bodies are associated
(A) Premature old age (C) Host cells
with-
(B) Leukoplakia (D) All the above
(A) Burns
(C) Osteoporosis 48. Rathke's pouch is associated
(B) Trauma
(D) Osteoarthritis with-
(C) Neoplastic diseases
(A) Thyroid gland
(D) All the above 38. The 'thermostat' of a bird or
(B) Pancreas
mammal is in its—
28. Scientific name of Cromagnon (C) Pituitary gland
(A) Cerebral cortex
man is— (D) Thymus gland
(B) Spinal cord near the skull
(A) Homo sapiens fossilis
(C) Medulla oblongata 49. Vertebrates with jaws are mem-
(B) Homo sapiens bers of
(D) Hypothalamus
(A) Agnatha
(C) Homo erectus
39. Camouflage in certain animals is
(B) Gnathostomata
(D) Homo habilis associated with —
(C) Cephalochordata
29. Chelicerate arthropods include— (A) Chromomere
(D) Urochordata
(A) Merostomata (B) Chromoplast
(B) Arachnida (C) Chromatophore 50. Which vitamin promotes wound
(D) Chromosome healing ?
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) None of these 40. Life saving hormone is secreted
(A) Vitamin B (B) Vitamin A
by- (C) Vitamin D (D) Vitamin C
30. Synthesis of plasma proteins
takes place in— (A) Pineal (B) Adrenals

(A) Liver (B) Kidney (C) Thymus (D) Thyroid ANSWERS WITH HINTS
(C) Spleen (D) Bone marrow 41. Which of the following secretes
31. Peter Mitchell is associated
HCG hormone ?
with- (A) Placenta

(A) Chemiosmotic theory (B) Ovary


(B) Genetic code (C) Pituitary gland

(C) Bacterial transduction (D) Adrenal gland

(D) Virology 42. Manas biosphere reserve is

famous for—
32. Function of erepsin is—
(A) Elephants (B) Lions
(A) To hydrolyse all peptide
(C) Rhino (D) Wild buffalo
bonds
43. Synovial fluid is found in—
(B) To hydrolyse all carbohy-
drates (A) Around the brain

(C) To hydrolyse all fats


(B) Freely moveable joints

(D) To hydrolyse all nucleosides (C) Intercellular spaces


(D) Internal ear
33. Which enzyme is secreted by
infants but not by adult humans ? 44. The sound producing organ in

Pepsinogen singing bird is—


(A) Lipase (B)

(C) Rennin (D) Renin (A) Larynx (B) Syrinx

(C) Synsacrum (D) Pygostyle


34. Which of the following is not
excreted in the urine of normal 45. Altmann's granule is also known
individual ? as—
(A) Urea (B) Creatine (A) Mitochondria
(C) H 20 (D) Glucose (B) Ribosome

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1273

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 17. Haversian canals are found in

the-
(A) Bones of birds

ZOOLOGY (B)

(C)
Bones
Bones
of

of frog
mammals

(D) Cartilage
1. thyroid gland is completely 9. All arteries carry oxygenated
If

18. Ligaments join —


removed from a tadpole, it will blood, except—
(A) Muscle to muscle
(A) Die immediately (A) Hepatic artery
(B) Muscle to bone
(B) Turn into a giant frog (B) Renal artery
Pulmonary artery
(C) Bone to bone
(C) Turn into a dwarf frog (C)
Cardiac artery
(D) Cartilage to bone
(D) Remain tadpole throughout (D)

its life 10. In a sperm, the mitochondria


19. From outer to inside the
sequence of three bones present
2. 'Hashimoto' disease is caused,
occur—
in the middle ear of mammals
when— (A) In tail
is-
(A) Adrenal gland is destroyed (B) In acrosome
(A) Incus, Malleus and Stapes
by autoimmunity (C) In middle piece
(B) Malleus, Incus and Stapes
(B) Thyroid gland is destroyed (D) In head
(C) Malleus, Stapes and Incus
by autoimmunity 11. Insulin is secreted by— (D) Stapes, Malleus and Incus
(C) Kidney is destroyed (A) Beta cells of Islets of
20. The main cause of paralysis is—
(D) Pancreas is destroyed Langerhans
(A) Some defect in muscles
(B) Alfa cells of Islets of Langer-
3. In mammals which organ acts as (B) Complete destruction of sen-
hans
blood-bank ? sory nerves
(C) Kupffer cells (C) Complete destruction of
(A) Heart (B) Lung
(D) Gallbladder motor nerves
(C) Spleen (D) Liver
12. In man removal of Parathyroid
(D) None of the above
4. The emergency hormone is— gland leads to— 21 . In human females at the time of
(A) Thyroxine birth there are two million ova;
(A) Acromegali
(B) Adrenalin how many of them normally
(B) Tetany
reach maturity in the course of
(C) Insulin
(C) Polyuria normal reproductive life ?
(D) Progesterone
(D) Diabetes insipidus (A) 500 (B) 1,000
5. Life-span of human R.B.C. is—
13. Atherosclerosis refers to the ail-
(C) 2,000 (D) 5,000

(A) 120 days (B) 90 days ment of 22. Orchidectomy is the surgical

(C) 2-3 days (D) 20 days removal of—


(A) Lungs (B) Heart
(A) Liver (B) Kidney
6. Pharynx and middle ear are (C) Kidney (D) Liver
(C) Ovary (D) Testes
interconnected by—
14. In absence of ADH, the disease 23. In mammals the estrogens are
(A) Tympanic canal caused is— secreted by the Graafian follicle
(B) Eustachian canal (A) Diabetes mellitus from its—
(C) Cochlear canal (B) Diabetes insipidus (A) External theca

(D) Vestibular canal (B) Internal theca


(C) Oliguria
(C) Zona pellucida
7. Specific cells found in liver are— (D) Acromegali
(D) Corona radiata
(A) Hepatic cells 15. Maximum power of division is
24. One hundred per cent literate
(B) Beta cells found in the skin layer— state in India is—
(C) Kupffer's cells (A) Stratum granulosum (A) Goa (B) Punjab
(D) Islets of Langerhans (B) Stratum malpighii (C) Rajasthan (D) Kerala

8. The following are needed for (C) Stratum spinosum 25. If a curly haired man marries a
blood-clotting in mammals— (D) Stratum corneum straight haired woman, they have
8 children, what will be the pro-
(A) Ca ++ and Vitamin E
16. Only rods are present in the eyes portion of curly hair and straight
(B) Ca ++ and Vitamin K of one of the following animals— hair in them ?
(C) Ca ++ and Vitamin A (A) Pigeon (B) Squirrel (A) 1 : 6 (B) 3 : 5
(D) K + and Vitamin K (C) Fowl (D) Owl (C) 5 : 3 (D) 3 : 1

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1275

Copyrighted material
26. Ratio of females to males in India (C) Wife is Rh + and husband 42. Which one of the following combi-
is— Rh + nation is generally recommended
_ composite farming
(A) 880-1000 (B) 830-1000 (D) Wife is Rh and husband for fish in

(C) 929-1000 (D) 980-1000 Rh + India ?


(A) Catla, Cyprinus, Clarias
27. First census took place in India 35. The theory of ageing holds that
(B) Catla, Labeo, Cirrhinus
during— ageing is due to—
(A) 1851 (B) 1891 (A) Random mutation in DNA of
(C) Cirrhinus, Cyprinus, Channa
somatic cells (D) Clarias, Chanos, Cyprinus
(C) 1921 (D) 1951

28. The formula for the calculation of (B) Increased cross-linkage of 43. Which of the following belongs to

collagen and other proteins Phylum Arthropoda ?


population density is D= ^y^, in (A) Starfish (B) Goldfish
(C) Cumulative result of damage
formula represents— (C) Silver fish (D) Cuttlefish
this 'a ' to tissues by free radicals
(A) Whole world population (D) All of these 44. T-Lymphocytes originates from—
(B) Unit of time (A) Thymus (B) Bone marrow
36. The indigenous adult fish, which
(C) Population density (C) Liver (D) None of these
may be used most effectively for
(D) Area of the land 45. Sea cows are aquatic mammals
the biological control of mos-
29. If somatic cells of a human male quitoes is— included under—
contain single barrbody, the (A) Aplocheilus (B) Gambusia (A) Lagomorpha (B) Pinnipedia
genetic composition of the per- (C) Cetacea (D) Sirenia
(C) Lebistes (D) Catla
son would be— 46. The malarial parasite is intro-
37. Lamarck's theory of organic evo-
(A) XYY (B) XXY duced into the blood of man as
lution is known as — a—
(C) XO (D) XXXY
(A) Natural selection (A) Metacryptozoite
30. In which one of the following the (B) Inheritance of acquired (B) Cryptozoite
birth rate is high and death rate
characters (C) Schizont
is normal ?
(C) Ontogeny repeats phytogeny (D) Sporozoite
(A) Indiaand Morocco (D) selection
Artificial 47. The modification of second pair
(B) America and Spain
38. Which one of the following sets of wings into halteres or balan-
(C) Sweden cers is the characteristic of
of animals shows a close taxono-
(D) Indonesia (A) Lepidoptera (B) Orthoptera
mic relationship ?
31. To which population category (C) Diptera (D) Hemiptera
(A) Jelly fish, Cuttle fish, Cat fish
India belongs ? (B) Honey bee, Crayfish, Spider 48. Which of the following insects is

(A) High birth rate and high vector for Bubonic plague ?
(C) Alligator, Nautilus, Turtle
mortality rate (A) Xenopsylla
(D) Kangaroo, Octopus, Sala- Cimex
(B) Low birth rate and low (B)
mander (C) Pediculus
mortality rate
(C) Low birth rate and high 39. To which of the following Phylum (D) Phlebotomus
mortality rate class Trematoda belongs ? 49. Mode of nutrition in amoeba is—
(D) High birth rate and low (A) Platyhelminthes (A) Saprozoic (B) Holophytic
mortality rate
(B) Arthropoda (C) Coprozoic (D) Holozoic
32. During ageing, collagen present (C) Mollusca 50. In which one of the following
in intercellularspaces becomes— groups all animals are herma-
(D) Annelida
(A) Destroyed phrodite ?
(B) Impermeable and rigid 40. Diapsid skull is found in the
(A) Hydra, Ascaris, Pheretima
(C) More elastic following —
(B) Hydra, Homosapiens, Leech
(D) All the above (A) Crocodile, Turtle and Sey-
(C) Tapeworm, Toad, Starfish
33. mother has blood group B, mauria
If
(D) Hydra, Leech, Tapeworm
father has A group the offspring (B) Sphenodon, Crocodile and
willbe of- Viper
ANSWERS WITH HINTS
(A) A group (C) Natrix, Draco and Turtle
(B) O group (D) Calotes, Cobra and Varano-
(C) Any of the group saurus
(D) AB group
41. It is believed that the organisms
34. Erythroblastosis foetalis occurs
first inhabited earth's surface
when— were—
(A) Husband is Rfr and wife (A) Autotrophs
Rh- (B) Mixotrophs
(B) Wife is Rh + and husband (C) Chromatotrophs
Rh" (D) Heterotrophs

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1276

Copyrighted material
Topic on Botany

SECONDARY GROWTH IN THICKNESS


— Kumar Pushkar
The continuous division in the apical meristems result This ring is present below the phloem, but above the
in the formation of primary body. During this development protoxylem. This meristem secondary meristem.
is

fundamental parts of the plant body are formed and First the strips of cambia below the phloem cut off
growth in length and to some extent in thickness take secondary xylem towards the inner side. The cells cut
place. Such a primary growth is completed in a few weeks offtowards the outer face mature into secondary
of the first year of growth of the plant. phloem. By this activity of these strips of cambium, the
In Pteridophytes and monocotyledons the primary cambium become circular and cuts off secondary
structure remains as such through out the life of plants. It xylem internally at all places and secondary phloem at
is structurally and functionally self sufficient. However in all places externally.
gymnosperms and dicotyledons, new tissues are Here and there some cambial cells, internally as well
formed entirely due to the activities of lateral meristems, as externally cut parenchymatous cells forming
off
i.e., cambium and phellogen or cork cambium.
vascular These medullary rays are
multiseriate medullary rays.
These tissues are known as secondary tissues which well developed as compared to stem.
cause increase in the thickness of the plant body. This Annual rings— In perennial trees, shrubs and
addition of secondary tissues is known as secondary woody climbers the formation of secondary xylem and
growth (i.e., secondary xylem and secondary phloem) phloem continues year after year. In such cases the
and the periderm derived from vascular cambium and the xylem elements differentiated in spring season are
cork cambium respectively. large and thin walled as compared to those differen-
Secondary growth continues for an indefinite period tiated in autumn.
through numerous growing seasons. Hence, the diameter One spring wood and one autumn wood constitute one
of main trunk, branches and the roots continue to increase annual ring. Thus concentric annual rings are seen in a
throughout the life of a plant. transverse section of root. The annual rings are poorly
developed in roots due to uniform underground
Secondary Growth in Dicot Root
environment.
• In dicot roots the arrangement of vascular bundles is
Cork cambium arises as a result of the tangential
radial and xylem is exarch.
division of the outer cells of pericycle. The cork cam-
First of all parenchymatous cells below (towards pith)
the phloem become meristematic, thus in a tetrach . Epiblema
root four separate strips of cambia are formed. -Cortex
Later these strips become, continuous laterally as a .Endodermis
result of tangential divisions of pericycle cells external
Pericycle
to each protoxylem. Thus a continuous cambium ring
is produced. . Secondary
xylem
. Epiblema •
Primary
. Cortex xylem
. Endodermis Primary
. Pericycle phloem
Phloem Secondary
-Xylem phloem

-Cambium

Cork (Phellem)

Cork cambium
(Phellogen)

Cortex

Endodermis
Cambiu Pericycle
arce
Xylem Secondary
xylem
Phloem
Cambial ring Primary
xylem
3
rimary phloem
Fig- :Secondary growth in dicot root Secondary phloem
(A) Radial vascular bundles in root showing cambial Cambium medullary ray
groups just below the phloem Fig. Cambial ring producing secondary vascular tissue
Figure showing origin of cambial rings Mature root showing secondary vascular tissue and
IS Formation of complete cambium ring periderms

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1278

Copyrighted material
bium instead of producing xylem and phloem produces Normally more secondary xylem cells are formed
cork cells on the outside and parenchyma on the towards the centre due to which the cambium ring
innerside. moves towards the periphery.
• The protoplast of cork cells secretes a fat like subs- Lenticel
tance called suberin which is deposited in the walls. Cork N Cork
Due to further deposition of suberin these cells die. "cambium
Secondary
• In some roots the cork cambium arises from cortex. cortex
Cortex
Secondary Growth in Dicot Stem Secondary
phloem
• The dicot stem have conjoint, collateral, open, vascular Cambium
Annual
bundles the cambium is present in between xylem and rings ^2nd
phloem. It is called fascicular or intrafascicular cam- Secondary
rays
bium. Along with this cambium, some medullary ray "Secondary xylem -

cells also become active forming interfascicular


Fig. : Secondary growth in dicot stem (A-B)Stem
cambium. Interfascicular and intrafascicular cambia
showing formation of secondary xylem and
together form a ring of cambium called cambium ring.
secondary phloem
^— Epidermis Due to newly formed secondary xylem and secondary
— Cortex phloem the primary xylem and primary phloem which
Primary were near to one another earlier, get separated far
phloem
apart.
Cambium
fascicular Secondary phloem is made up of sieve tubes,

Primary companion cells, phloem parenchyma and sometimes


xylem
bast fibres. Primary phloem gets crushed.
A Cambium
interfascicular Secondary xylem, is made up of scalariform and
pitted vessels, tracheids, and sclerenchymatous fibres
Fig. : Secondary growth in dicot stem :

(wood fibres) along with xylem parenchyma.


(A) Primary structure showing fascicular cambium
With the formation of secondary xylem primary xylem
(B) Formation of cambial ring
is pushed towards pith.

(A) Formation of Secondary Tissues by Stelar


Cambium Worth to Remember
• Cambial cells are of two types fusiform initials
• Yucca, Draeaena, Aloe, Agave etc. are monocot yet they
show secondary growth due to presence of cambium.
and ray initials. Fusiform initials are elongated longitu-
• Medullary vascular bundles are found in the scars of
dinally, have wedge shaped ends and are wider
Boerhaavia, Mirabilis, Amaranthus etc.
tangentially than radially so that they appear
rectangular in cross section.
• Bark is a non-technical term and includes all tissues lying
outside the vascular cambium.
• They form elements such as tracheids, vessels, fibres,
• In some monocot e.g., Musa rhizome and palms the
sieve tubes, i.e., vascular elements. thickening takes place by formation of primary thickening
• Ray initials are much shorter than fusiform initials and meristem, it contributes both to height and thickening.

appear as 'islands' of small cell when the cambium is

viewed tangentially. • At some place the cambium does not form secondary
xylem and secondary phloem but parenchymatous
They give rise to parenchyma cells, all or most of
cells instead of xylem and phloem. Thus these cells
which elongate in the horizontal direction forming
form continuous strips from secondary xylem to
vascular rays.
secondary phloem and are called secondary medul-
lary rays.
Consider and Understand Annual Rings or Growth Rings
• In Tamus and Cynodon asphodelus monocot vascular • The activity of cambium ring is markedly affected by
bundles are arranged in an irregular rings. In such variationsin climate e.g., in temperate regions where
arrangement they resemble that of a dicot stem. changes in climate in different seasons of the year are
• Certain dicots show no normal peripheral rings of bundles. pronounced the xylem cells produced in spring season
All bundles are scattered irregularly e.g., Anemone, are with wider lumens.
Thalictrum Podophyllum.
• The secondary xylem formed during this period of
• Cortical vascular bundles areseen in Casuarina, Centura, pronounced activity is called spring wood.
Lepidium and Nyctanthus. In most of the cases the
bundles are normally oriented but in Nyctanthus they are
• During autumn season the vessels produced are
inversely oriented. generally of smaller size and have narrow lumens. The
secondary wood formed during this season is called
Cambium cells continuously divide to form phloem on autumn wood.
the outerside (i.e., secondary phloem) and xylem • One spring wood circle and one autumn wood circle
towards the inner side (i.e., secondary xylem). constitute an annual ring.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1279

Copyrighted material
• The number of annual rings in the oldest part of the arranged and have thin cellulose walls in the begin-
tree corresponds to its age. ning.

Spring wood Epidermis

Fig. : Origin of cork cambium from hypodermis


• As they mature there is a gradual loss of living matter
and cells get elongated radially, vertically or tangen-
tially. The cell walls become thick because of develop-

ment of fatty substance called suberin. Suberin is


Fig. : Stem showing annual rings
imprevious to water.
• In Quercus ruber suberin yields bottle cork, the cavities
of cork cells are filled with air which makes the cork
light in weight.

Phellogen
Phel oderm
|

Fig. : Activity of cork cambium showing formation of


Fig. : A part of wood enlarged to show annual rings Phellem and Phelloderm

(c) Phelloderm — Layers of thin walled cells cut off


(B) Formation of Secondary Tissues by Extra-
towards the inner side of the phellogen form phello-
stelar Cambium derm. The cells of this layer are living and possess
• In many woody plants further increase in girth takes cellulose cell wall. It is also called secondary cortex. In
place by formation of new tissue in extrastelar regions. some species these cells may contain chloroplasts
These new tissues are called periderm. Periderm in and starch.
made up of three tissue.
• All tissues outside the vascular cambium constitute the
bark. It includes periderm, primary cortex, pericycle,
Overriding Facts
primary and secondary phloem.
Sap wood represent the outer and younger wood of the
plant body.
• In case the layers of periderm of cork form complete
cylinders the bark thus developed is called ring bark
Heart wood represents the central and old secondary
e.g., Vitis and Clematis.
wood of the plant body.

Autumn wood can be distinguished from spring wood by


• Lenticel is a small portion of periderm where the
narrow vessel and tracheids. activity of phellogen is more than elsewhere and

Periderm is made up of phellogen, phellum and

(a) Phellogen — It is secondary lateral meristem that


may arise from permanent living cells of hypodermis or
outer cortex. It is composed of a single layer of

meristematic cells. In Transverse section its cells


appear almost rectangular and radially flattened.
These cells divide in a tangential plane cutting cells
towards its inner as well as outer face.
(b) Phellem or cork— These cells are formed as a
result of tangential and periclinal divisions of phellogen
cells towards the outer face. These cells are compactly Fig. : A mature lenticels

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1280

Copyrighted material
produce loosely arranged, thin walled cells with • Lenticels serves for exchange of gases between the
numerous intercellular spaces, instead of thick walled
plant and atmosphere and also for loss of water
suberized cork cells. These cells are called comple-
mentary cells. vapour.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Plants with little or no secondary Derivatives of vascular cambium 9. Cambium causes growth in—
growth are— give rise to— (A) Girth (B) Periphery
(A) Dicot (B) Herbaceous (A) Only xylem (C) Leaves (D) Length
(C) Deciduous (D) Evergreens (B) Only phloem
10. Age of plant can be calculated
(C) Xylem and phloem
2. The narrow band of meristematic by-
(D) Xylem, phloem and vascular
tissue between the xylem and (A) Measuring its height
rays
phloem is the— (B) Counting lateral branches
Cork cambium in a dicot root is
(A) Pith meristem (C) Counting annual rings
derived from—
(B) Cortex meristem (D) All of these
(A) Hypodermis (B) Epidermis
(C) Cork cambium (C) Pericycle (D) Cortex 11. Which one of the tissue is pre-

(D) Vascular cambium sent in periderm ?


Intrafascicular cambium is situa-

3. Wood is common name of— ted (A) Xylem (B) Bast


(A) In between vascular bundles (C) Phellum (D) Duramen
(A) Cambium
(B) Inside vascular bundles 12. Functional xylem dicot stem
(B) Vascular bundles in
(C) Outside the vascular bundle is—
(C) Phloem
(D) In pith
(D) Secondary xylem (A) Springwood
Secondary phloem is nearer to— Autumn wood
(B)
4. Growth rings are generally well (A) Secondary xylem
marked in trees growing in— (C) Heart wood
(B) Cambium
(A) Nainital (B) Mumbai (C) Cortex (D) Sap wood
(C) Chennai (D) New Delhi (D) Pith {Continued on Page 1296)

UPKAR'S
Chhattisgarh P UPKAR'S
Pre-Medical Test GENERAL NURSING
PMT
Upkar's Chhattisgarh
Combined Guide-AT A Glance Rs. 455/-
AND
Hiphlights
«s" Objective Questions with Explanatory Answers.
MIDWIFERY
Quick Revision of Entire Syllabus. (According to the Syllabus)
Help to Remember all Important Facts.
«* Provides Opportunity of Self-Assessment. By : Dr. M. B. Lai, Dr. Rajendra S harm a

Latest Facts and Discoveries. &


Dr. A. P. Singh
HINDI EDITION IS ALSO AVAILABLE

Other Useful Books


Upkar's Practice Sets Medical Entrance Test 110/-
Code No. 991
Upkar's Practice Work Book Medical Entrance Test 180/-
Upkar's Quicker Numerical Physics 235/-

Competition Science Vision Useful Extra Issues Price : Rs. 150/-


Physics 165/- Zoology 115/-
Chemistry 175/- Botany 115/- Published by :

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2 UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2


• E-mail : publisher@upkar.in • Website www.upkar.in
:
• E-mail : publisher@upkar.in • Website : www.upkar.in

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1281

Cc
]
Topic on Botany

MINERAL REQUIREMENTS OF PLANT


ABSTRACT
E. Epstein (1972) once opined that plant nutrition is of unique importance in the realm of life on earth and in the affairs of man.
The nutritional needs of plants are often discussed under two headings organic nutrition and inorganic nutrition. Among them
:

inorganic nutrition is very much bound up with our interest in agriculture and crop improvement. In the field of plant nutrition some

pioneering works was done by N. T. de Saussure (1767-1845). Till date, a total of 17 elements have been identified which have
some specific nutritive roles on plants.

organisms require a supply of large number of


Living called functional or metabolic elements rather than
substances from outside. This supply is called nutrition. essential elements (Bollard and Butler, 1966). This de-
The substances may be of inorganic or organic in nature. signation indicates that an element is metabolically active;
Inorganic plant requirements are obtained directly or a functional or metabolic demand may or may not be
indirectly from soil. As the sources of these inorganic essential.
requirements are minerals, the elements are known as Again according to Epstein (1972), an element is
mineral nutrients and the nutrition is called mineral considered essential if (a) in its absence the plant is
nutrition. Nutrient elements that are required for the unable to complete a normal life cycle, or (b) that element
growth and development of plants are known as is part of some essential plant constituent or metabolite.
essential elements. By the first criterion, a plant is unable to produce viable
if

seed when deprived of that element, the element is


Criteria of Essentiality of Elements deemed essential. By the second criterion, an element
About 30 elements can be detected by modern such as magnesium would be considered essential
analytical techniques (either atomic absorption because is a constituent of the chlorophyll molecule and
it

spectrometry or atomic emission spectrometry) in plants chlorophyll is essential for photosynthesis.

and as many as 60 have been reported in one or another


Essential Elements
tissue. Not all elements present in plant tissues are
required for plant growth. Even though the mechanism of At present 17 chemical elements are known to be
absorptions of molecules and ions by plant cells are essential for the growth of all higher plants. In the
selective and plant cells can accumulate some and absence each essential
of element, plants develop
exclude other, the discrimination process is not perfect. deficiency symptoms.

In 1939, Arnon and Stout suggested the following Essential nutrient elements of higher plants and their
criteria for demonstration of essentiality of elements— concentrations considered adequate for normal
(i) A deficiency of the element makes it impossible for growth (Hopkins, 1995)
the plant to complete the vegetative or reproductive stage
Concentration
of its life cycle. Elements Chemical
in Dry matter
(ii) Such deficiency is specific to the element and can Symbol
(m mol/kg)
be prevented or corrected only by supplying this element.
Macronutrients
(iii) The element is directly involved in the nutrition of
Hydrogen H 60,000
plants quite apart from its possible effects in correcting
Carbon C 40,000
some unfavourable microbiological or chemical condition
Oxygen 0 30,000
of the soil or other culture media.
Nitrogen N 1,000
Arnon and Stout's criteria of essentiality is quite Potassium K 250
controversial. Chlorine as an essential element.
is listed
Calcium Ca 125
But it has been shown (Broyer era/., 1954) that bromine Magnesium Mg 80
can substitute for it in some plants. Thus, we see that Phosphorus P 60
according to the second criterion, regarding complete Sulphur S 30
specificity ofan element, would mean that chlorine cannot Micronutrients
be accepted as an essential element. In addition to satisfy Chlorine CI 30
Arnon and Stout's first criterion, if the element can be Boron B 20
shown to have a role in plant metabolism, then it would Iron Fe 20
appear justifiable to declare that the element is essential. Manganese Mn 10
Accepting this view Wilson and Nicholas (1967) Zinc Zn 0-3
established cobalt as an essential element in two species Copper Cu 0-1

of higher plants. Another suggestion relating to the criteria Nickel Ni 005


of essentiality is that some elements might better be

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1282

Copyrighted material
All (from the table) except carbon (available from (1) It may perform a nutritive role by being a
C0 2 ), hydrogen (available from H 2 0) and oxygen component of one or more of the major classes
(available from 0 2 /C0 2 ) are mineral elements. Potassium, of plant constituents.
Calcium and Magnesium are present in the soil as cations It may have a catalytic role either as an activator
(2)
(K + Ca 2+ Mg 2+ ). Similarly, nitrogen, phosphorus and
, ,
of an enzyme or as an integral component of an
sulphur are normally present in soil as anions (N0 3 ",
enzyme.
H 2 P0 4~, S0 4 2 ~)
[Under suitable conditions ammonium
ions
-
(NH 4+ may substitute for nitrate ions (N0 3 )]. These (3) It may function as a non-catalytic 'metallo-
)

biomolecule'.
9 elements (C, H, O, N, S, P, K, Ca, Mg) are called
macroelements. (4) It may function as a free ion.
The microelements are chlorine, boron, iron,
The need of individual plants for any particular
manganese, zinc, copper, nickel and molybdenum.
element is normally defined in terms of critical concen-
Sometimes the microelements are called minor or trace
tration. This is the concentration of that nutrient,
elements because they are required by plants in only
measured in the tissue, just below the level which gives
extremely small quantities. But these latter designations
maximum growth (Epstein, 1972). In the absence of any
are quite unsatisfactory; there is nothing 'minor' about the
essential element the plant will be expected to exhibit
essentiality of the microelements.
certain morphological and biochemical symptoms of that
Physiological Role of Essential Elements deficiency. In some cases the deficiency symptoms will

clearly reflect the functional role of that element (Hopkins,


Each essential element performs a distinctive set of
1995).
functions not duplicated completely by other essential
elements. Generally an element is essential to the life of a A summary of informations on the roles of most of the

higher green plant for one or more of the following four essential elements and their deficiency symptoms in

reasons— higher plants is represented below :

Elements Available Form Roles Deficiency Symptoms


_
1. Nitrogen Nitrate ion (N0 3 ) or Constituents of amino acids, proteins, Stunted growth, leaf fall, chlorosis
+
Ammonium ion (NH 4 ) nucleotides, coenzymes, hormones (yellowing), anthocyanin formation,
(cytokinin, indole-3-acetic acid), delayed flowering in agricultural crops.
chlorophylls.

2. Phosphorus Phosphoric acid Components of sugar phosphate, nucleic Premature leaf fall, anthocyanin
(H 3 P0 4 ), Primary acids, coenzymes, phospholipids etc. It formation, intense green colouration of
orthophosphate has key role in ATP involved reactions. leaves, necrotic spots and malformation
(H 2 P0 4 ~) or secon- of leaves; yield of fruits and seeds is

dary orthophosphate markedly reduced; decrease in the rate of


(HPO4 2-) protein synthesis.

2
3. Sulphur Sulphate (S0 4 ") Constituents of amino acids (cysteine, Generalized chlorosis, extensive develop-
cystine, methionine), lipoic acid, ment of root system, hard woody stem.
coenzyme A, thiamin, biotin, etc.

4. Potassium Potassium ion (K + ) or Required as a cofactor for 40 or more Stems become shortened and weakened,
Potassium carbonate enzymes; has a it role in stomatal mottling or chlorosis of leaves; inhibition
(K 2 C03 ) movement; maintains electroneutrality in of starch and protein synthesis, carbo-
plant cells. hydrate metabolism, increase in the
respiratory rate.

5. Calcium Calcium ion (Ca2+ ) A constituent of the middle lamella of cell Necrosis (dead tissue) of root and shoot
wall as calcium pectate; required as a tips, growth of meristematic regions
cofactor by some enzymes involved in the inhibited.
hydrolysis of ATP and phospholipids;
plays a role in the mitotic spindle
formation.

6. Magnesium Magnesium ion (Mg 2+ )


A component of the chlorophyll Leaf chlorosis in the interveinal regions,
molecules; an activator for RubisCo; leaf tips turned up.
required to stabilize ribosome structure;
required non-specifically by large number
of enzymes involved in phosphate
transfer and oxidation reactions in Krebs
cycle.

7. Chlorine Chloride ion (CP) Required for photosynthetic reactions Reduced growth, wilting of leaf tips and a
involved in oxygen evolutions, mainte- general chlorosis.
nance of electrical neutrality across

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1283

Copyrighted material
8. Boron Borate (B0 3 3_ ) and Indirect evidence for involvement of boron Black necrosis of stem and root tips,
-
B4C7 2 in carbohydrate transport, borate forms twisted leaves, shortened internodes,
complexes with certain carbohydrates; it inhibition of both cell division and
has some role in the osmoregulation elongation in primary and secondary
during the in vitro pollen germination. roots.

9. Copper Cupric ion (Cu 2+ ) An essential component of ascorbic acid Stunted growth, distortion of young
oxidase, tyrosinase, laccase, monoamino leaves, wilting, 'dieback' disease (a loss
oxidase, cytochrome oxidase, superoxide of young leaves).
dismutase, polyphenol oxidases; compo-
nent of plastocyanin.

10. Iron Ferrous ion (Fe 2+ ) or A constituent of cytochrome and enzymes Chlorosis of young leaves; degeneration
Ferric ion (Fe
3+ like catalase peroxidase, dehydrogenase; of chloroplast structure.
)

a constituent of non-haeme iron proteins


which are involved in photosynthesis,
nitrogen fixation and respiration.

11. Manganese Manganous ion (Mn 2+ ) Required for activities of some enzymes 'Grey-speck' disease (appearance of
(dehydrogenases, decarboxylases, greenish-grey, oval shaped spots on the
kinases, oxidases, peroxidases) and for basal portion of young leaves) of cereal;
photosynthetic oxygen evolution. discolouration and deformities in legume
seeds; reduction in photosynthesis and
oxygen evolution.

12. Zinc Zinc ion (Zn


2+ Essential constituents of alcohol dehydro- Chlorosis, stunted leaves and internodes,
)

genase, carbonic anhydrase, glutamic distorted leaf margins; drop in auxin


dehydrogenase, lactic dehydrogenase content in plants.
and other enzymes.

13. Nickel Nickel ion (Ni


2+ Components of two enzymes urease and Specifically not known.
)

hydrogenase; probably involved in mobi-


lization of nitrogen during seed germina-
tion.

14. Molybdenum Molybdate (Mo042") Essential for nitrogen fixation; a consti- 'Whiptail' syndrome (young leaves are
tuent of nitrate reductase and dinitroge- twisted and deformed), necrosis, de-
nase of fungi, bacteria and higher plants. crease in flower and seed production,
seeds may fail to develop; particularly
wide spread for maize, legumes and
crucifers.

Beneficial Elements evidences of the role of essential elements emphasizing


carbon, hydrogen and oxygen.
In addition to the 17 essential element, some plants
appear to have specific additional nutrient requirements. Elemental composition of the six major classes
They are termed as beneficial elements instead of of constituents of living matter
essential elements. In future, as the experimental methods
Plant Elements present
will improve, one or more of these beneficial elements
Constituents
may be included under the heading of essential elements.
1 . Carbohydrates Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen (nitrogen
Sodium is an essential microelement to certain salt- and/or phosphorus are also present in
marsh plant spp. (e.g., Atriplex vesicaria) in which C0 2 certain derivatives).
assimilation takes place by the C 4 pathway. Deficient
2. Amino acids Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen
condition shows reduced growth chlorosis and necrosis. (sulphur is also present in some
Cobalt is an essential micro-element to legumes which amino acids).
are host to symbiotic nitrogen-fixing bacteria. Silicon is
3. Nucleotides Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen
another microelement present in certain grass, maize and
and phosphorus.
some (e.g., Equisetum arvense) and is
other plants
4. Porphyrins Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen
beneficialbecause it prevents fungal pathogens to infect
(magnesium is present in chlorophylls
the host and also provides mechanical support to host
and iron is present in cytochromes).
against heavy wind or rain. Selenium, although toxic to
most plants, is also an essential micro-element in some 5. Lipids Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen (phospho-
rus and/or sulphur are also present in
plant spp. (e.g., Astragalus).
some lipids).
Several essential elements are the components of
6. Enzymes Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen,
one or another of the constituents of living matter. The six
major classes of constituents of living matter and their
elemental compositions are listed in the table as the (Continued on Page 1296)

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1284

Copyrighted material
Topic on Botany

Distribution Floral Characters

The members of family— Brassicaceae are cosmo- Inflorescence— The inflorescence of this family is
generally of racemose type and very often may be a
politan in distribution, but majority of them are abundantly
raceme, corymb or corymboraceme.
distributed in north temperate regions with Mediterranean
as the major centre. Some species are subarctic. As a Flowers— The flowers are generally actinomorphic,
rarely zygomorphic (e.g., Iberis), pedicellate, hypogynous,
whole this family includes about 375 genera and 3200
tetramerous, cruciform and complete.
species. In India this family is represented by about 51
genera and 138 species chiefly in the temperate and Calyx— Calyx is composed
which are of four sepals
polysepalous. They are arranged in two whorls, each of
alpine Himalayas, some in the plains of northern India and
two sepals. The outer two sepals are often large and
a few in the hills of south India. The important Indian
pouched at the base, which serve as nectaries, and the
species of this family are- Brassica campestris, Iberis
inner two sepals are usually narrow. The aestivation is
amara, Senebiera didyma, Brassica nigra and Brassica
imbricate.
sativus.
Corolla— The corolla consists of four petals, which
are polypetalous, arranged alternately with sepals in cruci-
Habit
form manner. Each petal is usually differentiated into a
Plants of this family usually grow during winter season
broad expanded limb and a narrow claw. The flowers in

in India. Mostly the plants are annual, biennial, or perennial


Iberis amara become zygomorphic due to the enlargement
of two outer petals. In certain species the petals are repre-
herbs, sometimes they are small shrubs. Majority of
sented by four minute lobes, e.g., Senebiera. In coronopus,
Brassica species are annuals, biennials and sometimes
they are altogether absent.
perennials. The Raphanus species may be annual or
perennial herbs. However, the majority of plants are
Androecium— Androecium usually consists of six
stamens and termed astetradynamous, i.e., the two outer
annuals having life cycle of only a few weeks. The
biennials, Brassica rapa (turnip) usually develop tap
stamens are opposite the lateral sepals and the four inner
e.g.,

roots which store enough nourishment. Some plants are


stamens are opposite the petals which have longer fila-
ments than the outer stamens. Some species of Nasturtium
small branched undershrub, e.g., Frasetia. Some plants
have four stamens and in Coronopus didymus there are
are common weeds, e.g., Lepidium, Sisymbrium and
only two lateral stamens. The filaments of two inner pairs
Nasturtium.
of stamens are occasionally connate. Filaments also are
Vegetative Characters winged or with tooth-like appendages, e.g., Alyssum. The
anthers are usually dithecous, basifixed and introse. A disc
Roots— Members of this family have usually tap root is often present at the base of the stamens which has
system. The tap root modification such as napiform root usually four basal nectariferous glands opposite the sepals.
(e.g., Brassica rapa) and fusiform root (e.g., Raphanus
Gynoecium — Gynoecium is the female reproductive
sativus) are also found. Such roots become thick and
part of the flower of this family. It is bicarpellary, syncar-
swollen owing to enough nourishment in them. It should be
pous, unilocular, sometimes becomes bilocular due to the
noted in this connection that the underground swollen part
formation of false septum, the replum, extending from
of these types is not usually formed by the root alone but
placenta. The style is short with two lobed stigma. The
the hypocotyl is also incorporated within it.
placentation is parietal. Many ovules develop from this

Stem— The stem is usually herbaceous, solid, hairy placenta.

and erect. Sometimes it becomes trailing as in Coronopus. Fruits and Seeds


In Brassica oleraceae (cabbage) the stem becomes corm
Strictly, the ripened ovary and its contents are known
like and very much thickened, which is eaten as vegetable.
as fruit. It is generally siliqua (Brassica campestris) or
In radish (Raphanus sativus) fleshy roots and pods are
silicula (Alyssum, Iberis). This fruits provides a great
used as vegetable.
variety regarding shape and size in different taxa and,
Leaves— The leaves are simple, entire, alternate, or hence, is very useful in the systematics of family
subopposite, exstipulate, having simple or branched hairs. Brassicaceae.
They are usually radical, or cauline, sessile or subsessile, The seeds are small, nonendospermic (exalbuminous)
lyrate. When radical they form a rosette, e.g., radish. and usually with a curved embryo.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1285

Copyrighted material
Stigma Floral Formulae
Stamens
Brassica— Ebr ®(J K2 + 2 C 4 A 2 + 4 G (2)

Iberis- Ebr % (5* K2 + 2 C2 + 2 A2 + 4 G (2)

Systematic Position
Bentham and Engler and Prantl Hutchinson
Hooker
Phanerogams Phenerogams Angiospermae
Dicotyledones Dicotyledoneae Dicotyledones
Polypetalae Archichlamydeae Herbaceae
Thalamiflorae Rhoedales Cruciales
(Brassicales)
Parietales
Cruciferae Cruciferae Cruciferae

Note : The new name of family Cruciferae is Brassicaceae.

Economic Importance
Brassicaceae is one of the most important families
from economic point of view. The members of this family
provide food, fruit, medicines and orna-
vegetables, oils,

mental plants. The important members (plants) for such


purposes are given below :

• Radish (Raphanus sativus), cabbage (Brassica


oleracea), turnip (B. rapa) and brahmi sag (Nasturtium
officinale) axe eaten as vegetables.
• Oil is extracted from the seeds of mustard (Brassica
campestris), black rai (Brassica napus), rai (Brassica
Dehiscing
juncea) and black mustard (Brassica nigra).
fruit
• The material left after the oil extraction from the seeds
is highly nutritious and used as cattle feed.
Fig. : Cruciferae (Brassicaceae), Brassica campestris
Linn. Eng. Yellow mustard; Verna. Sarson
• The seeds of wall flower (Cherianthus cheiri) are
useful fever and bronchitis, and flowers in the treat-
in

Pollination and Dispersal ment impotency and paralysis.


of
• The leaves and tender shoots of garden cress
The members the family— Brassicaceae are both
of
(Lepidium sativum) are used in bleeding piles and
self- and insect-pollinated (entomophilous). The honey liver complaints, asthma and cough.
secreting nectaries found at the base of short stamens and • The seeds of Mathiola incana mixed with wine or
anterior sepals are the chief centres of attractions for lemon juice are given as antidote to poisonous bites.
insects; the flowers arranged in corymbs also attract the • The whole plant body of Lobularia is useful in the
insects and cross-pollination is effected. In such cases treatment of gonorrhoea.

several flowers are pollinated by one insect at one time. • Candytuft (Iberis amara) is used in the treatment of
gouts and rheumatism.
The flowers are not very conspicuous and nectar is also
not very easily accessible and hence they are visited by a
• Various plants like basket of gold (Alyssum), chandani
or candytuft (Iberis amara), rock cress (Arabis) wall
small variety of insects.
flower (Cherianthus cheiri) are grown in gardens and
The seeds are dispersed by catties, birds, water or parks as ornamentals for their beautiful flowers, fasci-
wind. nation and fragrance.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1 . Which of the following is the floral 2. Brassica nigra belongs to family— (C) Reticulate venation
formula of Brassica campestris ? (A) Ranunculaceae (D) All of these
Chenopodiaceae
(A) % O k 4 C4 A2 + 4 GO) (B)
4. The botanical name of 'garden
(C) Papaveraceae
cress' is—
(D) Brassicaceae
(B) % cT K2 + 2 C2 + 2 Ae(2) (A) Pisum sativum
3. Which of the following is/are
(B) Lepidium sativum
(C) e 6 K2 + 2 C4 A2 + 4 G(2) correct regarding
teristic of family
leaf charac-
Brassicaceae ?
(C) Iberis amara
(D) Capsella bursa-pastoris
(A) Exstipulate
(D) % O K3 + 3 C 4 + 2 A 6 G(2)
(B) (Continued on Page 1289)

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1286

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 14. Deoxytosine monophosphate is a
nucleotide of—
(A) DNA
BOTANY (B)

(C)
RNA
Both (A) and (B)
(D) None of the above
1 . Match Column A (Different fruits) 6. Genophore has—
15. Aquatic ecosystems cover
with Column B (Different edible (A) ss DNA
parts) then select the correct
approximately how much of the
(B) Histones and RNA earth's surface ?
answer from the options given
(C) Histones and nonhistones (A) 90% (B) 75%
below—
Column A (D) ds DNA (C) 25% (D) 10%
(a) Grape 7. The two complete genome plus 16. Energy capturing reaction in
(b) Banana two different extra chromosomes photosynthesis occurs in —
(c) Strawberry (2n+ 1 +1) is called— (A) Thylakoids
(d) Plum (A) Monosomy (B) Stroma
Column B (B) Trisomy
(C) Outer wall of chloroplasts
1 . Mesocarp and endocarp (C) Double trisomy (D) Mitochondria
2. Epicarp and mesocarp (D) None of the above
3. Pericarp and placenta
17. The sporophyte of fern consists
8. A plant having two types of hap- of-
4. Fleshy thalamus loid structures in its life-cycle is
(A) Root
(a) (b) (c) (d) termed as—
(B) Stem
(A) 3 1 2 4 (A) Haplobiontic
(B) 4 3 1 2 (C) Leaf
(B) Diplobiontic
(C) 3 1 4 2 (D) All of the above
(C) Haplodiplobiontic
(D) 2 1 4 3 18. Who among the following first of
(D) None of the above
2. Oxygen gas released during all used and defined the term
9. The structure regulating the 'molecular biology'in 1950 ?
photosynthesis is formed
— entrance and exit of molecules
during (A) W.T. Astbury
into and out of the cytoplasm is—
(A) Carbon fixation during the (B) Watson and Crick
(A) Nucleolus
dark reaction (C) Temin and Baltimore
(B) Cytosol
(B) Oxidative phosphorylation (D) H. Khorana
(C) Plasma membrane
(C) Non-cyclic photophosphory-
(D) Vacuole 19. Proteins that are to be used
lation
outside the cell are synthesized—
(D) Cyclic photophosphorylation 1 0. Branch of botany dealing with the
(A) On the free ribosomes
internal organization of plant is—
3. Which one of the following bases (B) On the rough endoplasmic
(A) Cytology (B) Physiology
ofRNA replaces thymine (T) of reticulum
DNA ? (C) Agronomy (D) Anatomy
(C) On the smooth endoplasmic
(A) Adenine (A) 1 1 . Genes are linearly arranged on — reticulum
(B) Uracil (U) (A) m RNA (D) In the F 0 — F, particles of

(C) Cytosine(C) (B) t RNA mitochondria

(D) Guanine (G) (C) Chromosome 20. Mass-flow hypothesis for phloem
(D) Nucleus sap was first put forward and
4. Geothermal energy is—
12. A sleep movement is nastic explained by—
(A) Non-renewable, non-con-
movement that occurs daily in (A) Jolly and Dixon
ventional
response to— (B) Stephan Hales
(B) Non-renewable, conventio-
(A) Light (C) F. F. Blackman
nal
(B) Dark (D) Munch
(C) Renewable non-conventio-
(C) Both (A) and (B) 21. The real control of flowering
nal
(D) None of the above response is length of the night, so
(D) Non-renewable, conventional
13. Depending on the moisture con- that short-day plants should be
5. The rusts are caused by— called—
tent, date fruits are—
(A) Uredinales (A) Long night
(A) Dry
(B) Ustilaginales (B) Semi-dry (B) Short night
(C) Erysiphales (C) Soft (C) Long day
(D) Peronosporales (D) All of the above (D) Day neutral

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1287

Copyrighted material
22. The continuity of cytoplasm from 30. The natural source of energy 38. Histones of nucleosomes are—
one cell to other cell is maintained which is thought to be most (A) Glycoproteins
by- important is—
(B) Acidic proteins
(A) Cell wall (A) Fossil fuels
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(B) Plasma membrane (B) Biogas
(D) None of the above
(C) Plasmodesmata (C) Atomic energy
(D) Tracheids (D) Sunlight 39. The osmotic pressure on the cell

sap is more in—


23. The length of one turn of helix in 31. The ecology concerned with the
organisms mediated (A) Mesophytes
B-DNA is approximately— interaction of
by the chemicals they produce is (B) Hydrophytes
(A) 20 nm (B) 34 nm
known as— (C) Xerophytes
(C) 2 nm (D) 3-4 nm
(A) Autecology (D) Floating hydrophytes
24. In RNA, apart from ribose sugar (B) Synecology
40. Lignin is a component of the
and phosphate, all are present
(C) Hydrology secondary cell wall of—
except—
(D) Chemical ecology (A) Parenchyma
(A) Uracil (B) Thymine
32. Morphine is extracted from — (B) Epidermis
(C) Adenine (D) Guanine
(A) Papaver somniferum (C) Collenchyma
25. Which of the following is synthe- (B) Claviceps purpurea (D) Sclerenchyma
sized in the dark reaction of
(C) Rauwolfia serpentina 41 Mulching means—
photosynthesis ? .

(D) Argemone mexicana (A) Layer formed by stubble and


(A) ATP
33. By growing close to the ground, grass
(B) 02
a tundra plant— (B) Raising the plants against
(C) Both (A) and (B) slope
(A) Attracts pollinators
(D) Phosphoglyceric acid (C) Planting of monocot plants in
(B) Avoids the wind
26. Which of the following an a row
is (C) Forms mutualistic relations
example of hornwort ? with soil animals (D) Shallow ploughing
(A) Anthoceros (D) Avoids herbivores 42. How many molecules of oxygen
(B) Sphagnum gas (0 2 ) are used during the
34. Ifa plant is first exposed to light
(C) Marchantia of730 nm wavelength and then to glycolysis of one glucose mole-
(D) Funaria 660 nm wavelength, then plant cule ?

will— (A) 38 (B) 30


27. A resting stage enveloped by a
protective capsule in the life cycle (A) Die immediately (C) Zero (D) 6

of certain organisms with a sac- (B) Show inhibitted growth 43. A pome fruit is said to be false
like abnormal growth, is called— (C) Will not grow any more because—
(A) Cyst (D) Resume normal growth Pericarp inconspicuous
(A) is
(B) Pili
35. The branch of biology dealing (B) Endocarp is cartilaginous
(C) Calyptrogen with the mechanism of inheri-
(C) Fruit is present in edible
(D) Plastid tance and maintenance of
fleshy thalamus
heredity characters constitute the
28. Stomata having pores bounded (D) It is formed from inferior
science called—
by a single ring-shaped guard cell ovary
are found in— (A) Physiology
(B) Molecular biology 44. Coenzyme-A, which combines
(A) Cycas's pin ule
with acetyl group, is formed in
(C) Genetics
(B) Funaria's capsule part from—
(D) Internal morphology
(C) Fern's leaf (A) One of the vitamin-B com-
(D) All of the above
36. The eyes of potato bear— plex
(A) Buds (B) Stems (B) Zinc
29. The cytokinins are a class of plant
(C) Roots (D) Flowers (C) Vitamin
hormones that—
37. Fibres are usually prominent in (D) Iron
(A) Brings about the closure of
stomata the leaves of— Among the kingdoms the only
45. all

(B) Promote cell division


(A) Dicotyledons taxon that exists in nature as a

Stimulate leaf development (B) Monocotyledons biologically cohesive unit is the—


(C)
and formation (C) Gymnosperms (A) Kingdom (B) Species
(D) Stimulate photosynthesis (D) None of the above (C) Phylum (D) Genus

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1288

Copyrighted material
46. A hormone that controls closure
of stomata in response to water
stress is—
(A) IAA
(B) GA 3
(C) ABA
(D) All of the above
(Continued from Page J 286
47. Only phenotypic ratio 1 : 2 : 1 in

the offspring explains the princi-


5. Which type of fruit is found in

Brassica campestris ?
ple of—
(A) Pome (B) Drupe
(A) Recessiveness
(C) Siliqua (D) Carcerulus
(B) Incomplete dominance

(C) Dominance 6. Which of the plants is/are grown


for beautification of gardens ?
(D) Independent assortment
(A) Arabis
48. The name protoplasm was given
(B) Alyssum
by-
(C) Cherianthus
(A) Purkinje
(D) All of the above
(B) Brown
(C) Hook 7. Which of the following members
of family Brassicaceae give(s)
(D) Bose
oil ?
49. Criss-cross inheritance in (A) Brassica nigra
Drosophila was first shown by—
(B) Brassica napus
(A) Morgan and Bridges
(C) Brassica juncea
(B) Bateson and Punnett
(D) All of the above
(C) Watson and Crick
8. Mustard shows—
(D) Wallace and Hedges
(A) Epigeous germination of
50. Hydrolysis reactions are respon- monocotyledonous seed
sible for the enzymatic depolari-
(B) Epigeous germination of
zation of—
dicotyledonous exalbu-
(A) Proteins minous seeds
(B) Carbohydrates (C) Hypogeous germination of

(C) Nucleic acids monocotyledonous seed


(D) All of the above (D) All of the above

9. The characteristic features of root


ANSWERS WITH HINTS of Brassicaceae includes—
(A) Usually tap root system

(B) Napiform root in Brassicar-


apa
(C) Fusiform root in Raphanus
sativus

(D) All of the above

10. Silicula fruit is found in—


(A) Brassica campestris
(B) Iberis

(C) Alyssum
(D) Both (B) and (C)

ANSWERS

•••
C.S.V./December/2009/ 1289

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations 12. Members of the Ascomycotina
are popularly known as—
(A) Sac fungi

BOTANY (B)

(C)
Pin moulds

Puff balls

(D) All of the above


1 . Match Column A (Different modi- (D) Plasmids can shuttle bet-
13. Which of the following stains
fication of roots) with Column B ween prokaryotic and euka-
gives purple or violet colour to
(Different examples of plants) ryotic cells
then answer
select the correct
chromosome ?
5. Functional activities of the cell are (A) Safranin
from the options given below :

chiefly controlled by— Acetocein


Column A (B)
(A) Nucleoplasm
(a) Epiphytic root (C) Acetocarmine
(B) Nucleus
(b) Assimilatory root (D) Feulgen
(C) Mitochondria
(c) Reproductive root 14. The longest fibres among these
(D) Protoplasm
(d) Mycorrhyza root are obtained from—
Column B 6. A taxonomic system based on all (A) Coir (B) Jute
phenotypic similarities, equally
1 . Tinospora (C) Sunhemp (D) Cotton
weighted and without regard to
2. Trichosanthes 15. Available form of nitrogen to
evolutionary relationship, is
3. Certain aroids called— plants is—

4. Monotropa (A) Phenetics (A) Nitrate (N0 3-)


(a) (b) (c) (d) (B) Phylogeny (B) Ammonium (NH 4 + )

(A) 3 1 4 2 (C) Classical evolutionary taxo- (C) Both (A) and (B)
(B) 3 1 2 4 nomy (D) Atmospheric nitrogen

(C) 1 3 4 2 (D) All of the above 16. Special kinds of roots called
(D) 2 3 1 4 7. Cellular totipotency is related to— pneumatophores are characteris-
growing in—
tics of plants
2. Which of the following is the (A) Formation of new species
sporulation method of asexual (A) Saline soils
(B) Cell capability to form whole
reproduction in Ascomycetes ? organism (B) Sandy soils

(A) Oidia (C) Synthesis of new plant cell (C) Dryland regions
(B) Chlamydospores (D) None of these (D) Marshy places and salt
lakes
(C) Conidia 8. Which of the following chemicals
(D) All of the above or ray is not a mutagen ? 17. What is the causal organism of
(A) Nitrous acid "soft rot of carrot" (Daucus
3. Protein are diverse in nature
carota) ?
because of— (B) Gamma radiation
(A) Synchytrium endobioticum
(C) Acetic acid
(A) Different molecular weight of
(B) Rhizophora stolon
amino acids (D) 5-bromouracil
(C) Erwinia caratovora
(B) Different arrangement of 9. Each spikelet consists of a central
— (D) Claviceps purpurea
amino acids stalk called

(C) Complexity of amino acids (A) Ftachilla (B) Culm 18. Each molecule of fat is formed
(C) Scutellum (D) Spur of-
(D) Different molecular nature of
amino acids (A) 1 glycerol molecule and 3
10. RNA processing is—
fatty acid molecules
4. Which of the following properties (A) Same as transcription
(B) 3 glycerol molecules and 3
makes plasmids suitable vectors
(B) An event that occurs after fatty acid molecules
for gene closing ? RNA transcribed
is
(C) 1 glycerol molecule and 1
(A) Plasmids are small circular (C) The rejection of old, wornout fatty acid molecule
DNA molecules with their RNA
own replication origin site (D) 3 glycerol molecules and 1
(D) All of the above
fatty acid molecule
(B) Plasmids often carry antibio-
1 1 Lactiferous vessels are found in —
tic resistance genes .

19. Which of the following gives a


(A) Cortex possible sequence of organic
(C) Plasmids are small circular
DNA molecules that can (B) Phloem tissue chemicals prior to the protocell ?

chromo-
integrate with host (C) Xylem tissue (A) Polypeptide, protein, inor-
somal DNA (D) None of the above ganic gases

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1290

Copyrighted material
(B) Water, salt, protein, oxygen (A) Gt phase (B) S phase (C) Rose
(C) Inorganic gases, nucleotides, (C) G 2 phase (D) M phase (D) Kalanchoe
nucleic acids, genes
29. The surface layer of soil is known 38. In DNA replication the Okazaki
(D) Both (B) and (C) as— fragments on the lagging strands
20. The taxonomy of fungi is chiefly (A) C-horizon (B) O-horizon are joined together by—
based on— (C) A-horizon (D) B-horizon (A) Primase
(A) Type of cell wall
30. Recent astronomical findings
(B) Helicase
(B) Mode of nutrition suggest that the earth's early (C) DNA ligase

(C) Sexual reproduction struc- atmosphere may have contai- (D) DNA polymerase
tures ned—
39. A parenchyma cell which stores
(D) Shape of the sporocarp (A) CO ergastic materials or waste subs-
(B) C0 2 tance is—
21. Coliphage rj> 174 has—
(C) Nitrogen (A) Idioblast
(A) ss RNA (B) ds RNA
(D) All of the above (B) Phragmoblast
(C) ss DNA (D) ds DNA
31. Reforestation will increase— (C) Blastocyte
22. Chromosome puffs are found
(A) Landslides (B) Soil erosion (D) Conidioblast
in—
(C) Cyclones (D) Rainfall 40. Eroded soils are—
(A) Polytene chromosome
(B) B-chromosome 32. Cupule, a cup-shaped structure, (A) Devoid of plant nutrients

(C) Lampbrush chromosome is found in— (B) Fit for agriculture


(A) Birch (C) Richer plant nutrients
(D) Barrbody in

(B) Carrot (D) All of the above are correct


23. All alpha acids have one asym-
(C) Bougainvillea
metric carbon atom except— 41 . Diatoms are—
(D) All of the above
(A) Asparagine (A) Protista
33. Dimorphism of chloroplast is
(B) Glycine (B) Plantae
found in—
(C) Histidine (C) Fungi
(A) CAM plants
(D) Arginine (D) None of the above
(B) C3 plants
24. In fern, the sporophyte is— 42. Which of the following are the
(C) C4 plants
(A) Diploid only vascular plants that produce
(D) All of the above
seeds in protective structure ?
(B) The source of haploid spore
34. Which of the following taxonomic (A) Angiosperms
(C) The dominant form
categories tops the hierarchy of (B) Conifers
(D) All of the above categories ?
(C) All gymnosperms
25. In which of the following plants (A) Genus (B) Species
(D) None of the above
archegonium is present ? (C) Class (D) Order
43. Which of the following is the func-
(A) Rhizopus
35. The development of plant by the tion of coenzyme-A ?
(B) Spirogyra process of tissue culture is
(A) Isomerize pyruvic acid
(C) Funaria called—
(B) Facilitate oxidative phos-
(D) All of the above (A) Sexual reproduction
phorylation
26. At each trophic a food
level of (B) Binary fission
(C) Activate the acetyl group
chain (pyramid) the energy not (C) Micropropagation
(D) Isomerize NAD+
used or passed along is given off (D) Parthenocarpy
as— 44. In older and woody stems, epi-
36. Which one of the following pro- dermis is replaced by—
(A) Water (B) Heat
duces GTP, C0 2 FADH 2 and ,
(A) Stomata
(C) Free energy (D) Matter NADH 2 ?
(B) Cuticle
27. Elaters and pseudoelaters are (A) Glycolysis (C) Cork cells
meant for— (B) Oxidative carboxylation (D) Epidermal hairs
(A) Spore dispersal (C) Oxidative phosphorylation
45. Wilting of plants results from an
(B) Nutritional absorption (D) Citric acid cycle excessive—
(C) Mechanical strength 37. In which of the following the (A) Respiration
(D) Sap conduction whole portion of the leaf blade (B) Absorption

28. The DNA doubles and chromo- regenerate a new individual ? (C) Transpiration
somes replicate during which (A) Money plant (D) Poor osmosis and photo-
phase of the cell cycle ? (B) Mango synthesis

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1291

Copyrighted material
46. In dicot roots, cells are fully diffe-
rentiated in the—
(A) Zone of cell division

(B) Zone of maturation

(C) Zone of elongation

(D) All of the above

47. In an aquatic environment micro-


scopic animals and plants are
collectively known as—
(A) Fauna and flora

(B) Planktons
(C) Zooplanktons

(D) Ecosystem

48. The driving force for the ascent


of sap of water in xylem is a
negative pressure potential
brought about by transpiration at
the-
(A) Leaves
(B) Roots
(C) Stems
(D) All of the above

49. The flowering shoot that comes


out of acaulescent annual plants
with radical leaves is called—
(A) Scape (B) Prophyll

(C) Rachis (D) Peduncle

50. The archaebacterial cell walls


are usually composed of

(A) Proteins
(B) Glycoproteins
(C) Polysaccharides
(D) All of the above

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

fl Unique Book on Personality


Deuelopment
UPKHR'S
HOW TO HDD new
Dimensions to
YOUR PERSOIlflUTY
By : (Prof.) R. P. Chaturvedi
Code No. 1521 Rs.65/-

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1292

Copyrighted material
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations (C) Phloem parenchyma, sieve
tubes and companion cells
(D) None of the above
BOTANY 12. Interferon
genic
suppresses the patho-
activity of

(A) Viruses
1. Match Column-A (Theories/ an example of prezygotic isola-
tion by— (B) Bacteria
Findings) with Column-B (Name
(A) Gametic isolation (C) Protozoa
of Scientist/Finders) then select
the correct option as your answer. (B) Geographic isolation (D) All of the above
Column A (C) Ecological isolation 13. In Oxalis, the flowers open in the
(Theories/Findings) (D) Temporal isolation morning and close during even-
ing because of—
(a) Apical cell theory
6. In a eukaryotic cell, glycolysis
(A) Phototaxis
(b) Histogen theory takes place—
(B) Photonasty
(c) Tunica-Corpus theory (A) In the cytoplasm but outside
(C) Phototropism
(d) Quicent centre in maize the organelles
(D) Nyctinasty
Column B (B) Within the mitochondria
14. In the conversion of pyruvate to
(Name of Scientists/Finders) (C) Within the nucleus
Acetyl CoA, the pyruvate is—
1. Schmidt (D) None of the above
(A) Reduced
2. Clowes 7. A plant Tracheophyta has a
in
(B) Oxidized
3. Nageli sporophyte with—
(C) Isomerized
4. Hanstein (A) Root, stem and leaf
(D) Broken into one carbon frag-
a b c d (B) Isogametes ment
(A) 3 1 4 2 (C) No independent life
15. Meiosis in Dryopteris occurs at
(B) 3 4 1 2 (D) Vessels that transport fluid
the time of
(C) 2 4 3 1
8. A new mutation spreads from (A) Spore formation
(D) 2 3 4 1
one population to another by (B) Gamete formation
2. Important types of mutualistic means of— (C) Sex organs formation
union are made by fungi (A) Crossovers (D) All of the above
namely— (B) Removed bottle necks
16. Formation of sporophyte from
(A) Lichens
(C) Emigrants and immigrants vegetative part of prothallus is
(B) Mycorrhizas
(D) Mutation pressures called—
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(A) Apogamy
(D) Bacteria 9. Which of the following RNA
along with proteins, makes up (B) Parthenocarpy
3. Fixation of one molecule of C0 2 the ribosomes, where proteins (C) Apospory
through Calvin cycle requires— are synthesized ? (D) Parthenogenesis
(A) 1ATP and 2 NADPH 2 (A) m-RNA 17. Which of the following methano-
(B) 2 ATP and 1 NADPH 2 (B) r-RNA genic bacteria is not a Gram-
(C) 3 ATP and 3 NADPH 2 (C) /-RNA positive ?
(D) 3 ATP and 2 NADPH 2 (D) All of the above (A) Methanobacterium
(B) Methanomicrobium
4. A molecule of ADP differs from a 10. The reaction which glucose
in
molecule of ATP in that it has— (C) Methanogenium
and fructose combine to form
(A) More phosphate bond sucrose and water is— (D) Methanospirillum

(B) Less electrical


(A) Endergonic 18. A pollinium consists of—
(C) Diamine instead of thymine (A) A cluster of pollen grains
(B) Exergonic
(D) Fewer phosphate groups belonging to a chamber of
(C) Both (A) and (B)
microsporangium
5. Two species of pines Pinus (D) None of the above
radiata and Pinus muricata, (B) Two pollen tetrads attached
11. In angiosperm, phloem is gene- by a small stalk
occur sympatrically in two diffe-
rally made up of— (C) A group of four pollen grains
rent states of India are capable
of forming hybrids. However, (A) Phloem tubes and compa- derived from a single mother
they do not interbreed because nion cells cell

one releases pollen in February (B) Phloem parenchyma, albu- (D) A bag of pollen grain formed
and the other in April. They are minouscells and sieve tubes in a microsporangium

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1293

Copyrighted material
19. The spore of fungi (B) Utilitarian system (B) Dryland soils
(A) Is always windblown (C) Habits (C) Saline soils
(B) Germinates directly into an (D) Common evolutionary des- (D) Marshy places and salt
organism cent lakes
(C) Both (A) and (B) are correct 27. The greatest number of plants 35. Which of the following is mismat-
(D) Contains embryonic organ- currently in existence are found ched ?
ism within — (A) Solar energy
20. When an end of product of a (A) Ferns —Green house effect
metabolic pathway activates the (B) Club mosses (B) Fossil fuel burning
repressor of the operon that pro- (C) Gymnosperms — C0 2 given off
duces enzymes for the pathway,
(D) Angiosperms (C) Biomass burning
it is called a/an—
(A) Operator 28. The concept that "population — C0 2 given off

(B) Suppressor tends to increase geometrically (D) Nuclear power


(C) Corepressor
while food supply increases arith- — Radioactive wastes
Promotor
metically" was put forward by—
(D) 36. A virus consists of
(A) T. Malthus (B) C. Darwin
21 . Cyanobacteria can use H 2 0 as (A) Lipid coat (capsid), genes
(C) S. Mill (D) A. Smith
an electron donor for— and ribosomes
(A) N 2 fixation 29. Mendel did not deal with— (B) membrane and chromo-
Cell
(B) C0 2 fixation (A) Incomplete dominance some
(C) 0 2 fixation (B) Linkage (C) Protein coat genes and mito-
(D) All of the above (C) Both (A) and (B) chondria

(D) Segregation (D) Protein coat and nucleic acid


22. Staminode condition is found
molecules
in- 30. Which of the following is not a

(A) Canna member of Caesalpiniaceae 37. 'Central dogma' of molecular bio-

family ? logy regarding protein synthesis


(B) Cassia
(A) Bauhinia variegata was proposed by—
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(B) Tamarindus indica (A) Waldeyer (B) McClintock
(D) None of the above
(C) Parkinsonia aculeata (C) Johanssen (D) Crick
23. Auxin can —
(D) Glycine max 38. Which of the following enzymes
(A) Inhibit growth in lateral buds responsible for the reduction of
is
31. Most biologists believe that the
(B) Inhibit growth in stems molecular nitrogen to the level of
earliest organisms were—
(C) Induce the formation of ammonia in the root nodule of
(A) Autotrophs
adventitious roots leguminous plants ?
(B) Heterotrophs
(D) All of the above (A) Nitrogenase
(C) Eukaryotes
24. Bryophytes acquire most (B) Nitrate reductase
of their
(D) None of the above
reductase
water through— (C) Nitrite

(A) Above ground structures 32. Removal of pollen grains or (D) All of the above
anthers from the hermaphrodite
(B) Mycorrhizae 39. Barbara McClintock was awar-
flower is termed —
(C) True roots ded Nobel Prize for the discovery
(A) Sterilization of-
(D) Underground cup-like struc-
tures called gemmae (B) Hybridization (A) DNA ligase
(C) Emasculation (B) Intron
25. The centromere, or the primary
(D) Mass selection (C) Recon
constriction of the chromosome,
(D) Transposons
contains rings of protein that are 33. When the filament of the anther
intimately associated with a is firmly fixed to some position on 40. The pyramid of energy in grass-
spindle fibre. These rings are back of the anther is termed as— land ecosystem is—
called— (A) Basifixed (A) Inverted
(A) Kinetochores (B) Dorsifixed (B) Upward
(B) Secondary constrictions (C) Versatile (C) Both (A) and (B)
(C) Somites (D) All of the above (D) Not clearly determined due
(D) Centrioles to zig-zag elaboration
34. Special kind of roots called pneu-
26. Phylogenetic classification is matophores are characteristic of 41. Chilgoza is a fruit obtained
based on- plants growing in— from-
(A) Overall similarity (A) Sandy soils (A) Angiosperm

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1294

Copyrighted material
(B) Gymnosperm (A) Paleoecology
(C) Pteridophytes (B) Synecology
(D) None of the above (C) Production ecology

42. Meselson and Stahl tested the— (D) Cytecology

(A) Watson and Crick's model of 50. If a parent cell has 12 chromo-

DNA replication somes, then the daughter cells


(B) Watson and Crick model of following meiosis will have—
DNA (A) 24 chromosomes
(C) Chargaff's rule (B) 1 2 chromosomes
(D) Ringing experiment (C) 6 chromosomes

43. Fossil fuels include— (D) 48 chromosomes

(A) Natural gas


(B) Coal derivatives
ANSWERS WITH HINTS
(C) Petroleum
(D) All of the above

44. Bark of plant is—


(A) Vascular cambium, cortex
and phloem
(B) Hypodermis and cortex
(C) Cortex, phloem and cork
cambium
(D) Xylem, phloem and cam-
bium

45. Which of the following ground


tissues makes the cell wall tough
and hard ?
(A) Parenchyma
(B) Collenchyma
(C) Sclerenchyma
(D) None of the above
46. Secondary nucleus formed by
the fusion of 2 polar nuclei is

called—
(A) Tube nucleus
(B) Coenocyte
(C) Vegetative nucleus
(D) Definitive nucleus

47. Pressure potential that increases


due to the process of osmosis is
often called —
(A) Osmotic pressure
(B) Exosmosis
(C) Endosmosis
(D) Turgor pressure

48. 'Red rot' of sugarcane is caused


by-
(A) Colletotrichum falcatum
(B) Synchytrium endobioticum
(C) Claviceps purpurea
(D) Rhizopus stolonifer

49. Which of the following branches


isconcerned with the organisms
and geological environment of
the past ?

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1295

Copyrighted material
5. In addition to the essential ele-
ments some plants appear to
have specific additional nutrient
requirements. They are termed
as—
(A) Non essential elements

(B) Macronutrients

(C) Micronutrients

(D) Beneficial elements

(Continued from Page 1281 ) 6. 'Whip tail' disease is caused by


the deficiency of
13. In which of the following trees
there is no differentiation of bark, (A) Manganese (B) Zinc
sapwood and heartwood ? (C) Nickel (D) Molybdenum
(A) Ashok (B) Neem
7. 'Grey-Speck' disease is caused
(C) Mango (D) Date palm
by the deficiency of

14. In gaseous exchange


old tissues (A) Molybdenum (B) Zinc
takes place through—
(C) Manganese (D) Boron
(A) Stomata (B) Aerenchyma
Lenticels (D) Hydathodes 8. The need of individual plants for
(C)
any particular element is nor-
15. Abnormal secondary growth is mally defined in terms of—
found in —
(A) Critical period
(A) Triticum
(B) Critical condition
(B) Cucurbita
(C) Critical concentration
(C) Dracaena and Yucca
(D) None of the above
(D) Helianthus
9. Available form of nitrogen to
ANSWERS plants is—

(A) Nitrate (N0 3")


(B) Ammonium (NH 4 + )

(C) Both (A) and (B)


••• (D) None of the above
(Continued from Page 1284
10. Black necrosis of stem and root

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS tip is caused by the deficiency


of-
1. How many elements are thought (A) Magnesium (B) Chlorine
to be essential for the healthy
(C) Copper (D) Boron
growth and development in
plant ?
ANSWERS
(A) 10 (B) 17
(C) 2 (D) More than 100
2. Which element is essential for •••
IAA synthesis ?
(A) Sodium (B) Zinc
A Book for All Candidates
(C) Iron (D) Calcium

3. Which one of the following is a


UPKAR
micronutrient ?
(A) Calcium (B) Magnesium EVER LATEST
(C) Oxygen (D) Molybdenum
4. Which of the following element is
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE
required for the activity of nitrate (Including Objective Type Questions)
By : Khanna & Vcrma Price: Rs.)20/-
reductase ?
(A) Copper (B) Iron UPKAR PRAKASHAN
Molybdenum
Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-2
(C) Zinc (D)

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1296

Copyrighted material
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance Test, 2009 Solved Paper (C) Amphimixis
(D) Panmixis

BIOLOGY 18. The assemblage of


lations of different species that
all the popu-

function as an integrated unit


through coevolved metabolic
1 . The interferons are — (C) Pleiotropic gene transformation in a specific area

(A) Antibacterial drugs (D) Multiple gene is called —


(B) Antiviral drugs 9. Simple or rarely compound (A) Biome
(C) Antibiotic drugs leaves exstipulate and net vena- (B) Biotic community
(D) Anticoagulant drugs tion leaves and racemose or
(C) Population
capitulum inflorescence are the
2. Magic bullets are the— characteristics of— (D) Ecosystem
(A) Recombinant vaccines Poaceae Liliaceae
(A) (B) 19. Chlorophyll 'a' and 'fa' differ in
(B) Monoclonal antibodies (C) Asteraceae (D) Fabaceae having —
(C) Chemotherapy drugs for
(A) Chlorophyll has a methyl
10. Tobacco and Petunia belong to 'a'
cancer group and chlorophyll 'b' has
the family—
(D) Anabolic steroids (A) Poaceae aldehyde group in position X

3. Which of the following causes (B) Fabaceae (B) Chlorophyll'a' has a alde-

prostate cancer ? (C) Solanaceae hyde group and chlorophyll


(D) Brassicaceae 'b' has methyl group in
(A) Chromium
11. The order of opening of flower position X
(B) Cadmium oxide
parts from the periphery towards (C) Chlorophyll 'a' has a car-
(C) Vinyl chloride
the centre is called — boxyl group and chlorophyll
(D) Aflatoxins
(A) Acropetal (B) Centripetal 'b' has aldehyde group in

4. The tests that are used in the (C) Centrifugal (D) Basipetal position X
diagnosis of AIDS are— (D) Chlorophyll 'a' has an ethyl
12. The bladder serving as floatsand
(A) ELISA and immunoblot for trapping insects is found in— group and chlorophyll 'b' has
(B) Northern blot and ELISA aldehyde group in position X
(A) Zizypus (B) Utricularia
(C) ELISA and Southern blot (C) Nepenthes (D) Acacia Which one does not occur
20. in
(D) Western blot and ELISA Which one not a non-sense cyclic photophosphorylation ?
13. is

5. Cyclosporin and endosporins are codon ? (A) Oxygen is not given off
the drugs that are used as— (A) UAA (B) UGA
(B) Water is not consumed
(A) Anti-retroviral drugs (C) UCA (D) UAG
(C) Only photosystem-l is
(B) Immuno suppressants 14. In cellular respiration, the final involved
(C) Immuno modulators acceptor of electron is—
(D) NADPH 2 formation
(D) Immuno vaccines (A) NAD (B) FAD
(C) NADP (D) Oxygen 21 . Which one is true about gutta-
6. Amphetamines are the drugs of—
tion ?
(A) Narcotics 1 5. TCA cycle's enzymes are present
in — (A) It occurs through specialised
(B) Sedatives
(A) Cytoplasm pores called hydathodes
(C) Stimulants
(B) Intermembrane space of (B) It occurs in herbaceous
(D) Hallucinogens
mitochondria plants when root pressure is

7. Which of the following move- (C) Mitochondrial matrix low and transpiration is high
ments in plants is related to the (D) Inner membrane of mito- only occurs during the day
(C) It

changes in the auxin level ? chondria time


(A) Movement of shoot towards
16. Long flattened, usually unbran- (D) Itoccurs in plants growing
the source of light
ched units arranged in parallel under conditions of low soil
(B) Nyctinasty
stacks in endoplasmic reticulum moisture and high humidity
(C) Movement of sunflower is called—
towards the sun 22. Molybdenum is the essential
(A) Cisternae (B) Cristae
(D) All the three of—
constituent
(C) Vesicles (D) Tubules
(A) Nitrogenase enzyme
8. The gene which controls many 17. The fusion of male and female
characters called— (B) Respiratory chain
is gametes in humans is called—
(A) Codominant gene (A) Fertilization (C) Growth regulators
(B) Polygene (B) Conjugation (D) Chlorophyll

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1297

Copyrighted material
23. Which one is not true about 30. Path of Ascent of Sap in plants (C) Becomes reduced
vitamins ? was demonstrated by— (D) Becomes stable
(A) Vitamins are organic cata- (A) Ringing experiment
37. C0 2 CH 4
, ,
N 20 and CFC are
lysts (B) Ganong's experiment called Green House gases
(B) Vitamins are indispensable (C) Went experiment because they absorb—
for life (D) Lever auxanometer (A) UVrays (B) Infra-red light
(C) Vitamins act as source of
31 . Which of the following statement (C) X-rays (D) Gamma rays
energy
is correct regarding turgor pres-
(D) Tocopherol is anti-sterility
38. Which one is the edaphic factor
sure developing in epiblema cells
vitamin in biosphere ?
of root—
Osmotic diffusion of water
(A) Light (B) Temperature
24. The protein deficiency disease in (A)
into perycycle through pas- (C) Water (D) Soil
man is—
sage cells
39. Genetically adapted population
(A) Cri du chat syndrome
(B) High water potential of to a particular habitat is called—
(B) Klinefelter syndrome
cortical cells and epidermis
(A) Ecotone (B) Ecotype
(C) Pot belly syndrome
(C) Entry of water into root hairs
(D) Kwashiorkor
(C) Biome (D) Niche
and increase in volume of
cell sap 40. Sudden and rapid increase of
25. Haversian canals are series of
(D) In root hairs large vacuole population is called
tubes around narrow channels
formed by- fills up with cell sap (A) Natural increase

32. Plasmolysis is the result of— (B) Population growth


(A) Hyaline cartilage
(A) Exosmosis (C) Population explosion
(B) Fibrous cartilage
(B) Endosmosis (D) None of the above
(C) Lamellae
(C) Reverse osmosis 41 . The chronological order of human
(D) Myelin sheath
(D) Diffusion evolution from early to the recent
26. The snake eating snake is— 33. Flocculation is a— is-
(A) Black Cobra (A) Interchangeability between (A) Ramapithecus— Australopi-
sol and gel states thecus— Homohabilis—
(B) King Cobra
(B) The ability to scatter the Homoerectus
(C) Black rattle snake
beam of light (B) Australopithecus— Ramapi-
(D) Anaconda The erratic zig-zag move- thecus— Homohabilis—
(C)
ment of protoplasmic parti- Homoerectus
27. The layer of cells forming tissue
cles (C) Pithecenthropus pekinen-
that appears to be multilayered
(D) Process of contact and sis— Homohabilis— Homoer-
but actually some of the cells or ectus
adhesion whereby the parti-
cilia emerge at the top of each (D) Australopithecus— Ramapi-
cles of a dispersion form
cell, is called— thecus— Pithecenthropus
larger-size clusters
(A) Simple columnar epithelium pekinensis — Homoerectus
34. Which one of the following inhibits
(B) Pseudostratified ciliated seed germination for a particular 42. Which one of the following was
columnar epithelium period ? not explained by the Darwinism ?
(C) Stratified columnar epithe- (A) Light (A) Natural selection
lium (B) Water (B) Struggle for existence

(D) Stratified cuboidal epithelium (C) Carbon dioxide (C) Arrival of the fittest

(D) Dormancy (D) Origin of species


28. The largest aquatic mammalian
35. The species that has a dispro- 43. "Ontogeny recapitulates phyllo-
vertebrate is—
portionate effect on its environ- geny" is narrated in which of the
(A) Blue Whale ment relative to its abundance, is evidences for organic evolution ?
(B) Whale Shark called — (A) Palaeontological evidence

(C) Sea Elephant (A) Edge species (B) Physiological evidence


(B) Key stone species (C) Embryological evidence
(D) Dugongs
(C) Pioneer species (D) Anatomical evidence
29. Cohesion and adhesion theory is
(D) Serai species
— 44. Among the following which one is
otherwise called
36. In plant succession when climax the mutagenic agent ?
(A) Relay pump theory
community is reached, the net (A) UV light

(B) Pulsation theory productivity— (B) Alpha particles


(C) Root pressure theory (A) Continuous to increase (C) Gamma rays
(D) Transpiration pull theory (B) Becomes zero (D) All of these

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1298

Copyrighted material
45. Urey-Miller's experiment mixture 53. When the stimulus reaches the 61. Choanocytes form the lining of
had the following except— end one neuron is conducted
of it paragastral cavity in —
(A) Methane to the adjacent neuron through (A) Jellyfish
C02 the secretions of—
(B) (B) Sponges
(A) Acetaldehyde
(C) Hydrogen (C) Helminthes
(B) Acetylcholine
(D) Water vapour (D) Echinoderms
(C) Acetylcholine esterase
46. The photosynthetic or assimila- 62. Which one is not the renewable
(D) Acetyl CoA
tory roots are observed in— energy of natural resources ?

(A) Banyan (B) Vanda 54. The hormones oxytocin and (A) Tidal energy

(C) Cuscuta (D) Tinospora


vasopressin are secreted by— (B) Wind energy
(A) Neurohypophysis
47. The Periyar sanctuary is located (C) Fossil fuel
(B) Adenohypophysis
in- (D) Solar energy
(C) Hypothalamus
(A) Kerala 63. Ratio between mortality and
(D) Adrenal medulla
(B) Tamil Nadu natality is called—
(C) Karnataka 55. The total number of lobes and (A) Population ratio
alveoli present in both the lungs
(D) Andhra Pradesh (B) Vital index
of man is about—
48. The term bacteria was coined (C) Density coefficient
(A) 17 and 30 million respec-
by- (D) Census ratio
tively
(A) Leeuwenhoek 64. Which one does not conform to
(B) 300 and 500 million respec-
(B) Louis Pasteur tively the theory of 'Biogenesis' ?
(C) Robert Koch (C) 19 and 300 million respec- (A) Francois Redi's experiment
(D) Ehrenberg tively (B) Spallanzani's experiment
(D) 18 and 300 lakhs respec- (C) Louis Pasteur's experiment
49. The non-living characteristic of
tively (D) Von Helmont's experiment
viruses is—

(A) Ability to multiply only inside 56. Nitrogenous waste is excreted 65. Which one is regarded as mole-
the host mainly as— cular scissors inBiotechnology ?
(B) Ability to cause diseases in
(A) Urea in tadpole, ammonia in (A) Reverse transcriptase
the host frog
(B) Restriction endonuclease
(B) Urea in both frog and tadpole
(C) Ability to undergo mutation (C) Taq polymerase
(C) Urea in frog, ammonia in
(D) Topo isomerase
(D) Ability to be crystallised
tadpole
50. The kingdom of prokaryotes is— (D) Uric acid in frog, urea in
66. The phenotypic ratio in the F2
generation of dihybrid cross is—
(A) Protista (B) Monera tadpole

Fungi (D) Plantae


(A) 9:3:3:1
(C) 57. The process of resynthesis of
food materials from simpler food (B) 1:2:2:4:1:2:1:2:1
51 . Systematic Botany means—
molecules is called— (C) 7:1:1:7
(A) System analysis
(A) Biosynthesis (D) 12:3:4
(B) Systematic arrangement of
(B) Catabolism
organs of plants 67. In microbial genetics which one
(C) Absorption is referred to as 'Griffith effect' ?
(C) Systematic study of organel-
(D) Assimilation (A) Conjugation
les and tissues
58. Limbless amphibians are called (B) Transduction
(D) Methodical study of plants,
(A) Paddle worms (C) Transformation
dealing with identification,
naming and classification
(B) Glowworms (D) Sexduction
(C) Caecilian worms
52. Which one is the correct hierar- 68. The autonomously independent
(D) Pin worms
chical order in Taxonomy ? self replicating extra nuclear DNA
(A) Genus < Species < Class < 59. The second largest number of imparting certain factors to some
species containing phylum in the bacterium is called—
Order
animal kingdom is— (A) Plastid (B) Plasmid
(B) Genus < Class < Order <
(A) Annelida (B) Arthropoda (C) Phagemid (D) Cosmid
Family
(C) Mollusca (D) Protozoa
(C) Species < Order < Class < 69. Which one is referred to as
Phylum 60. Siphonophora is the order in— soluble RNA ?

(D) Genus < Class < Division < (A) Protozoa (B) Cnidaria (A) mRNA (B) fRNA
Order (C) Porifera (D) Annelida (C) rRNA (D) ss RNA

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1299

Copyrighted material
70. Abscissic acid is primarily synthe-
sized in—
(A) Lysosomes
(B) Golgi complex

(C) Chloroplast

(D) Ribosomes
71. Micropyle is useful for the entry
off—
•••
(A) Pollen grain
(B) Pollen tube
(C) Water j§JUPKAR'S
(D) Male gamete
72. The scientist who performed Computer
some experiments with oat
coleoptiles for the presence of a
General Awareness
(Useful for Various Competitive Exams.)
substance which could diffuse
into agar blocks is— By Dr. Alok Kumar :

(A) Ganong Code No. 1630 Rs.40/-


(B) Went
(C) Boysen-Jensen UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2
E-mail : publisher* upbr.in Website : www.upkar.in
(D) Fujikura

73. Vivipary is observed in—


(A)

(C)
Banyan
Ipomea
(B)

(D)
Bryophyllum
Rhizophora
New Release
74. Double fertilization is also
called— HJupkars
(A) Triple fusion
True
(B)

(C) Syngamy
fertilisation
Mathematical
(D) Generative fertilisation
Formulae
75. Embryo developed from the
somatic cells are called — (Useful for Various Competitive Examinations)

(A) Cybrids (B) Embryoids Compiled by : Dr. N. K. Singh


(C) Callus (D) Hybrids

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

Upkar Prakashan, AGRA-2


• E-mail : publishers upkar.in I Website : wivw.upkar.in

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1300

Cc
ASSERTION AND REASON TYPE QUESTIONS
In each of the following ques- Reason (R) The direction of the
: CHEMISTRY
tions, a statement of Assertion (A) induced emf is such as to
isgiven and a corresponding state- oppose the very cause to which it 1 1 . Assertion (A) : Both basicity and
ment of Reason (R) is given just is due of CH 3 Cr, OH"
nucleophilicity

below it. Of the statements, mark (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) andCH3COO- follow the trend as
the correct answer as— CH3O- > OH" > CH3COO-
5. Assertion (A) For making per- :

(A) If both A and R are true manent magents, steel is pre- Reason (R) When the nucle- :

and R is the correct expla- ferred over soft iron.


ophilic and basic sites are same
nation of A Reason (R) : Retentivity of steel
in the species, the nucleophilicity

(B) both A and R are true but parallels basicity.


If is smaller.
R is not the correct expla- (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
nation of A 12. Assertion (A) Hydrogen mole-
6. Assertion (A) Water is taken :
:

(C) If A is true but R is false for heating purpose in a hot cule (H 2 ) is more stable than
(D) If both A and R are false water bottle. HeH + ion.
(E) If A is false but R is true Reason (R) : Specific heat of Reason (R) : The antibonding
water is less than that of other electrons present in the molecule
PHYSICS liquids. or ion, destabilize it.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
1 . Assertion (A) : Raman spectrum 7. Assertion (A) a charged : When 13. Assertion (A) Carbon-carbon :

of a liquid contains lines whose particle is fired in a magnetic field, bond break rather than C-H
wavelengths are larger and
the centripetal force on is inde- it bond when alkanes are pyro-
shorter than the incident radi-
pendent of the mass of the lysed, i.e., heated at higher tem-
ation.
particle. perature in absence of 0 2 .

Reason (R) If a photon strikes: Reason (R) : The centripetal force Reason (R) : Carbon-carbon
an atom or a molecule in a liquid on a particle with charge q moving bond in alkanes has a higher
which is in the excited state, the bond energy than does C-H
with velocity v in a magnetic
photon gains energy. bond.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) field B is Fm = q v x B (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
2. Assertion (A) : A voltmeter must 14. Assertion (A) The explosion :

be connected in parallel in a 8. Assertion (A) : The density of takes place when concentrated
and
circuit should have a high
it
ice is less than that of water and H 2 S0 4 is added to KMn0 4 .

resistance. the ice floats on water. Reason (R) : An explosive


Reason (R) The introduction of
Reason (R) : When water peroxosulphuric acid is formed
when KMn0 4
:

freezes to form ice, its volume reacts with cone.


the voltmeter in the circuit must
increases. H 2 S0 4 .

not affect the potential difference


(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
it is to measure.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
9. Assertion (A) : In the following 15. Assertion (A) : When hydrogen
circuit the net resistance between peroxide (H 2 0 2 ) is added to

3. Assertion (A) : Mass and energy A and B is R/5. alkaline potassium ferricyanide,
are not conserved separately but the potassium ferrocyanide is
are conserved as a single entity formed.
called 'mass-energy'. Reason (R) Hydrogen peroxide, :

when reacts with strong oxidising


Reason (R) : This is because agents, it behaves as reducing
one can be obtained at the cost of agent.
Reason (R) : All the resistances
the other as per Einstein's equa- (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
are in parallel to each other.
tion E= mc 2 .
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 16. Assertion (A) Copper sulphate :

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) solution on reacting with excess


10. Assertion (A) : Diffraction
of potassium cyanide solution
4. Assertion (A) An emf is : effects are not observable in
gives K 3 [Cu(CN) 4 ].
induced in a circuit whenever sound waves.
there is a change in the magnetic Reason (R) : For diffraction the Reason (R) : Cupric state of
flux linked with the circuit and the size of the obstacle should be of copper is more stable than
magnitude of emf is equal to the the order of the wavelength. Cuprous state in the complex.
rate of change of flux. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1301

Copyrighted material
17. Assertion (A) : In the blast 24. Assertion (A) Long periods of : Reason (R) : Phospholipids
furnace iron metal is obtained by close-up work such as reading readily form spherical liposomes,
auto-reduction process. can cause eyestrain. and perhaps this was the origin of

Reason (R) : In blast furnace Reason (R) : The eye-lens the plasma membrane.
haematite ore is reduced by coke shape is changed by contraction (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
and carbon mono-oxide in diffe- of muscles in the ciliary body and 30. Assertion (A) : In a metabolic
rent zones. prolonged contraction fatigues
reaction with a negative AG, the
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) the ciliary muscle cells.
products contain less free energy
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
18. Assertion (A) Nitration of ani- :
than the reactants, energy is
line can only be done by protec- 25. Assertion (A) : The adrenal released and entropy increases.
ting — NH 2 group by acetylation. medulla releases glucocorticoids Reason (R) : Such negative AG
Reason (R) : Acetylation of and mineralo corticoids. reaction is spontaneous because

aniline results in the increase of Reason (R) :The adrenal cortex it occurs without an input of
electron density at benzene ring. releases the hormones nor- energy.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)


epinephrine and epinephrine (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
when stimulated by ANS.
19. Assertion (A) (CH 3 3 N has :
)
BOTANY
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
higher melting point as compared
to NH 3 26. Assertion (A) : Frequent use or
31 . Assertion (A) : Lysomes are
repetition of information facilitates
Reason (R) The molecular mass
: membrane bounded vesicles that
of (CH 3 3 N is much higher as consolidation, as does associa-
) contain specific enzymes.
compared to NH 3 molecule. ting information in short-term
memory with items that are
Reason (R) : Lysosomes are
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) produced by Golgi apparatus, and
already in long-term storage.
20. Assertion (A)
their hydrolytic enzymes digest
: Methyl chloride Reason (R) : Students needing
macromolecules from various
can give methane as well as long-term memory of technical
sources.
ethane separately in single steps. terms and data frequently
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Reason (R) Wurtz reaction : associate the information with
proceeds through free radical nonsense rhymes. These and 32. Assertion (A) : Many species of
mechanism. other memory tricks are called Selaginella are herbaceous
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) mnemonic devices. perennials.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Reason (R) : Some dorsiventral
ZOOLOGY 27. Assertion (A) The microtubule
:
species are caulescent with erect
stems from creeping rhizomes.
that brings about chromosomal
21. Assertion (A) Today, the theory :
movement during cell division is (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
of evolution is one of the great
termed as centromere. 33. Assertion (A) : Transport of
unifying theories of biology. Reason (R) As the cycle
: cell carbohydrates and other subs-
Reason (R) : Because it has progreses, a protein combines tances from one place to another
been supported by so many diffe- with and activates the kinases through sieve tubes is called
rent lines of evidence. that act to promote the events of translocation.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) cell cycle. Reason (R) : Thaine reported
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) that cyclosis does not occur in
22. Assertion (A) : A threshold
28. Assertion (A) Clonal selection mature sieve tubes.
stimulus is the minimum stimulus :

needed to stimulate a muscle cell occurs when an antigen binds to (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

to contract. a receptor on a lymphocyte


34. Assertion (A) : The passive
which forms a clone of reactive
Reason (R) : The all-or-none law absorption of a substance occurs
cells.
states that a muscle cell across a protoplasmic membrane
contracts maximally or not at all.
Reason (R) If a specific antigen
:
from its lower to higher chemical
invades the body, the lympho-
(A) (B) (D) (E) potentials.
(C)
cyte with the correct specific
Reason (R) : Active absorption
23. Assertion (A) : The body plan of receptor can bind to it and begin
occurs across a protoplasmic
phylum Chordata is bilaterally the immune response. During
membrane from its lower to
symmetrical and segmented binding process, it selects a
higher chemical potential i.e.,
coelomates. lymphocyte and serves as a
against the concentration gradi-
Reason Chordata is a very
(R) signal for that lymphocyte to
:
ent.
large and diverse phylum which proliferate, producing a clone.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
has been studied extensively, (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

mainly because it includes the 29. Assertion (A) Eukaryotes 35. Assertion (A) : Fruits and seeds
vertebrates. evolved about 20 billion years of different kinds should be of
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) ago. light-weight for wind dispersal.

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1302

Copyrighted material
Reason (R) : So that the buoy- Reason (R) : Photorespiration is 39. Assertion (A) The point of con-
:

ancy of seeds and fruits help insignificant or rather absent in tact where crossing-over occurs
them to a long distance. plants which have very low C0 2 is called mutation.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)


compensation point. Reason (R) : The RNA poly-

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) merase does not bind to specific
36. Assertion (A) : Aquaspirilla are sequences in the DNA.
helical or vibrioid organisms 38. Assertion (A) : Traits are expres-
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
without flagella. sed in different ways because a
40. Assertion Yeasts are
(A) :

gene can exists in alternate


Reason (R) : Because in this multicellular but most of the
forms, or alleles.
organisms growth occurs in the ascomycetes are composed of
presence of 3% NaCI. Reason (R) : An individual who aseptate hyphae.
has two identical alleles for a Reason (R) The ascospores
: in
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
gene homozygous for that
is ascomycetes are produced in

37. Assertion (A) : Diffuse porous gene. An individual with two thin-walled sac-like, spore pro-
different alleles is heterozygous. ducing units called asci.
woods are characteristic of plants
growing in alpine zone. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1303

Copyrighted material
i
,
i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i ,t~t

iW7 TRUE OR FALSE


12. Two light sources are said to be coherent if they emit
Physics^ waves of same wavelength having a constant phase
|

difference.
1 . A square frame of side '/'carrying a current / produces
-T/F
a field 'B' at its centre. The same current is passed
through a circular coil having the same perimeter as
13. A radioactive element of half life 1 -5 years completely
disintegrates in four and a half years.
the square. The field at the centre of circular coil is B 1

-T/F
The ratio of is^. 14. The velocity of sound in liquids is less than that in
(|) gases.
-T/F -T/F
2. We have the following arrangement in the order of 15. The binding energy of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV. The
descending wavelengths : binding energy of singly ionised helium atom is 54-4

X-rays, ultraviolet light, visible light, radiowaves eV.


-T/F
-T/F
3. The (S.I.) unit of magnetic dipole moment is ampere-
m2 Chemistry
-T/F 16. Inability of two liquids to dissolve in one another is

4. The coefficient of expansion of copper is less than known as immiscibility.

that of iron. -T/F


-T/F 17. Valence bond theory of chemical bonding was
developed by Linus Pauling and molecular orbital
5. A capacitor only is connected to an a.c. source. The
theory by Robert Mulliken.
current flowing in the circuit and the potential
difference between the plates of the capacitor will be
-T/F
in phase. 18. Two or more than two substances having the same or
similar crystalline form are known as isomers.
-T/F
-T/F
6. The unit ampere/weber is also known as henry.
1 9. If the density of an unknown gas is 1 -429 g/L at STP,
-T/F the molar mass of the gas is 14-29.
7. Cathode rays enter a magnetic field making an -T/F
oblique angle with the lines of induction, then their
20. Some elements exhibit two or more possible arrange-
path in magnetic field is parabola.
ments of particles in the same physical state, the
-T/F phenomenon is known as Isomorphism.
8. The half life of a radioactive element depends upon -T/F
its atomic number. 21. An aliphatic ketone undergoes nucleophilic addition
-T/F more easily than corresponding aliphatic aldehyde.

9. The surface of some material is radiated in turn by -T/F


waves of X = 3-5 x 10" 7 and k = 5-4 x 10~7 m 22. A drying agent, such as silica gel, cone. H 2 S0 4,

respectively. The ratio of the stopping potential in the anhydrous calcium chloride, are known as desic-
two cases is 2 1 The work function of the metal is
: . cants.
1 05 eV. -T/F
-T/F 23. Ni (CO) 4 molecule is tetrahedral and diamagnetic.

10. When an X-ray tube is


potential difference across -T/F
increased, intensity changes and minimum wave- 24. A temperature below which a gas cannot be changed
length increases. into a liquid no matter how much pressure is applied,
-T/F is known as critical temperature.

11. If the elements with principal quantum number n > 4 -T/F


were not allowed in nature, then the number of 25. Benzaldehyde is different from aliphatic aldehydes in
possible elements would be 64. its reaction towards Fehling solution.

-T/F -T/F

C.S.V./December/2009/ 1304

Copyrighted material
26. In sodium hydride, the hydrogen is present as an 43. A conserved DNA sequence of 180 base pairs
anion. encodes a protein domain in many proteins.

-T/F -T/F
27. At isoelectric point, an a-amino acid has the minimum 44. The rate of oxygen consumption of an organism or
solubility. tissue is called oxygen quotient.
-T/F -T/F
28. Some gases bypass the liquid state and condense 45. Epitope is antibody determinant.
directly into solids. This is known as gas to solid con- -T/F
densation.
-T/F
29. Tertiary amines are always more basic than
secondary amines. 46. A fertilized ovule is called fruit and an ovary contain-
-T/F ing fruit is called seed.

30. All orbitals in a subshell have the same energy and -T/F
similar shape. 47. The monomeric unit nucleotide in RNA is termed as
-T/F ribotide.

-T/F
Zoology 48. Stomata permit gaseous exchange between the plant
and the environment and also control the rate of
31. Gingiva is the gum tissue that surrounds the neck of water loss.
the teeth and covers the alveolar processes of the -T/F
maxilla and mandible.
49. The enzyme which combines with non-protein part to
-T/F form a functional enzyme is called holoenzyme.
32. Cyclic AMP is a second messenger within cells. -T/F
-T/F 50. The flower colour in Lathyrus oderatus is determined
33. Natural parabiosis occurs in Siamese twins. by one recessive genes.
-T/F -T/F
34. Planarians are free-living Turbellarians. 51. Mycoplasma bears a rigid cell wall but no nucleic
acid.
-T/F
-T/F
35. Perissodactyla is the order of mammals that contains
even-toed ungulates.
52. Amino acid is activated by the reaction with ATP in
the presence of aminoacyl synthetase enzyme and
-T/F
Mg 2+ .

36. Prosimian is a group of primates that include apes


-T/F
and humans.
53. The sclerotia of Claviceps are called ergot.
-T/F
-T/F
37. Plasmagene is contained in a self-replicating
54. Temperate deciduous woody perennials do not lose
cytoplasmic particle and inheritance of the characters
their leaves in autumn.
controlled by such genes is Mendelian.
-T/F -T/F
38. The occurrence of different morphological stages 55. Transpiration has been described as a necessary evil

during the life of an organism is called pleiomor- but potentially not harmful.

phism. -T/F
-T/F 56. Parthenogenesis involves well developed as well as
39. Intestinal micro-organisms are capable of synthesizing egg for better development.
fertilized

considerable amounts of phylloquinone and -T/F


menaquinone vitamins. 57. DNA is associated with highly basic proteins called
-T/F histones.
40. Some developmental structures or processes, such -T/F
as gill pouches in mammalian embryos are regarded
58. Plants and plant communities grow in the same
as phyletic.
configurations and result in definite variety of heat
-T/F balance.
41. Planula issolid free-swimming ciliated larva of most
-T/F
cnidaria and a few of the ctenophores.
59. In clematis petiole is modified into a tendril.
-T/F
42. Pentose phosphate pathway is an alternative to
-T/F
glycolysis. 60. Seed coat develops from the integument of the ovule.
-T/F -T/F

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1305

Copyrighted material
*» the starter draws a «s-As
Physics Initially, element of heater is in

high current from the battery. This series with the current carrying wires,

Q. What are the important pro- causes a large voltage drop across current is same for both. Now as :

perties of electric charge ? the internal resistance of the battery. 2


P = l R
» (i) Electric charge is scalar.
Consequently, the potential difference
i.e., P oc R [as is same]
across the terminals of the battery is I

Electric charge additive.


(ii)

(iii) There exist


is

two kinds of elec-


reduced, thereby making lights dim. And as R H » Rw> p h »
p w e- i-

Q. A plane glass plate is con- heater will dissipate more power than
tric charges.
structed by combining a plano- wires and so will be much hotter.
(iv) Like charges repel but unlike
convex lens and a plano-concave Two identical co-axial circu-
charges attract.
Q.
lens of different materials as shown
lar loops carry equal currents circu-
(v) Electric charge is quantized. in figure. Will it act as a lens ? If so
lating in the same direction. What
Q. Define the gravitational what will be its focal length and will happen to the current in each
constant G. nature ?
loop if the loop's approach each
s- It is defined as the force bet- «*" As
n c and hd are refractive other.
ween two unit masses which are indices of convergent and divergent *s" As the field at an axial point
placed a unit distance apart. lens respectively and R the radius of
due to a current carrying coil is given
Gm 1
rr/2 curvature of common interface, by by
F =
d2 lens makers formula
Mo _23iNIR 2
F = G B -
Ait (W + x 2 )
312

if m-i = m2 = 1 and d = 1

So the approach each other the


coil
Q. What is a voltaic cell ? Name
flux linked with each coil increases.
the scientist who designed it ?
So in accordance with Lenz's law a
«s- it is an arrangement for getting
I current will be induced in each coil
a continuous supply of electricity from which will try to decrease the flux, i.e.,
the metals. It consists of copper and the induced current in each coils will
zinc plates dipped in an electrolyte (dil
III
be opposite to initial current. So, the
H 2 S0 4 ). Sir Alessandro Volta first 1
current in each coil will decrease as
designed a voltaic cell. fc
(Mc-D
[ the coil approach each other.
Q. What does a solar system (nc-D
.(1)
comprise ?
nr-The main constituents of the 1
and = (HD
universe are the solar system, stars
and galaxies. The solar system con-
sists of the sun at the centre with nine - ...(2)

planets (including the earth) revolving


Now as the lenses are in contact
around and 32 natural satellites that
it,
1 i_ i_
revolve around the planets. In addi- +
F fc fo
tion, there are many asteroids and
hundreds of comets. - I'd)
(nc
R
Q. What are the three uses of
R
polaroids ? i.e., F =
They are used as sun- (nc - md)

glasses to avoid glare. As n c * nD the system will act as


,
Q. What are the special
a lens. The system will behave as characteristics of a heating wire
(2) They are used in wind screens
convergent lens if \iq > D (as its focal and fuse wire ?
and head lights of automobiles to \.i

«" The heating wire must have


avoid glare. length will be positive) and as diver-
high resistance and high melting
(3) Polaroids are used as window gent lens if |.i
c < |1q (as F will be nega-
point while a fuse wire must have low
screens to regulate the amount of light tive).
resistance and low melting point.
entering the room. Q. Why is the element of a
Q. Why the light of a motor car heater very hot while the wires Q. What is 'Thomson effect' ?
becomes slightly dim when the car carrying the same current are not ? f& The absorption or evolution of
is started ? Explain. heat along the length of a conductor

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1308

Copyrighted material
when current is passed through it bp The air pressure decreases Q. What is the difference bet-
whose one end is hot and the other is with increase in altitude. This is why ween Daltonide and Bertholide
cold is known as 'Thomson effect'. jet aeroplane flying at high altitude compounds ?
Thomson effect for lead is zero and it need pressurization of cabins so that « The stoichiometric com-
is positive for the metals below lead the partial pressure of oxygen is suffi- pounds, where the number of diffe-
and negative for metals above lead in cient for normal breathing. It is for the rent types of atoms or ions are pre-
Seebeck series. The amount of heat same reason that mountaineers have sent exactly in the ratio indicated by
energy absorbed or evolved per to carry oxygen cylinders when climb- their chemical formula are called
second between two points of a con- ing to high ranges. Daltonide compounds. The non-
ductor having a unit temperature compounds where the
Q. What are the CFRP and stoichiometric
difference when a unit current is
CFRC? chemical composition of a compound
passed is known as Thomson coeffi- is variable or not constant, are known
•s" These are two varieties of
cient for the material of the as Bertholide compound.
carbon fibres. Carbon fibre reinforced
conductor. This is denoted by u.
Q. What is isoelectronic princi-
in a light weight matrix, generally an
Heat energy evolved or absorbed epoxy resin, polyster resin or poly- ple ?
a=
~ (Charge flowing) (Temp, difference) a* Isoelectronic species are
amide are called carbon fibre rein-
forced plastics (CFRP). When the those which have same number of
Q. What is the principle of
carbon fibres are reinforced in a electrons. Such species have similar
spin-dry cycle in an automatic
structure. This may be extended
washing machine ? carbon matrix, they are known as
to species with the same number
«• carbon fibre reinforced carbon
in spin-dry cycle, the wet cloth of valence electrons. Thus BF4 ~,
(CFRC), commonly known as carbon-
is made to revolve rapidly about an CH 4 NH 4+ are all tetrahedral, C0 3 2 -
,

carbon composites.
axis and the water particles fly-off the N0 3~ and S03 are all planar tri-
cloth tangentially. This causes quick Q. Which family of ceramics angular and C0 2 N 3 "
,
and N0 2 + are
drying. has been found to be supercon- all linear.

Q. What is Photon flux' ?


ductor with high critical tempera- Q. Why a catalyst is generally
ture ? needed when an organic com-
«* The number of photons cross-
v& One such material is yttrium pound is reduced with hydrogen ?
ing area normally per sec
unit is
barium copper oxide which has critical
»
The lack of reactivity of hydro-
called photon-flux and is given by gen is related to the strength of H—
temperature of 92 K. New supercon-
Energy-flux
ducting ceramics reported to have
bond. An essential step in H2 reacting
Photon flux = Dh „ ( J?'
Photon-energy
even higher critical temperature have
with another compound is breaking of
I
been recently developed.
H— H bond
produce atoms of
to
~ hydrogen. This requires 435-9 kJ
E
Critical Tem- mol" \ and there is high activation
Material
Q. What is 'Electrostatic pres- perature (T c ) energy to such reactions. Hence most
sure' ? Bi 2 Cr2Ca2Cu3O 10 110K of reactions of hydrogen involve
w Force per unit area on the Ba 2 Ca2Cu3O 10
TI 2 125 K
heterogeneous catalysis where cata-
lyst first react with H 2 and either
surface of a conductor due to its own HgBa 2 Ca 2 Cu 2 0 8 153K breaks or weakens the H— H bond
charge is called 'Mechanical force or
Q. Which inorganic compounds and thus lowers the activation energy.
Electrostatic pressure'.
are generally used as antacids ? Q. What is inorganic benzene ?

dF 1
w Acid gastritis is the common or Borazine, B 3 N 3 H 6 is called
- o E0 . E2 inorganic benzene because its
dS 2e, ailment associated with digestion. It is

caused by excess hydrochloric acid in


structure shows some formal similari-
the gastric juice. Magnesium hydro- ties with benzene, with delocalized
Chemistry xide, magnesium carbonate, magne- electrons and aromatic nature. The
sium aluminium hydroxide
trisilicate,
physical properties are also almost
Q. What is the difference bet- gel, sodium bicarbonate and alumi-
similar. Borazine is comparatively
ween precision and accuracy of nium phosphate are commonly used more reactive than benzene and
results in science ? as antacids. addition reactions occur quite readily

w Different measured values Q. Cellulose is digested by


B 3 N 3 H 6 + 3HCI B 3 N 3 H 9 CI 3
may vary slightly from one another. ruminant mammals and not by
H H
The term precision refers for close-
I
l_
human beings, why ?
ness of the set of values obtained Large population of cellulotytic ^ B\ +
+
from identical measurements of a H-N N-H ,H-N N-H
bacteria present in stomach (rumen) I
II
quantity. Accuracy, a related term, I
I

of ruminant mammals, breaks down H-B B-H B-H


refers to the closeness of a single H-B"
cellulose with the help of enzyme
measurement to its true value.
cellulase. It is then digested and con-
I I

Q. Why do jet aeroplanes flying Human stomach


verted into glucose. H H
at high altitude need pressurization does not have enzyme capable of
of cabins ? breaking cellulose molecules. Borazine

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1309

Copyrighted material
Q. Why carbon disulphide smallest in 1-butene but much larger is known as the pineal
portion of brain,
(CSJ is stored in dark coloured in 2-butenes. Since hyperconjugation gland. has no direct connection with
It

bottles ? has greater stabilising effect than central nervous system. It is richly
«* CS 2 is a colourless liquid, b.p.
steric destabilising effect, 1-butene is vascularised and secretes several
the least stable. The order of stability hormones, including melatonin. Pineal
46°C. It has a very low flash point
is as : gland functions as a biological clock
(30°C). Sunlight changes CS 2 to CS frans-2-butene > c/s-2-butene and a neurosecretory transducer, con-
and that is why it is stored in dark verting neural information. More mela-
> 1-butene
coloured bottles. CS is, unlike CO tonin is produced during darkness. Its
very reactive even at the liquid air Zoology formation is interrupted when light
temperature. enters the eyes and stimulates the
Q. What are the uses of soluble Q. How many
types chromato- retinal neurons. They transmit impul-
glass ? phores are found in vertebrates ? ses to the hypothalamus, and finally to

k? Sodium or potassium silicates w Skin cells lying superficially the pineal gland. The result is inhibition
[Na 4 Si0 4 (Na 2 Si0 3 )„ etc.] are called
, with permanent radiating processes of melatonin secretion. In this way, the
soluble silicates as these are soluble containing pigment that can be con- release of melatonin is governed by
in water. They are used in liquid centrated or dispersed within the cell the diurnal dark-light cycle.
detergents to keep the pH high, so under nervous and/or hormonal stimu- Q. How bone grows ?
that grease and fat can be dissolved effecting colour changes are
lation,
w Bones elongate by apposi-
by forming a soap. Sodium silicate is known as chromatophores. When dis-
tionalgrowth at the epiphyseal plates
also used as an adhesive, in persed, the pigment group of such
under hormonal control (e.g., growth
asbestos roof tiles, in fireproof paint cells are noticeable. When condensed
hormone). New cartilage cells are
and putty and in making silica gel. in centre of cells, the region may
generated on the epiphyseal side of
Q.Which salts are responsible appear pale. Three common types
the plate and the older cartilage cells
for blue baby syndrome ? occur in vertebrates, melano-i.e.,
are destroyed and replaced by bone
phores, containing the dark brown
*s- There is a grave and growing on the shaft side of the plate (thus
pigment melanin; lipophores, with
concern that nitrates are harmful in plate has a constant thickness but the
red-yellow carotenoid pigments;
drinking water. They cause a disease length of the shaft increases). Growth
guanophores, containing guanine
in babies called methaemoglobinae- in diameter occurs when osteoblasts
crystals whose light reflection may
mia, which reduces the amount of from the periosteum add new bone to
lighten the region when other chro-
oxygen in the baby's blood. In the outer surface of the bone while
matophores have their pigments con-
extreme forms this causes the blue osteoclasts erode bone material
densed. Melanocyte-stimulating hor-
baby syndrome. There is also con- inside the shaft and so enlarge the
mone disperses melanin, while mela-
cern that nitrates could be linked with marrow cavity.
tonin and adrenaline concentrate it.
stomach cancer. Q. What is Mosaic Evolution ?
Q. What is population ?
Q. frans-2-butene is more sta-
ra" Population is a group of indivi-
*» A species might be thought of
ble than c/s-2-butene which in turn
duals of the same species inhabiting a mosaic of different molecules and
is more stable than 1-butene,
the same area. The members of the structures that have evolved at diffe-
why ?
rent rates. Some molecules or struc-
population are capable of interbreed-
w This order of stability can be
ing among themselves. A population tures are conserved in evolution,
explained in terms of steric effect and while others change more rapidly.
characterised by parameters like
hyperconjugation. In 1-butene (CH 3 — is
The basic design of a bird provides a
density, natality, mortality, age distri-
CH 2 CH = CH 2 ) the steric repulsion
bution, biotic potential, growth form simple example. All birds are easily
is practically absent. In 2-butenes, the
etc. under favourable conditions, the recognizable as because of highly
two methyl groups in c/s-isomer population size tends to increase.
conserved structures, such as fea-
/CH 3x CH 3 thers, bills and a certain body form.
y
\ Broadly speaking, two patterns of
C=CX being closer growth form occur, the J-shaped and Particular parts of birds, however, are

\ H H S-shaped. The population size is less conservative and have a higher


j
rate of change. Wings have been
together than in rrans-isomer determined by the balance between
number of individuals added (by modified for hovering, soaring and
/CH 3x . H \
swimming. Similarly, legs have been
C = C, experience natality and immigration) and indivi-
H CH 3 ) duals removed (by mortality and modified for wading, swimming and
^
emigration). The maximum size of the perching. These are examples of
greater repulsion and consequently
population that can be supported in a mosaic evolution.
the c/s-form is under greater strain
than trans form. The steric effect
given habitat is called its carrying Q. What is muscle sliding fila-

destabilises a molecule. This trans-2- capacity. ment model ?


butene is more stable than c/s-2- Q. What are the functions of *sr When a striped muscle con-
butene. Pineal gland hormones ? tracts, the filament (which do not
On the other hand hyperconjuga- w The endocrine gland attached change length) slide past each other.
tion stabilises the molecule and is to the roof of third ventricle in the rear In each sarcomere, the many globular

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1310

Copyrighted material
myosin heads which project laterally Proteins generally contain from primary vascular system. The con-
along each end of the heavy myosin 50 to 1000 amino acid residues per ducting elements are of two principal
filament attach to the actin filament polypeptide chain. The subunits, which types : xylem and phloem.
and change conformation. The myo- are called monomers or protomers, Xylem is mainly responsible for
sin pulls at the actin filaments adja- usually are present as even number. the conduction of water together with
cent to it. The myosin heads have Less than 10% of the polymers have dissolved inorganic substances up-
been energetically charged, adopting been found to have an odd number of ward from the roots to the other
a conformation in which they can bind monomers. The arrangement of the organs. Phloem is mainly responsible

to actin. This binding elicits the con- subunits is thought to be regular and for the conduction of food materials
formational change that provides the may be cyclic, cubic or tetrahedral. (assimilates), a flow which may take
and exposes
force for filament sliding Some of the small proteins also con- place in either direction. In the shoot
an ATP-binding site. ATP binding tain subunits. For example, insulin region of the plant, xylem and phloem
causes an allosteric (shape) change with a molecular weight of about 6000 are usually associated into vascular
that promotes detachment of the consists of two peptide chains linked bundles. In the root, however, they
head from actin. Dephosphorylation to each other by disulphide bridges usually alternate with one another on
of ATP provides the energy to re- (— S— S— ). In certain other proteins different radii.
establish the actin binding; thus the hydrogen bonds and hydrophobic
Q. What do you mean by meri-
process is repeated many times bonds (resulting from the interaction stems based on plane of division ?
(each using on ATP molecule) and between amino acid side chains of
the myosin pulls along the actin fila- leucine, isoleucine, valine and pheny-
"cr Meristematic tissue, com-
ment a ratchet fashion. Since the
in lalanin) cause the formation of aggre- monly called meristem, is composed
ends each myosin filament pull in
of gates of the subunits. The long poly- of cells which are immature, not fully

opposite directions, towards the peptide chains of fibrous proteins are differentiated ones, and which pos-
sarcomere centre, the myosin pulls held together in a rather well-defined sess the power of cell division.

the two actin regions closer and with configuration. Meristems on the basis of planes
them the Z lines, thus whole muscle Q. What is virus interference ? of divisions are of three types : mass
contracts. How does act ?
it
meristem, rib meristem and plate
w Virus interference is a pheno- meristem.
Botany menon which may be defined as pro- Mass meristem grows by divid-
tection of host cells against one virus, ing in all planes, so that the bodies
Q. What do you mean by cryp- conferred as a result of prior infection formed are either isodiametric or
tobiosis ? with a different virus. Interference bet- have no definite shape. The rib meri-
« Cryptobiosis is a state of life in ween viruses has been observed in stem divides anticlinally to the long

which the metabolic rate of an orga- humans, in laboratory animals and in axis and gives rise to the longitudinal

nism is reduced to an imperceptible tissue culture systems. files or rows of cells. The plate meri-
level. The several kinds of cryptobio-
Interference is believed to act in stem divides chiefly anticlinally into
one of two ways :
two planes, so that new cells are
sis include anhydrobiosis (life with-
(i) The first virus may inactivate formed out number of layers does not
out water), cryobiosis (life at low tem-
surface receptors of the cell and so increase.
peratures) and amoxybiosis (life
make them unavailable to the second
without oxygen) virus; or
•••
States of anhydrobiosis occur in
(ii) The cell materials or enzymes
necessary for the growth of the second
early developmental stages of various
virus may be taken over by or directed
organisms, including seeds of plants,
by the first virus.
spores of bacteria and fungi, cysts of
Q. What do you mean by proto-
certain crustaceans and larvae of cer-
gyny ?
tain insects; they occur in both deve-
Protogyny is a condition in
lopmental and adult stages of certain
hermaphrodite or dioecious animals
soil-dwelling micrometazoans, certain
and plants in which the female repro-
ferns, mosses and lichens.
ductive structures mature before the ADMISSION TEST
hat do you mean by asso- male structures. It is of rare occur-
rence. Botanically, protogyny occurs
Solved Papers
is Proteins
-
a polymeric com-
in some plant species in which the &
is female part stigma develops, withers
pound made up of various amino and dies before male part anthers Mock Test Papers
acids as the monomeric units. Many mature.
Editorial Board : Pratiyogita Darpan
proteins with molecular weights of
more than 50,000 occur in aqueous Code No. 658 1 Price : Rs. 195/-

solutions as complexes— dimers, w The arrangement of conduct-


tetramers and higher polymers— i.e., ing elements which serve for two-way UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2
as chains of two, four or more repeat- transportation of substances between <S> E-mail : publisher'" upkar in
© Website www. upkar. in
ing basic structural units. different parts of a plant is known as :

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1312


Correct Solution and Prize Winners of CSV Quiz No. 136
According to the rules of the CSV
Quiz, all entry forms were examined.

As a result, the following participants


have qualified for various prizes. CSV
sends them greetings and good
wishes for their bright future. It also
places on record its appreciation for
their inquisitive nature and expresses
obligation for their co-operation.

PRIZE WINNERS

Ravi Jaiswal
C/o Gaurav Jaiswal
Room No. 88, A. N. Jha Hostel,
University of Allahabad, Allahabad

U.P.-211 002

1 . Gagandeep Singh
C/o Dayaram Verma
L-971 Shastri Nagar, Meerut
,

U.P.-250 004
2. Romesh Nongmeikapam
Koirou Thongju Part-2
Imphal East
ffjUPKARS
P O.-Canchipur
IKHNWISfOR SWISS
Manipur-795 003
Note The amounts of second and
:

third prize have been added


up and distributed among two GROUP DISCUSSION
second prize winners.
Useful for Various Competitive Exams,

and Professional Courses


ANSWERS WITH HINTS
By : Dr. L. M. Prasad

SUCCil

'Z' INTERViE

IfM GROL
DISCUSSIO

Code No. 673 1 Price : Rs. 75/-

UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2


• E-mail publisher*! upkar.in
:

9 Website www.npkar.in
:

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1313


1

CSV QUIZ CONTEST


1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
T—

A ball is thrown vertically upward, (C) r= 1-226 x 10"2 m, (C) Photoperiodism


reaches the roof of a house 100 p- 4-45 x 10 -3 m (D) Biological clock
metre high. At the moment this None
(D) of these 14. A dioecious plant has—
ball is thrown vertically upward
6. During electrolysis of solution of (A) Two X-chromosomes
another ball is dropped from rest
AgN0 3 (silver nitrate), 9650 (B) Two separate sexes i

vertically downward from the roof


coulomb of charge passed separate individuals
of the house. At which height do
through the electroplating bath, (C) Both sexes in the same
the balls pass each other and the mass of silver deposited on individual
after what time ? the cathode will be— (D) Both X- and Y-chromo-
(A) 10-8 g (B) 1-08g somes
(A) 20 m, -JH= s
V1960 (C) 108 g (D) 0-108 g 15. Red algae from green algae
differ

pH range of drinking and brown algae in having


(B) 75 m, J5- s
7. Permittable
water should be between— (A) No chlorophyll-a
V1960
(A) and 6 (B) 5-5 and 9-5
5-5 (B) No differentiated cells
(C) 75 m, -p*L s (C) 10 and 12 (D) 4 and 5 (C) Leghaemoglobin within their
V1960 cells
(D) None of these 8 The raisin pudding model of the
atom was propounded by—
(D) No differentiated stages in

Find the area of the triangle their life cycle


(A) Belling
having vertices at P(1,3, 2),
(B) Mendeleev 16. Metabolism is a highly coordi-
Q(2, -1, 1)andR(-1,2, 3).
Thomson nated and directed cell activity in
(C)
(D) Ramakrishnan which multienzyme systems co-
(A) V107 (B)
V? 9. The electron pair geometry and
molecular geometry of ICI 2 ~ ion
operate
(A)
to—
Polymerize monomeric pre-
701
(C) cursors
is—
V2 Tetrahedral, linear (B) Obtain chemical energy
(A)
Two equal drops of water are (B) Trigonal bipyramidal, bent (C) Convert nutrient molecules
fallingthrough air with a steady (C) Tetrahedral, angular (D) All of the above
velocity of 10 cm/sec. If the balls (D) Trigonal bipyramidal, linear 17. Lining of human intestine is—
recombine to form a single drop,
10. The electronegativity of the (A) Brush border
what would be their terminal following elements increases in (B) Ciliated
velocity ?
the order— (C) Keratinized
(A) C<Si<N<P
(A)
^ cm/sec (B) C<N<Si<P
(D) Dry and keratinized

(C) N<C<P<Si 18. Which of the following muscles


(B) 10 x 220 cm/sec help urinary bladder to expel
(D) Si<P<C<N
(C) 10 cm /sec urine forcefully ?
11. Which of the following is/are the
(D) 10 xV3 cm/sec (A) Hamstring muscle
member(s) of seed genera of
(B) Detrusor muscle
In hydrogen atom, the electron Lyginopteridaceae ?
(C) Latissimus muscle
moves in orbit of radius (A) Geminitheca
(D) Erector muscle
5-0 x 10 -11 m with a speed of
(B) Hydrasperma
(C) Eosperma 19. Certain behaviour patterns
6
2-2 x 10 m/s. Find the equivalent
(D) All of the above
require an interaction of instinc-
current— tive and learned components for
12. Who among the following sug- performance. In some
(A) 1-12 mA (B) M2nA gested that "the two pairs of
efficient
instances, an animal may inherit
(C) 1-12 A (D) None of these genes under study were present a disposition to—
A beam protons enters a
of on the same pair of homologous
(A) Learn unspecific behaviour
uniform magnetic field of 0-3 tesla chromosomes" ?
(B) Learn specific behaviour
5 (A) T. H. Morgan
with a velocity of 4 x 1 m/s at (C) Learn Idiocy
(B) Bateson and Punnett
an angle of 60° to the field. Find (D) Avoid specific behaviour
(C) E. Chargaff
the radius of the helical path 20. Skates and rays are specialized
(D) J. Belling
taken by the beam as well as the
for life—
pitch of the helix— 13. Internal mechanism that main-
(A) In the air
(A) r=4-45x 10~3 m, tains a biological rhythm in the
(B) In the desert
absence of environmental
p= 1-226 x 10" 2 m (C) On the ocean floor
stimulus is called—
(B) r=4-45 x 10~ 2 m, (A) Coevolution (D) In the black soil

p = 1-226 x IO- (B) Parallel evolution

CS. V./ December/ 2009/ 1314

Co
Rules for taking part in Quiz Contest
of Competition Science Vision

1. All students or those appearing in competitive


tfWLPETITW 4
examinations can take part in this contest.
2. Candidates taking part in quiz contest will necessarily
have to send their entries by a fixed date. Entries are mDMIssion FORMAT
to be sent by ordinary post. Please mark your
envelope 'Quiz-Competition Science Vision' on
the topleft hand side.

3. Answers given only on the form of the magazine will Solution to Quiz No. 139
be admissible.
4. In the form there are four squares against each Competition Science Vision
question number. Contestants should put a cross (x)
in the square for the answer they think is correct.
Last date for sending 28th December, 2009
Giving more than one answer to a question will
disqualify it.
Name Mr./Miss/Mrs.
5. Contestants should essentially write the number of
questions they have solved. Full Address

6. Marks will be deducted for wrong answers.


7. The candidate sending the maximum number of
correct answers will be given Rs. 600 as first prize.
Next two candidates after that will get Rs. 400 and State Pin Code No.
Rs. 300 as second and third prize respectively. If
there are more than one candidate eligible for a
prize, the amount will be equally distributed among Age Academic Qualification
them.
Competition examination for which preparing
8. The decision of the editor will be final and binding in

all cases, and will not be a matter for consideration


of any court. I have read and understood the rules of quiz con-
test of Competition Science Vision issued by Pratiyogita
iinn 1 U> HI Darpan and agree to abide by them.
New
UPKAR I

(Signature)

RESULT
No. of questions attempted

No. of correct answers

No. of wrong answers

Marks obtained

ANSWER FORM
Q. No. A B C D Q. No A B C D
1. 11.

2. 12.
By : Dr. Lai & Jain Code 1 666 Price : Rs. 1 95/-
3. 13.
This book contains fiiroiwimg^ 4. 14.

w Reasoning 5. 15.
Code No. 1478
Numerical Ability 6. 16.
Price : Rs. 1607-
General Knowledge 7. 17.

w Marketing Aptitude 8. 18.

9. 19.
• K-mail : publisher's upkar.in
UPKAR PRAKASHAN. AGRA-2 • Website : www.upkar.in 10. 20.

C.S.V./ December / 2009/ 1315

Co
Now, only limited copies are left. Rush your order today

C HIGHLIGHTS OF PREVIOUS ISSUES ^


November 2008 •* Population Ecology August 2009
•* Many Typical Model and other
w Current Bectricity-IV Electromag- :
Regular Features
Papers
is- Atomic Physics- VIII de-Broglie Waves :

Induction and Transient Currents


netic
Price : Rs. 35/- w Thermal Physics-III Isothermal and Adia- :

w The Process of Electrolysis Solved Paper batic Processes


Urinary System «" Variation «*• Factors that Control Relative Strengths of
w Auxin A Plant Growth Hormone » Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance
:
Test, 2008 Acids and Bases
is-Green Algae
a" Plant Ecological Succession
w Aromatic Hydroxy Compounds Phenols :

w Man)' Typical
April 2009 w Gametogcnesis « Phylum Chordata
Model Papers and other «*
«* Atomic Physics-IV : Semiconductor Human Skeletal Muscles
Regular Features Price Rs. 35/- :
Devices w Edaphic Factors : Soil Composition and
December 2008 Mechanics-IX Liquids and their Flow
Formation
w Mechanics- VI Gravitation and Motion of Aldehydes and Ketones Properties and «" Fertilizers and Biolertilizers
:

: «ar
"* Chemical Bonding
Satellites Uses w General Characteristics of Basidio- :

w Physiology of Digestion w Human Nutri- «" Anatomy and Physiology of Human Heart mycetcs Club Fungi :

tion
w Human Digestive System w Connective Tissues Many Ty pical Model Papers and other «*"

Integumentary System of Vertebrates Regular Features


15-
w Artificial Propagation and Cloning of » Nitrogen Metabolism Price Rs. 35/- :

Plants September 2009


** Food and Drink Products of Biotechno-
Requirements for Growth in Microbiology «" Sound-I
logy : Wave Motion
and Biotechnology «* Primary Tissues and Growth in Plants us-Nuclear Physics-1 Radioactivity
Major Stages and Components in Protein
Synthesis
w Many Typical Model Papers and other
:

«" Transition Elements Elements of (/-Block :

Regular Features Price Rs. 35/-


Many Typical Model Papers and other :
Aromatic Nilro Compounds : Nitroben-
Regular Features Price Rs. 35/- : May 2009 zene
January 2009 «" Atomic Physics-V : Atom Model and «• Human Skeletal System
Mechanics-VI I Simple Harmonic Motion
:
Hydrogen Spectrum Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD)
w Current V Alternating Current
Electricity- Mechanics-X Kinetic Theory of Gases «" Vegetative Parts of Plant Body:

A.C. » Alkaline Earth Metals Group-II(A)


:

•s Fat (Lipid) Metabolism : -

w Aldehydes and Ketones » Metabolism Intermolecular Forces Vander Waals


w Biogeochemical Cycle :

«*"
Sex Determination and Sex-Linked Char- Forces w Fossils w The Eye
acters Human Brain
«ar w General Principles of Taxonomy Many Typical Model Papers and other
» Biotic Analysis: Methods of Sampling an w Transgenic Organisms Regular Features Price Rs. 35/- :

Area «* Photosynthesis Part-I


Gene Control Selaginella Soil Erosion and Conserv ation
:

October 2009
Many Typical Model Papers and other « Many Typical Model Papers and other •* Sound-II : Interference and Beats
Regular Features Price : Rs. 35/- Regular Features Price Rs. 35/- : * Nuclear Physics-II : Structure of Nucleus

Solved Paper June 2009


« Alcohols
«* Communicable Diseases and Control of
Jammu and Kashmir Common Entrance
w Thermal Physics-I Thermometry :

Microbes
I

Test, 2008 w Atomic Physics-VI Photoelectric : Effect b" Anatomy of Liver and its Disorders
and X-Rays
February 2009 •s" Human Population
w Aliphatic Amines A General Survey :

w Funaria A Terrestrial Moss


»" Atomic Phvsics-I Thermionic Valves, Elements of Group V(A) Carbon Family
:

Diode and Triodc with their Applications w Blood «" Dentition in Mammals
I :

w Reproduction and Development in


w Mechanics-VIIl Elasticity and Surface w Blood Clotting Mechanism Angiosperms
w Many Typical Model Papers and other
:

Tension w Organ Systems of Vascular Plants


w Colloidal Slate •* Taxonomy «• Virus w Plant Breeding Vernalization Regular Features Price : Rs. 35/-
ta* Osmoregulation, Osmosis anil Transport w Plant Growth November 2009
Eutrophication w Many Typical Model Papers and other
w Characteristics of Bryophytes Regular Features Price : Rs. 35/- w Sound-Ill : Stationary Waves, Vibrations
•* Gene Mutation of Air Columns and Stretched Strings
w Many Typical Model Papers and other July 2009 « Nuclear Physics-III Nuclear Energy :

Regular Features p nce : rs . 35/. w Thermal Phy Thermody namics and


sics-II Nuclear Chemistry
:

March 2009 Heat Engines


System "3-
« Atomic Physics-II : Cathode Rays and
w Atomic Physics-VII Black Body Radia- b" Lymphatic :

Biology and Therapy and Cancer


tion Laws «* Electrochemistry
Positive
Atomic
Rays
Crystal Structure
w Aromatic Compounds A General Survey w Diversity of Life Plant Groups
:
:

«*"
Physics-III
Chemistry of Hydrogen
:

« Chromosomal Aberrations w The Ear w" Pollination


w Chemistry of Aluminium1 w Human Respiratory System Many Typical Model Papers and other
«*"Cellular Respiration Glycolysis :
w Beverages Alcoholic and Non-Alcoholic
: Regular Features Price Rs. 35/- :

«" DNA Technology » Vitamins and Min- Cyanobacteria


erals w Genetic Code and Protein Synthesis Solved Paper
w Evidences of Organic Ev olution « Many Typical Model Papers and other CBSE Medical Entrance Exam., 2009
w Ascent of Sap w Lichens Regular Features Price : Rs. 35/-
I

Ask your nearest bookseller or send Rs. 35/- in advance by M.O. direct to us :

M/s. PRATIYOGITA DARPAN 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-2

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1316


©ElJERAE AWA1 mm
1 . Tera Tali is the folk dance of— (C) Adult Literacy Rate (C) The activities of East India
(A) Kerala (D) Number of people below Company as a commercial
(B) Rajasthan poverty line body ended
(C) Madhya Pradesh 10 Hydrocarbon Vision 2025 is
(D) The portfolio system was
(D) Tamil Nadu associated with— given statutory recognition

2. The Upanishads were translated (A) Storage of Petroleum Pro- 17. Which of the following Govern-
by Dara Shikoh in Persian under ducts ment of India Acts contained the
the title of
(B) Euro I and Euro II Vehicles provision of bicameralism in

(A) Al-Fihrist provinces ?


(C) Green House Effect
(B) Kitabul Bayan (A) Government of India Act
Mayma-ul-Bahrain
(D) None of the above
(C) 1858
(D) Sirr-i-Akbar 1 1 . The largest producer of rubber in (B) Government of India Act
3. The first joint meeting of both India is— 1919
Houses of Indian Parliament as (A) Assam (B) Karnataka (C) Government of India Act
provided under Article 108 was (C) Kerala (D) Maharashtra 1935
held in connection with — (D) None of the above
12. The beneficiary states of Sardar
(A) Dowry Abolition Bill
Sarovar Project are — 18. The Constituent Assembly formed
(B) Hindu Code Bill
(A) Gujarat, Maharashtra, in 1946 was assigned which of
(C) Bank Nationalisation Bill
Madhya Pradesh and the following major functions ?
(D) Gold Control Bill
Rajasthan (A) Constituent functions
4. Which one of the following is the (B) Andhra Pradesh, Madhya (B) Legislative functions
most urbanised state of India ? Pradesh, Gujarat and
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(A) Maharashtra Maharashtra
(B) Mizoram (D) Neither (A) nor (B)
(C) Orissa, Madhya Pradesh,
(C) Goa Gujarat and Maharashtra 19. In context of evolution of Civil
(D) Tamil Nadu
(D) Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Service, which of the following is

5. The smallest bone of our body is Karnataka and Maharashtra not correctly matched ?
found in — Committee/ Formation
13. The source of the energy of the
(A) Our ear (B) Our nose sun is— Commission Year
(C) Our eye (D) Our toe (A) Macaulay 1854
(A) Nuclear fission
6. UNO has fixed the target for (B) Nuclear fusion Committee
Education for all till the year— (C) Collision of atoms (B) Aitchison 1886
(A) 2012 (B) 2015 Committee
(D) Chemical reactions
(C) 2018 (D) 2020
14. The speed of revolution of earth (C) Islington 1918
7. That an accused of an offence Commission
is—
cannot be compelled to be a Lee Commission 1920
(A) 28 km/min (B) 31 km/min (D)
witness against himself is
— (C) 25 km/min (D) 39-5 km/min 20. Daroga System in India was
provided in

(A) Article 20 (B) Article 21 15. Who discovered the nucleus ? introduced by Lord Cornwallis
(C) Article 22 (D) Article 74 (A) James Chadwick in —
(A) 1780 (B) 1792
8. The largest item of expenditure in (B) J. J. Thomson

the current account of Central (C) 1785 (D) 1770


(C) Henry Rutherford
Government budget is— 21. First Municipal Corporation was
(D) Bohr
(A) Defence Expenditure set up in 1687 in—
(B) Subsidies 1 6 Under Charter Act 1 833 which of
(A) Bombay (B) Allahabad
(C) Interest Payments the following provisions was not
Expenditure on Social Ser- provided ? (C) Madras (D) Calcutta
(D)
vices (A) Governor-General of Bengal 22. In 1921, which of the following
9. Which one of the following is not was the Governor-General of important committees was
an element of Human Develop- India created ?
ment Index ? (B) The Government of Bombay (A) Committee on Public Under-
(A) Life Expectancy at birth and Madras were deprived takings
(B) Infant Mortality Rate of their legislative powers (B) Estimates Committee

C.S.V./ December/ 2009/ 1317


(C) Public Accounts Committee 31. The winner of prestigious Abel India at the Second Round Table
(D) None of the above Prize this year was— Conference ?
(A) Gromov
Mikhail (A) Aruna Asaf Ali
23. How many stages does the Gen-
(B) Mahashweta Devi (B) Sarojini Naidu
eral Budget of India go through
during the process of enact- (C) H. Sudarshan (C) Sucheta Kirpalani
ment ? (D) Martin Chalfie (D) Vijaylakshmi Pandit
(A) Five stages
32. Which among the following was
(B) Six stages not the winner of Nobel Prize ANSWERS WITH HINTS
(C) Seven stages winners 2008 in Chemistry ?
(D) Four stages (A) Francoise Barre Sinoussi

24. Which of the following Articles (B) Osamu Shimumura


contains the provision that no (C) Martin Chalfie
money Bill imposing tax shall be (D) Roger Y. Tsien
introduced in Parliament except
33. Peter Zumthor winner of Pritzker
on the recommendation of the
Prize— an equal to the Nobel
President ?
Prize in architecture belongs to—
(A) Article 114
(A) France (B) Switzerland
(B) Article 115
(C) England (D) U.S.A.
(C) Article 117
(D) None of the above
34. National Science Day is observed
on—
25. In total how many days are
(A) February 28
allotted for voting of demands
contained in the Budget ?
(B) January 28

(A) 30 days (B) 27 days (C) March 28


(C) 26 days (D) 20 days (D) April 28

26. The instrument which converts 35. The first person to travel twice to
thermal energy into mechanical space is—
energy is called— (A) Suman Sharma
(A) Thermostat (B) Charles Simonyi
(B) Dynamo (C) David Kellermann
(C) Space System (D) None of the above
(D) Thermal Engine
36. Which of the following cricketers
27. Which of the following causes was named as the leading
disease of syphilis ? 2008 in the World by
cricketer
(A) Bacteria (B) Fungus 'Wsden magazine' ?
(C) Protozoan (D) Virus (A) R. T. Ponting

28. The substance used to bring (B) Virendra Sehwag


down body temperature in high (C) Sachin Tendulkar
fever is— (D) M. S. Dhoni
(A) Tranquilisers
37. Warren Hastings appointed the
(B) Antipyretics Amini Commission in 1776 to—
(C) Analgesics (A) Gather information about the
(D) Antibiotics Indian Judicial System
29. Which one of the following ele- (B) To work out the modalities of
ments is not naturally found in setting up judicial structure
human body ? suitable to new colony

(A) Copper (B) Zinc (C) Work out the administrative

Iodine (D) Lead structure suitable to govern


(C)
Indian territories
30. Which one of the following is not
(D) Gather systematic informa-
a vitamin ?
tion about the Indian agrarian
(A) Folic acid system
(B) Oleic acid
38. With reference to Indian freedom
(C) Pantothenic acid
struggle, which of the following
(D) Ascorbic acid was the lady representative of

C.S. V. / December / 2009/ 1318

S-ar putea să vă placă și